497 1 a17-6905_6497.htm 497

 

 

Filed pursuant to Rule 497(c)

 

File Nos. 333-215165 and 811-23222

 

 

 

 

Hartford Exchange-Traded Funds

 

Prospectus

 

March 17, 2017

 

 

 

 

Hartford Corporate Bond ETF

 

Ticker

Exchange

HCOR

NYSE Arca

 

 

 

Hartford Quality Bond ETF

 

Ticker

Exchange

HQBD

NYSE Arca

 

 

 

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission has approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. Because you could lose money by investing in the Funds, be sure to read all risk disclosures carefully before investing.

 



 

 

[This Page Is Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 




 

HARTFORD CORPORATE BOND ETF

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks to provide total return, with income as a secondary objective.

 

 

YOUR EXPENSES.  The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment): None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES

(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

 

Management fees

 

0.44%

 

 

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

 

None

 

 

Other Expenses

 

0.00%

 

 

Total annual fund operating expenses

 

0.44%

 

 

EXAMPLE.  The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other exchange-traded funds. Investors may pay brokerage commissions on their purchases and sales of Fund shares, which are not reflected in the examples. The examples assume that:

 

·                  Your investment has a 5% return each year

·                  The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same

 

Your actual costs may be higher or lower.  Based on these assumptions, for every $10,000 invested, you would pay the following expenses if you sell all of your shares at the end of each time period indicated:

 

Year 1

 

Year 3

 

$45

 

 

$141

 

 

 

Portfolio Turnover.  The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio).  A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account.  These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the examples, affect the Fund’s performance.  Because the Fund has not yet commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate for the most recent fiscal year is not available.

 

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in U.S. dollar denominated, investment grade rated fixed income securities. The Fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets (including any borrowings for investment purposes) in investment grade, fixed-income securities issued by corporate entities. Investment grade securities are securities that are rated investment grade by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO’’), or are considered by Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), the Fund’s sub-adviser, to be of equivalent credit quality. Wellington Management employs a bottom up approach to portfolio management, by identifying issuers with favorable credit fundamentals and attractive total return profiles. The Fund normally expects to invest in securities issued by one hundred or fewer different issuers at any one time. The Fund may invest in fixed income securities of any maturity. The Fund normally maintains a dollar weighted average duration equivalent to that of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Bond Index, plus or minus a year. As of December 31, 2016, the duration of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Bond Index was 7.19 years. Duration is a measure of the sensitivity of a fixed income security’s price to changes in interest rates. The Fund’s average duration measure incorporates a bond’s yield, coupon, final maturity, and the effect of derivatives. The Fund’s industry positioning will typically be driven by Wellington Management’s bottom-up fundamental research and comprehensive risk management approach to portfolio construction and may cause the Fund’s sector weightings to meaningfully differ from benchmark weightings. Although the Fund may invest across different sectors, it has no limit on the amount it may invest in any single sector. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in U.S. Treasury obligations and obligations of U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities.

 

PRINCIPAL RISKS.  The principal risks of investing in the Fund are described below.  When you sell your shares they may be worth more or less than what you paid for them, which means that you could lose money as a result of your investment.  An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.  As with any fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.  For more information regarding risks and investment matters please see “Additional Information Regarding Investment Strategies and Risks” in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

 

Market Risk – Market risk is the risk that one or more markets in which the Fund invests will go down in value, including the possibility that the markets will go down sharply and unpredictably. Securities may decline in value due to the activities and financial prospects of individual companies or to general market and economic movements and trends, including adverse changes to credit markets.

 

Interest Rate Risk – The risk that your investment may go down in value when interest rates rise, because when interest rates rise, the prices of bonds and fixed rate loans fall. A wide variety of factors can cause interest rates to rise, including central bank monetary policies and inflation rates. Generally, the longer the maturity of a bond or fixed rate loan, the more sensitive it is to this risk. Falling interest rates also create the potential for a decline in the Fund’s income. These risks are greater during periods of rising inflation. Volatility in interest rates and in fixed income markets may increase the risk that the Fund’s investment in fixed income

 

1



 

securities will go down in value. Risks associated with rising interest rates are currently heightened because interest rates in the U.S. are at, or near, historic lows.

 

Credit Risk – Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

 

U.S. Government Securities Risk – Treasury obligations may differ in their interest rates, maturities, times of issuance and other characteristics. Securities backed by the U.S. Treasury or the full faith and credit of the United States are guaranteed only as to the timely payment of interest and principal when held to maturity. Accordingly, the current market values for these securities will fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Obligations of U.S. Government agencies and authorities are supported by varying degrees of credit but generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies and authorities if it is not obligated by law to do so. In addition, the value of U.S. Government securities may be affected by changes in the credit rating of the U.S. Government. U.S. Government securities are also subject to the risk that the U.S. Treasury will be unable to meet its payment obligations.

 

Investment Strategy Risk – The risk that, if the sub-adviser’s investment strategy does not perform as expected, the Fund could underperform its peers or lose money. There is no guarantee that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved.

 

Active Trading Risk – Active trading could increase the Fund’s transaction costs and may increase your tax liability as compared to a fund with less active trading policies. These effects may adversely affect Fund performance.

 

Market Price Risk – The net asset value (“NAV”) of the Fund’s Shares will generally fluctuate with changes in the market value of the Fund’s holdings.  The market prices of the Fund’s shares will generally fluctuate in accordance with changes in NAV, changes in the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings, as well as the relative supply of and demand for the shares on the NYSE Arca.  The Sub-Adviser cannot predict whether the Fund’s shares will trade below, at or above their NAV.  Price differences may be due, in large part, to the fact that supply and demand forces at work in the secondary trading market for the Fund’s shares will be closely related to, but not identical to, the same forces influencing the prices of the Fund’s holdings trading individually or in the aggregate at any point in time.  In addition, unlike conventional ETFs, the Fund is not an index fund.  The Fund is actively managed and does not seek to replicate the performance of a specified index.  Index based ETFs have generally traded at prices which closely correspond to NAV per share.  Actively managed ETFs have a limited trading history and, therefore, there can be no assurance as to whether and/or the extent to which the Fund’s shares will trade at premiums or discounts to NAV or to the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings.

 

Cash Transactions Risk – In certain instances, unlike other ETFs, the Fund may effect creations and redemptions partly or wholly for cash, rather than in-kind. Because the Fund may effect redemptions for cash, rather than in-kind distributions, it may be required to sell portfolio securities in order to obtain the cash needed to distribute redemption proceeds and it may subsequently recognize gains on such sales that the Fund might not have recognized if it were to distribute portfolio securities in-kind. As a result, an investment in the Fund may be less tax-efficient than an investment in a more conventional ETF. Moreover, cash transactions may have to be carried out over several days if the securities market is relatively illiquid and may involve considerable brokerage fees and taxes. These brokerage fees and taxes, which will be higher than if the Fund sold and redeemed its shares principally in-kind, will be passed on to purchasers and redeemers of Creation Units in the form of creation and redemption transaction fees. In addition, these factors may result in wider spreads between the bid and the offered prices of the Fund’s shares than for more conventional ETFs.

 

Authorized Participant Concentration Risk – Only an authorized participant may engage in creation or redemption transactions directly with the Fund. The Fund has a limited number of intermediaries that act as authorized participants, and none of these authorized participants are or will be obligated to engage in creation or redemption transactions. To the extent that these intermediaries exit the business or are unable to or choose not to proceed with creation and/or redemption orders with respect to the Fund and no other authorized participant is able to step forward to create or redeem, shares may trade at a discount to NAV and possibly face trading halts and/or delisting.

 

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are discussed in “Additional Information Regarding Investment Strategies and Risks” in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

 

PAST PERFORMANCE.  Because the Fund has not yet commenced operations, no performance history has been provided. Performance information will be available at www.hartfordfunds.com. Keep in mind that past performance does not indicate future results.

 

MANAGEMENT.  The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC.  The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

 

Portfolio Manager

Title

Involved with
Fund Since

Craig A. Gainey, CFA

Senior Managing Director, Partner, and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager/Credit Analyst

2017

 

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES.  The Fund is an exchange-traded fund (“ETF”).  Individual Fund shares may only be purchased and sold on a national securities exchange through a broker-dealer and may not be purchased or redeemed directly with the Fund.  The price of Fund shares is based on market price, and because ETF shares trade at market prices rather than NAV, shares may trade at a

 

2



 

price greater than NAV (a premium) or less than NAV (a discount).  The Fund will only issue or redeem shares at NAV that have been aggregated into blocks of 50,000 shares or multiples thereof (“Creation Units”) with certain large institutional investors (“Authorized Participants”) who have entered into participation agreements with the Fund’s distributor, ALPS Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”).  The Fund will issue or redeem Creation Units in return for a basket of securities and/or cash that the Fund specifies each Business Day.

 

TAX INFORMATION.  The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable, and may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements.

 

PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES.  If you purchase shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank or financial advisor), the Fund’s related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your financial advisor to recommend the Fund over another investment.  Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

3



 

HARTFORD QUALITY BOND ETF

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks to maximize total return while providing a high level of current income consistent with prudent investment risk.

 

YOUR EXPENSES.  The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment): None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES

(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

 

Management fees

 

0.39%

 

 

Distribution and service (12b-1) fees

 

None

 

 

Other Expenses

 

0.00%

 

 

Total annual fund operating expenses

 

0.39%

 

 

 

EXAMPLE.  The examples below are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other exchange-traded funds. Investors may pay brokerage commissions on their purchases and sales of Fund shares, which are not reflected in the examples. The examples assume that:

·                  Your investment has a 5% return each year

·                  The Fund’s operating expenses remain the same

 

Your actual costs may be higher or lower.  Based on these assumptions, for every $10,000 invested, you would pay the following expenses if you sell all of your shares at the end of each time period indicated:

 

Year 1

 

Year 3

 

$40

 

 

$125

 

 

 

Portfolio Turnover.  The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio).  A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account.  These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the examples, affect the Fund’s performance.  Because the Fund has not yet commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate for the most recent fiscal year is not available.

 

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in securities that the sub-adviser, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”), considers to be attractive from a total return perspective while providing current income. The Fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets (including any borrowings for investment purposes) in investment grade, fixed-income securities. Investment grade securities are securities that are rated investment grade by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO’’), or are considered by Wellington Management to be of equivalent credit quality. The Fund generally invests a significant portion of its assets in mortgage-related securities such as agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities and related securities such as collateralized mortgage obligations, and other obligations that are secured by mortgages or mortgage-backed securities although the amount the Fund invests in such securities may change significantly from time to time based on current market conditions. The Fund is permitted to invest without limitation in mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies, including the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae), the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in credit sectors, including but not limited to non-agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset backed securities, corporate bonds and covered bonds. The Fund may invest in both U.S. Treasury obligations and in obligations of U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities. The Fund may use reverse repurchase transactions, repurchase agreements and dollar rolls. The Fund may use derivative instruments, including futures contracts, options, and swaps, to enhance returns, manage portfolio risk or for other investment purposes. The Fund may trade securities actively and may invest in debt securities of any maturity. The Fund normally maintains a dollar weighted average duration of between 1 and 8 years. Duration is a measure of the sensitivity of a fixed income security’s price to changes in interest rates. The Fund’s average duration measure incorporates a bond’s yield, coupon, final maturity, and the effect of derivatives, such as interest rate swaps and futures that may be used to manage the Fund’s interest rate risk. The use of derivatives, such as interest rate swaps and futures, may have the effect of shortening or lengthening the duration of a fixed income portfolio. The Fund may invest in “to-be-announced” investments, including when-issued and delayed delivery securities and forward commitment transactions. The Fund may invest in “Rule 144A” securities, which are privately placed, restricted securities that may only be resold under certain circumstances to other qualified institutional buyers.

 

4



 

PRINCIPAL RISKS.  The principal risks of investing in the Fund are described below.  When you sell your shares they may be worth more or less than what you paid for them, which means that you could lose money as a result of your investment.  An investment in the Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.  As with any fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.  For more information regarding risks and investment matters please see “Additional Information Regarding Investment Strategies and Risks” in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

 

Market Risk – Market risk is the risk that one or more markets in which the Fund invests will go down in value, including the possibility that the markets will go down sharply and unpredictably. Securities may decline in value due to the activities and financial prospects of individual companies or to general market and economic movements and trends, including adverse changes to credit markets.

 

Interest Rate Risk – The risk that your investment may go down in value when interest rates rise, because when interest rates rise, the prices of bonds and fixed rate loans fall. A wide variety of factors can cause interest rates to rise, including central bank monetary policies and inflation rates. Generally, the longer the maturity of a bond or fixed rate loan, the more sensitive it is to this risk. Falling interest rates also create the potential for a decline in the Fund’s income. These risks are greater during periods of rising inflation. Volatility in interest rates and in fixed income markets may increase the risk that the Fund’s investment in fixed income securities will go down in value. Risks associated with rising interest rates are currently heightened because interest rates in the U.S. are at, or near, historic lows.

 

Credit Risk – Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

 

Call Risk – Call risk is the risk that an issuer, especially during a period of falling interest rates, may redeem a security by repaying it early, which may reduce the Fund’s income if the proceeds are reinvested at lower interest rates.

 

U.S. Government Securities Risk – Treasury obligations may differ in their interest rates, maturities, times of issuance and other characteristics. Securities backed by the U.S. Treasury or the full faith and credit of the United States are guaranteed only as to the timely payment of interest and principal when held to maturity. Accordingly, the current market values for these securities will fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Obligations of U.S. Government agencies and authorities are supported by varying degrees of credit but generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies and authorities if it is not obligated by law to do so. In addition, the value of U.S. Government securities may be affected by changes in the credit rating of the U.S. Government. U.S. Government securities are also subject to the risk that the U.S. Treasury will be unable to meet its payment obligations.

 

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities Risk – Mortgage- and asset-backed securities represent interests in “pools” of mortgages or other assets, including consumer loans or receivables held in trust. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to credit risk, interest rate risk, “prepayment risk” (the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more quickly in periods of falling interest rates) and “extension risk” (the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more slowly in periods of rising interest rates). If the Fund invests in mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities that are subordinated to other interests in the same mortgage pool, the Fund may only receive payments after the pool’s obligations to other investors have been satisfied. An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to the Fund, reducing the values of those securities or in some cases rendering them worthless. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include so-called “subprime” mortgages.

 

Rule 144A Securities Risk – Rule 144A investments are subject to certain additional risks compared to publicly traded securities. If there are not enough qualified buyers interested in purchasing Rule 144A securities when the Fund wishes to sell such securities, the Fund may be unable to dispose of such securities promptly or at reasonable prices. For this reason, although Rule 144A securities are generally considered to be liquid, the Fund’s holdings in Rule 144A securities may adversely affect the Fund’s overall liquidity if qualified buyers become uninterested in buying them at a particular time. Issuers of Rule 144A securities are required to furnish information to potential investors upon request. However, the required disclosure is much less extensive than that required of public companies and is not publicly available. Further, issuers of Rule 144A securities can require recipients of the information (such as the Fund) to agree contractually to keep the information confidential, which could also adversely affect the Fund’s ability to dispose of a security.

 

Real Estate Related Securities Risks – In addition to general market risk, the main risk of real estate related securities is that the value of the underlying real estate may go down due, among other factors, to the strength of the general and local economies, the amount of new construction in a particular area, the laws and regulations affecting real estate and the costs of owning, maintaining and improving real estate. The availability of mortgages and changes in interest rates may also affect real estate values. The real estate industry is particularly sensitive to economic downturns. If the Fund’s real estate related investments are concentrated in one geographic area or in one property type, the Fund will be particularly subject to the risks associated with that area or property type.

 

Derivatives Risk – Derivatives are instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments because they may be more sensitive to changes in economic or market conditions than other types of investments and could result in losses that significantly exceed the Fund’s original investment. Successful use of derivative instruments by the Fund depends on the sub-adviser’s judgment with respect to a number of factors and the Fund’s performance could be worse and/or more volatile than if it had not used these instruments. In addition, the

 

5



 

fluctuations in the value of derivatives may not correlate perfectly with the value of any portfolio assets being hedged, the performance of the asset class to which the sub-adviser seeks exposure, or the overall securities markets.

 

Leverage Risk – Leverage can increase market exposure, magnify investment risks, and cause losses to be realized more quickly. Leverage may also cause the Fund to be more volatile than if it had not been leveraged. The use of leverage may cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet asset segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so.

 

Futures and Options Risks – Futures and options may be more volatile than direct investments in the securities underlying the futures and options, may not correlate perfectly to the underlying securities, may involve additional costs, and may be illiquid. Futures and options also may involve the use of leverage as the Fund may make a small initial investment relative to the risk assumed, which could result in losses greater than if futures or options had not been used. Futures and options are also subject to the risk that the other party to the transaction may default on its obligation.

 

Swaps Risk – A swap is a two-party contract that generally obligates the parties to exchange payments based on a specified reference security, basket of securities, security index or index component. Swaps can involve greater risks than direct investment in securities because swaps may be leveraged and are subject to counterparty risk (e.g., the risk of a counterparty defaulting on the obligation or bankruptcy), credit risk and pricing risk (i.e., swaps may be difficult to value). Certain swaps may also be considered illiquid. It may not be possible for the Fund to liquidate a swap position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.

 

Investment Strategy Risk – The risk that, if the sub-adviser’s investment strategy does not perform as expected, the Fund could underperform its peers or lose money. There is no guarantee that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved.

 

Active Trading Risk – Active trading could increase the Fund’s transaction costs and may increase your tax liability as compared to a fund with less active trading policies. These effects may adversely affect Fund performance.

 

Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk – Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements involve the purchase or sale, respectively, of securities held by the Fund with an agreement to resell or repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment. Repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions are subject to credit risk and the risk that the counterparty will not fulfill its obligations under the agreement. In addition, repurchase agreements carry the risk that the market value of the securities purchased may increase above the resell value, which means the Fund would be required to sell the securities back at a price below what they are worth. In a reverse repurchase transaction, the Fund may lose money if the market value of the securities decline below the repurchase price the Fund is required to pay.

 

Dollar Rolls Risk – The Fund may enter into dollar rolls in which the Fund will sell securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to repurchase substantially similar (the same type and coupon) securities on a specified future date to the same party. Dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities that the Fund is committed to buy may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold or that the counterparty may be unable to fulfill its obligations. These transactions may involve leverage.

 

To Be Announced (TBA) Transactions Risk – TBA investments include when-issued and delayed delivery securities and forward commitments. TBA transactions involve the risk that the security the Fund buys will lose value prior to its delivery. The Fund is subject to this risk whether or not the Fund takes delivery of the securities on the settlement date for a transaction. There also is the risk that the security will not be issued or that the other party to the transaction will not meet its obligation. If this occurs, the Fund loses both the investment opportunity for the assets it set aside to pay for the security and any gain in the security’s price. The Fund may also take a short position in a TBA investment when it owns or has the right to obtain, at no added cost, identical securities. If the Fund takes such a short position, it may reduce the risk of a loss if the price of the securities declines in the future, but will lose the opportunity to profit if the price rises.

 

Market Price Risk – The net asset value (“NAV”) of the Fund’s Shares will generally fluctuate with changes in the market value of the Fund’s holdings.  The market prices of the Fund’s shares will generally fluctuate in accordance with changes in NAV, changes in the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings, as well as the relative supply of and demand for the shares on the NYSE Arca.  The Sub-Adviser cannot predict whether the Fund’s shares will trade below, at or above their NAV.  Price differences may be due, in large part, to the fact that supply and demand forces at work in the secondary trading market for the Fund’s shares will be closely related to, but not identical to, the same forces influencing the prices of the Fund’s holdings trading individually or in the aggregate at any point in time.  In addition, unlike conventional ETFs, the Fund is not an index fund.  The Fund is actively managed and does not seek to replicate the performance of a specified index.  Index based ETFs have generally traded at prices which closely correspond to NAV per share.  Actively managed ETFs have a limited trading history and, therefore, there can be no assurance as to whether and/or the extent to which the Fund’s shares will trade at premiums or discounts to NAV or to the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings.

 

Cash Transactions Risk – In certain instances, unlike other ETFs, the Fund may effect creations and redemptions partly or wholly for cash, rather than in-kind. Because the Fund may effect redemptions for cash, rather than in-kind distributions, it may be required to sell portfolio securities in order to obtain the cash needed to distribute redemption proceeds and it may subsequently recognize gains on such sales that the Fund might not have recognized if it were to distribute portfolio securities in-kind. As a result, an investment in the Fund may be less tax-efficient than an investment in a more conventional ETF. Moreover, cash transactions may have to be carried out over several days if the securities market is relatively illiquid and may involve considerable brokerage fees and taxes. These brokerage fees and taxes, which will be higher than if the Fund sold and redeemed its shares principally in-kind, will be passed on to purchasers and redeemers of Creation Units in the form of creation and redemption transaction fees. In addition, these factors may result in wider spreads between the bid and the offered prices of the Fund’s shares than for more conventional ETFs.

 

6



 

Authorized Participant Concentration Risk – Only an authorized participant may engage in creation or redemption transactions directly with the Fund. The Fund has a limited number of intermediaries that act as authorized participants, and none of these authorized participants are or will be obligated to engage in creation or redemption transactions. To the extent that these intermediaries exit the business or are unable to or choose not to proceed with creation and/or redemption orders with respect to the Fund and no other authorized participant is able to step forward to create or redeem, shares may trade at a discount to NAV and possibly face trading halts and/or delisting.

 

The Fund is subject to certain other risks, which are discussed in “Additional Information Regarding Investment Strategies and Risks” in the Fund’s statutory prospectus.

 

PAST PERFORMANCE.  Because the Fund has not yet commenced operations, no performance history has been provided. Performance information will be available at www.hartfordfunds.com. Keep in mind that past performance does not indicate future results.

 

MANAGEMENT.  The Fund’s investment manager is Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC.  The Fund’s sub-adviser is Wellington Management.

 

Portfolio Manager

Title

Involved with
Fund Since

Michael F. Garrett

Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager

2017

Val Petrov, PhD, CFA

Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager

2017

Brian Conroy, CFA

Vice President and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager

2017

 

PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES.  The Fund is an exchange-traded fund (“ETF”).  Individual Fund shares may only be purchased and sold on a national securities exchange through a broker-dealer and may not be purchased or redeemed directly with the Fund.  The price of Fund shares is based on market price, and because ETF shares trade at market prices rather than NAV, shares may trade at a price greater than NAV (a premium) or less than NAV (a discount).  The Fund will only issue or redeem shares at NAV that have been aggregated into blocks of 50,000 shares or multiples thereof (“Creation Units”) with certain large institutional investors (“Authorized Participants”) who have entered into participation agreements with the Fund’s distributor, ALPS Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”).  The Fund will issue or redeem Creation Units in return for a basket of securities and/or cash that the Fund specifies each Business Day.

 

TAX INFORMATION.  The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable, and may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements.

 

PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES.  If you purchase shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank or financial advisor), the Fund’s related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your financial advisor to recommend the Fund over another investment.  Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

7



 

SUMMARY INFORMATION ABOUT THE EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS

 

This prospectus describes two ETFs offered by Hartford Funds Exchange-Traded Trust (the “Trust”). The Funds provide access to the professional investment advisory services offered by Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (“HFMC”) and Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”).  ETFs are funds that trade like other publicly-traded securities and may be designed to track an index or to be actively managed.  Unlike conventional ETFs, the Funds are not index funds. The Funds are actively managed and do not seek to replicate the performance of a specified index.  Unlike shares of a mutual fund, which can be bought from and redeemed by the issuing fund by all shareholders at a price based on NAV, shares of the Funds may be directly purchased from and redeemed by the Funds at NAV solely by Authorized Participants. Also, unlike shares of a mutual fund, shares of the Fund are listed on a national securities exchange and trade in the secondary market at market prices that change throughout the day.

 

Once operational, shares of the Funds are listed and traded at market prices on NYSE Arca and other secondary markets. The market price for the Funds’ shares may be different from the Funds’ NAVs, respectively. The Funds issue and redeem shares at NAV only in Creation Units. Only Authorized Participants may purchase or redeem Creation Units directly with a Fund at NAV. These transactions are in exchange for securities and/or cash. Except when aggregated in Creation Units, shares of a Fund are not redeemable securities. Shareholders who are not Authorized Participants may not purchase or redeem shares directly from a Fund.

 

An investment in a Fund alone should not constitute an entire investment program.  This prospectus explains what you should know about the Funds before you invest. Please read it carefully. Investors should be aware that the investments made by the Funds and the results achieved by the Funds at any given time are not expected to be the same as those made by other funds for which HFMC acts as investment manager/adviser, or Wellington Management acts as sub-adviser, including funds with names, investment objectives and policies similar to the Funds.  Certain affiliates of the Funds and HFMC may purchase and resell Fund shares pursuant to this Prospectus.

 

Fund fact sheets provide additional information regarding a Fund and may be requested by calling 1-415-315-6600. Information regarding how often the Shares of a Fund traded on NYSE Arca at a price above (i.e., at a premium) or below (i.e., at a discount) the NAV of the Fund during the prior calendar year and subsequent quarters, when available, can be found at www.hartfordfunds.com.

 

8



 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS

 

Additional information regarding the principal investment strategy and other investment policies for each of Hartford Corporate Bond ETF (the “Corporate Bond ETF”) and Hartford Quality Bond ETF (the “Quality Bond ETF”) (each a “Fund,” and collectively the “Funds”) is provided below.

 

Corporate Bond ETF

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks to provide total return, with income as a secondary objective.

 

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in U.S. dollar denominated, investment grade rated fixed income securities. The Fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets (including any borrowings for investment purposes) in investment grade, fixed-income securities issued by corporate entities. Investment grade securities are securities that are rated investment grade by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO’’), or are considered by Wellington Management, the Fund’s sub-adviser, to be of equivalent credit quality. Wellington Management employs a bottom up approach to portfolio management, by identifying issuers with favorable credit fundamentals and attractive total return profiles. The Fund normally expects to invest in securities issued by one hundred or fewer different issuers at any one time. The Fund may invest in fixed income securities of any maturity. The Fund normally maintains a dollar weighted average duration equivalent to that of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Bond Index, plus or minus a year. As of December 31, 2016, the duration of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Bond Index was 7.19 years. Duration is a measure of the sensitivity of a fixed income security’s price to changes in interest rates. For example, the price of a bond fund with an average duration of two years would be expected to fall approximately 2% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. The Fund’s average duration measure incorporates a bond’s yield, coupon, final maturity, and the effect of derivatives. The Fund’s industry positioning will typically be driven by Wellington Management’s bottom-up fundamental research and comprehensive risk management approach to portfolio construction and may cause the Fund’s sector weightings to meaningfully differ from benchmark weightings. Although the Fund may invest across different sectors, it has no limit on the amount it may invest in any single sector. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in U.S. Treasury obligations and obligations of U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities.

 

As a secondary strategy, the Fund may use derivatives investments, primarily futures and swap transactions, to manage duration and portfolio risks and to maintain efficient portfolio management.

 

Quality Bond ETF

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. The Fund seeks to maximize total return while providing a high level of current income consistent with prudent investment risk.

 

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in securities that Wellington Management considers to be attractive from a total return perspective while providing current income. The Fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets (including any borrowings for investment purposes) in investment grade, fixed-income securities. Investment grade securities are securities that are rated investment grade by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”), or are considered by Wellington Management to be of equivalent credit quality. The Fund generally invests a significant portion of its assets in mortgage-related securities such as agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities and related securities such as collateralized mortgage obligations, and other obligations that are secured by mortgages or mortgage-backed securities although the amount the Fund invests in such securities may change significantly from time to time based on current market conditions. The Fund is permitted to invest without limitation in mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies, including the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae), the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in credit sectors, including but not limited to non-agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset backed securities, corporate bonds and covered bonds. The Fund may invest in both U.S. Treasury obligations and in obligations of U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities. The Fund may use reverse repurchase transactions, repurchase agreements and dollar rolls. The Fund may use derivative instruments, including futures contracts, options, and swaps, to enhance returns, manage portfolio risk or for other investment purposes. The Fund may trade securities actively and may invest in debt securities of any maturity. The Fund normally maintains a dollar weighted average duration of between 1 and 8 years. Duration is a measure of the sensitivity of a fixed income security’s price to changes in interest rates. For example, the price of a bond fund with an average duration of two years would be expected to fall approximately 2% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. The Fund’s average duration measure incorporates a bond’s yield, coupon, final maturity, and the effect of derivatives, such as interest rate swaps and futures that may be used to manage the Fund’s interest rate risk. The use of derivatives, such as interest rate swaps and futures, may have the effect of shortening or lengthening the duration of a fixed income portfolio. The Fund may invest in “to-be-announced” investments, including when-issued and delayed delivery securities and forward commitment transactions. The Fund may invest in “Rule 144A” securities, which are privately placed, restricted securities that may only be resold under certain circumstances to other qualified institutional buyers.

 

9



 

As part of its secondary investment strategy, the Fund may also engage in short-selling of to-be-announced investments, invest in various types of stripped securities including interest only and principal only securities, and enter into bond forwards. The Fund may also invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds.

 

Wellington Management combines top-down analysis of the business cycle and the macro economy with bottom-up research and analysis. Analysis of the business cycle allows the portfolio manager to identify short-term and long-term mispricings of prepayment risk and interest-rate volatility within the mortgage-backed securities market. Bottom-up proprietary credit and structured research is undertaken to identify security selection opportunities in the corporate and structured credit sectors. Risk is monitored throughout the investment process and managed at the security, sector, and total fund level.

 

More Information About Risks

 

The principal and additional risks of investing in each Fund are described below. When you sell your shares they may be worth more or less than what you paid for them, which means that you could lose money as a result of your investment. Many factors affect each Fund’s performance. An investment in a Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. There is no assurance that a Fund will achieve its investment objective, and you should not consider any one fund alone to be a complete investment program. The different types of securities, investments, and investment techniques used by each Fund have varying degrees of risk. The Funds’ combined statement of additional information (“SAI”) contains more detailed information about the Funds’ investment policies and risks.

 

 

Principal Risk

 

X Additional Risk

 

 

Corporate Bond
ETF

 

Quality Bond
ETF

Active Trading Risk

Authorized Participant Concentration Risk

Bond Forwards Risk

 

X

Call Risk

X

Cash Transactions Risk

Counterparty Risk

X

 

Credit Risk

Derivatives Risk

X

Futures and Options Risk

X

Hedging Risk

X

X

Swaps Risk

X

Dollar Rolls Risk

 

Exchange Traded Funds and Exchange Traded Notes Risk

X

X

Event Risk

X

X

Foreign Investments Risk

X

 

High Yield Investments Risk

X

 

Interest Rate Risk

Illiquid Investments Risk

X

X

Inverse Floater Risk

 

X

Investment Strategy Risk

Leverage Risk

X

Market Price Risk

Market Risk

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities Risk

 

New Fund Risk

X

X

No Guarantee of Active Trading Market Risk

X

X

Other Investment Companies Risk

X

X

Real Estate Related Securities Risk

 

Repurchase Agreements Risk

 

Restricted Securities Risk

X

X

Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk

 

Rule 144A Securities Risk

X

Secondary Trading Market Issues

X

X

Short Sales of To Be Announced (TBA) Securities Risk

 

X

Stripped Securities

 

X

To Be Announced Transactions Risk

 

U.S. Government Securities Risk

 

 

 

Active Trading RiskActive trading could increase the Funds transaction costs and may increase your tax liability as compared to a fund with less active trading policies. These effects may also adversely affect Fund performance.

 

10



 

Authorized Participant Concentration Risk – Only an authorized participant may engage in creation or redemption transactions directly with the Fund. The Fund has a limited number of intermediaries that act as authorized participants, and none of these authorized participants are or will be obligated to engage in creation or redemption transactions. To the extent that these intermediaries exit the business or are unable to or choose not to proceed with creation and/or redemption orders with respect to the Fund and no other authorized participant is able to step forward to create or redeem, shares may trade at a discount to NAV and possibly face trading halts and/or delisting.

 

Bond Forwards Risk A bond forward is a contractual agreement between the Fund and another party to buy or sell an underlying asset at an agreed-upon future price and date. When a Fund enters into a bond forward, it will also simultaneously enter into a reverse repurchase agreement. In a bond forward transaction, no cash premium is paid when the parties enter into the bond forward. If the transaction is collateralized, an exchange of margin collateral will take place according to an agreed-upon schedule. Otherwise, no asset of any kind changes hands until the bond forward matures (typically in 30 days) or is rolled over for another agreed-upon period. Generally, the value of the bond forward will change based on changes in the value of the underlying asset. Bond forwards are subject to market risk (the risk that the market value of the underlying bond may change), non-correlation risk (the risk that the market value of the bond forward might move independently of the market value of the underlying bond) and counterparty credit risk (the risk that a counterparty will be unable to meet its obligation under the contract). If there is no cash exchanged at the time the Fund enters into the bond forward, counterparty risk may be limited to the loss of any marked-to-market profit on the contract and any delays or limitations on the Fund’s ability to sell or otherwise use the investments used as collateral for the bond forward. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by a Fund with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment. Reverse repurchase agreements carry the risk that the market value of the securities that a Fund is obligated to repurchase may decline below the repurchase price. A Fund could also lose money if it is unable to recover the securities and/or the value of any collateral held or assets segregated by the Fund to cover the transaction declines below the value of securities. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may increase the possibility of fluctuation in a Fund’s NAV.

 

Call Risk – Call risk is the risk that an issuer, especially during periods of falling interest rates, may redeem a security by repaying it early. If an issuer calls a security in which the Fund has invested, the Fund may not recoup the full amount of its initial investment and may be forced to reinvest in lower-yielding securities, securities with greater credit risks or securities with other, less favorable features. This could potentially lower the Fund’s income, yield and its distributions to shareholders.

 

Cash Transactions Risk – In certain instances, the Fund may effect creations and redemptions partly or wholly for cash, rather than in-kind. As a result, an investment in the Fund may be less tax-efficient than an investment in a more conventional ETF. ETFs generally are able to make in-kind redemptions and avoid being taxed on gain on the distributed portfolio securities at the Fund level. Because the Fund may effect redemptions partly or wholly for cash, rather than in-kind distributions, it may be required to sell portfolio securities in order to obtain the cash needed to distribute redemption proceeds. If the Fund recognizes gain on these sales, this generally will cause the Fund to recognize gain it might not otherwise have recognized, or to recognize such gain sooner than would otherwise be required if it were to distribute portfolio securities in-kind. The Fund generally distributes these gains to shareholders to avoid being taxed on this gain at the Fund level and otherwise comply with the special tax rules that apply to it. This strategy may cause shareholders to be subject to tax on gains they would not otherwise be subject to, or at an earlier date than, if they had made an investment in a different ETF. Moreover, cash transactions may have to be carried out over several days if the securities market is relatively illiquid and may involve considerable brokerage fees and taxes. These brokerage fees and taxes, which will be higher than if the Fund sold and redeemed its shares principally in-kind, will be passed on to purchasers and redeemers of Creation Units in the form of creation and redemption transaction fees. In addition, these factors may result in wider spreads between the bid and the offered prices of the Fund’s shares than for more conventional ETFs.

 

Counterparty Risk – The risk that the counterparty to an over-the-counter derivatives contract or a borrower of a Fund’s securities may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal, interest or settlement payments, or otherwise to honor its obligations. The protections available to a Fund in exchange traded derivatives may not be available for over-the-counter transactions.

 

Credit Risk Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security or other instrument will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

 

Derivatives RiskThe Fund may use derivatives for investment purposes and/or for hedging purposes, including anticipatory hedges. Derivatives are instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Successful use of derivative instruments by the Fund depends on the sub-adviser’s judgment with respect to a number of factors and the Fund’s performance could be worse and/or more volatile than if it had not used these instruments. Derivatives may involve significant risks, including:

 

·                  Counterparty/Credit Risk - the risk that the party on the other side of the transaction will be unable to honor its financial obligation to the Fund.

 

·                  Currency Risk - the risk that changes in the exchange rate between currencies will adversely affect the value (in U.S. dollar terms) of an investment.

 

·                  Leverage Risk - the risk associated with certain types of investments or trading strategies that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment.  Certain investments or trading strategies that involve leverage can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested.

 

·                  Liquidity Risk - the risk that certain investments may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time that the seller would like or at the price that the seller believes the security is currently worth, which could expose the Fund to losses and could make derivatives more difficult for the Fund to value accurately.

 

·                  Index Risk - if the derivative is linked to the performance of an index, it will be subject to the risks associated with changes in that index.  If the index changes, the Fund could receive lower interest payments or experience a reduction in the value of the derivative to below what the Fund paid.  Certain indexed securities, including inverse securities (which move in an opposite

 

11



 

direction to the index), may create leverage, to the extent that they increase or decrease in value at a rate that is a multiple of the changes in the applicable index.  For this reason, the Fund’s investment in these instruments may decline significantly in value if index levels move in a way that is not anticipated.

 

·                  Regulatory Risk – Government legislation or regulation may make derivatives more costly, may limit the availability of derivatives, or may otherwise adversely affect the use, value or performance of derivatives.

 

·                  Tax Risk - The tax treatment of a derivative may not be as favorable as a direct investment in the underlying asset. The use of derivatives may adversely affect the timing, character and amount of income the Fund realizes from its investments, and could impair the ability of the sub-adviser to use derivatives when it wishes to do so.

 

·                  Short Position Risk - A Fund may also take a short position in a derivative instrument, such as a future, forward or swap. A short position in a derivative instrument involves the risk of a theoretically unlimited increase in the value of the underlying instrument which could cause a Fund to suffer a (potentially unlimited) loss.

 

The Fund may invest a significant portion of its assets in derivative instruments.  If it does, the Fund’s exposure could far exceed the value of its portfolio securities and its investment performance could be primarily dependent upon securities it does not own.

 

In December 2015, the SEC proposed new regulations applicable to a fund’s use of derivatives and related instruments. If adopted as proposed, these regulations could potentially limit or impact the Fund’s ability to invest in derivatives and other instruments and adversely affect the Fund’s performance and ability to pursue their investment objectives.

 

Futures and Options Risk An option is an agreement that, for a premium payment or fee, gives the purchaser the right but not the obligation to buy or sell the underlying asset at a specified price during a period of time or on a specified date. A future is a contract that obligates the purchaser to take delivery, and the seller to make delivery, of a specific amount of an asset at a specified future date at a specified price. Futures and options are subject to the risk that the sub-adviser may incorrectly predict the direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors that may affect the value of the underlying asset. Futures and options may be more volatile than direct investments in the securities underlying the futures and options and may not correlate perfectly to the underlying securities. Futures and options also involve additional expenses as compared to investing directly in the underlying securities, which could reduce any benefit or increase any loss to the Fund from using the strategy. Futures and options may also involve the use of leverage as the Fund may make a small initial investment relative to the risk assumed, which could result in losses greater than if futures or options had not been used. Futures and options transactions may be effected on securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. When futures or options are purchased over-the-counter, the Fund bears the risk that the counter-party that wrote the future or option will be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under the contract. Such futures and options may also be illiquid, and in such cases, the Fund may have difficulty closing out its position or valuing the contract. Options on foreign currencies are affected by the factors that influence foreign exchange rates and investments generally. A Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on foreign currency options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid secondary market, and there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular option at any specific time.

 

Hedging Risk – Hedging is a strategy in which the Fund uses a derivative to offset the risks associated with other Fund holdings. While hedging can reduce losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains or cause losses if the market moves in a manner different from that anticipated by the Fund or if the cost of the derivative outweighs the benefit of the hedge. Hedging also involves the risk that changes in the value of the derivative will not match those of the holdings being hedged as expected by the Fund, in which case any losses on the holdings being hedged may not be reduced and may be increased. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s hedging strategy will reduce risk or that hedging transactions will be either available or cost effective. A Fund is not required to use hedging and may choose not to do so.

 

Swaps Risk Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into for a set period of time in which the parties agree to exchange payments based on some underlying reference asset (such as interest rates). The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques, risk analyses and tax planning different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. A Fund’s transactions in swaps—which may involve a variety of reference assets—may be significant. These transactions can result in sizeable realized and unrealized capital gains and losses relative to the gains and losses from the Fund’s direct investments in the reference assets.

 

Transactions in swaps can involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested directly in the reference asset since, in addition to general market risks, swaps may be leveraged and are also subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, credit risk and valuation risk. Because they are two-party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, certain swap transactions may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap counterparty. Some swaps may be complex and difficult to value. Swaps may also be subject to pricing or “basis” risk, which exists when a particular swap becomes extraordinarily expensive relative to historical prices or the price of corresponding cash market instruments. Under certain market conditions it may not be economically feasible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position in time to avoid a loss or take advantage of an opportunity. If a swap transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.

 

The prices of swaps can be very volatile, and a variance in the degree of volatility or in the direction of the price of the reference asset from the sub-adviser’s expectations may produce significant losses in the Fund’s investments in swaps. In addition, a perfect correlation between a swap and an investment position may be impossible to achieve. As a result, the Fund’s use of swaps may not be effective in fulfilling the Fund’s investment strategies and may contribute to losses that would not have been incurred otherwise.

 

Certain swaps are centrally-cleared and will eventually be exchange-traded. Central clearing is expected to decrease credit risk and exchange-trading is expected to improve liquidity. However, central clearing does not make the contracts risk-free and there is no guarantee that the Fund would consider exchange-traded swaps to be liquid.

 

12



 

In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, the Fund may “set aside” liquid assets (often referred to as “asset segregation”), or otherwise “cover” its position in a manner consistent with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder. Each Fund reserves the right to modify its asset segregation policies in the future to comply with any changes in the SEC’s positions regarding asset segregation.

 

·                  Credit Default Swaps Risk - A credit default swap enables an investor to buy or sell protection against a credit event with respect to an issuer. Credit default swaps may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by the Fund. The protection “buyer” may be obligated to pay the protection “seller” an up-front payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract, provided generally that no credit event on a reference obligation has occurred. Credit default swaps involve special risks in addition to those mentioned above because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty).

 

·                  Interest Rate Swaps Risk - In an interest rate swap, the Fund and another party exchange their rights to receive interest payments based on a reference interest rate. Interest rate swaps are subject to interest rate risk and credit risk. An interest rate swap transaction could result in losses if the underlying asset or reference does not perform as anticipated. Interest rate swaps are also subject to counterparty risk. If the counterparty fails to meet its obligations, the Fund may lose money.

 

·                  Total Return Swaps Risk - In a total return swap transaction, one party agrees to pay the other party an amount equal to the total return on a defined underlying asset or a non-asset reference during a specified period of time. In return, the other party would make periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or on the total return from a different underlying asset or non-asset reference. Total return swaps could result in losses if the underlying asset or reference does not perform as anticipated. Total return swaps can have the potential for unlimited losses. They are also subject to counterparty risk. If the counterparty fails to meet its obligations, the Fund may lose money.

 

·                  Volatility Swaps Risk - The Fund may enter into types of volatility swaps to hedge the volatility of a particular security, currency, index or other financial instrument, or to seek to increase its investment return. In volatility swaps, counterparties agree to buy or sell volatility at a specific level over a fixed period. Volatility swaps are subject to credit risks (if the counterparty fails to meet its obligations), and the risk that the sub-adviser is incorrect in its forecast of volatility for the underlying security, currency, index or other financial instrument that is the subject of the swap. If the sub-adviser is incorrect in its forecast, the Fund would likely be required to make a payment to the counterparty under the swap. Volatility swaps can have the potential for unlimited losses.

 

Dollar Rolls Risk A Fund may enter into dollar rolls in which the Fund will sell securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to repurchase substantially similar (the same type and coupon) securities on a specified future date to the same party. Dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities that the Fund is committed to buy may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold or that the counterparty may be unable to fulfill its obligations. These transactions may involve leverage.

 

Exchange Traded Funds and Exchange Traded Notes RiskAn investment in an ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a fund that is not exchange-traded that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies as the ETF. ETF investments are also subject to the risk that the ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective; the risk that, to the extent the ETF does not fully replicate the underlying index, the ETF’s investment strategy may not produce the intended results; the risk of more frequent price fluctuations due to secondary market trading, which may result in a loss to the Fund; the risk that the ETF may trade at a price that is lower than its NAV; and the risk that an active market for the ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained. ETFs are also subject to specific risks depending on the nature of the ETF, such as liquidity risk, sector risk, and foreign and emerging markets risk, as well as risks associated with fixed income securities, real estate investments and commodities. An investment in an ETF presents the risk that the ETF may no longer meet the listing requirements of any applicable exchanges on which the ETF is listed. A Fund will indirectly pay a proportional share of the asset-based fees of the ETFs in which the Fund invests. In addition, the Fund pays brokerage commissions in connection with the purchase and sale of shares of ETFs.

 

Exchange traded notes (“ETNs”) are a type of unsecured, unsubordinated debt security that have characteristics and risks similar to those of fixed-income securities, including credit risk, and trade on a major exchange similar to shares of ETFs. Unlike other types of fixed income securities, however, the performance of ETNs is based upon that of a market index or other reference asset minus fees and expenses, no coupon payments are made and no principal protection exists. The value of an ETN may be affected by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying commodities or securities markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced commodity or security. A Fund’s ability to sell its ETN holdings also may be limited by the availability of a secondary market and the Fund may have to sell such holdings at a discount. ETNs also are subject to counterparty credit risk, fixed-income risk and tracking error risk (where the ETN’s performance may not match or correlate to that of its market index). ETNs also incur certain expenses not incurred by their applicable index.

 

Event Risk Event risk is the risk that corporate issuers may undergo restructurings, such as mergers, leveraged buyouts, takeovers, or similar events financed by increased debt. As a result of the added debt, the credit quality and market value of a company’s bonds and/or other debt securities may decline significantly.

 

Foreign Investments Risk - Investments in foreign securities may be riskier than investments in U.S. securities and may also be less liquid and more difficult to value than securities of U.S. issuers. Foreign investments may be affected by the following:

 

·             changes in currency exchange rates

 

13



 

·             changes in foreign or U.S. law or restrictions applicable to such investments and in exchange control regulations

·             increased volatility

·             substantially less volume on foreign stock markets and other securities markets

·             higher commissions and dealer mark-ups

·             inefficiencies in certain foreign clearance and settlement procedures that could result in an inability to execute transactions or delays in settlement

·             less uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards

·             less publicly available information about a foreign issuer or borrower

·             less government regulation

·             unfavorable foreign tax laws

·             political, social, economic or diplomatic developments in a foreign country or region

·             differences in individual foreign economies

·             geopolitical events may disrupt securities markets and adversely affect global economies and markets

·             Governments in many emerging market countries participate to a significant degree in their economies and securities markets, which may impair investment and economic growth. In addition, global economies and financial markets are becoming increasingly interconnected, which increases the possibility that conditions in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region.

 

Certain European countries in which a Fund may invest have recently experienced significant volatility in financial markets and may continue to do so in the future. The impact of the United Kingdom’s intended departure from the European Union, commonly known as “Brexit,” and the potential departure of one or more other countries from the European Union may have significant political and financial consequences for global markets. These consequences include greater market volatility and illiquidity, currency fluctuations, deterioration in economic activity, a decrease in business confidence and an increased likelihood of a recession in such markets. Uncertainty relating to the withdrawal procedures and timeline may have adverse effects on asset valuations and the renegotiation of current trade agreements, as well as an increase in financial regulation in such markets. This may adversely impact Fund performance.

 

High Yield Investments Risk Although high yield investments (also known as “junk bonds”) generally pay higher rates of interest than investment grade bonds, junk bonds are high risk, speculative investments that may cause income and principal losses for a Fund. The major risks of junk bond investments include:

 

·                  Junk bonds may be issued by less creditworthy issuers. Issuers of junk bonds may have a larger amount of outstanding debt relative to their assets than issuers of investment grade bonds. In the event of an issuer’s bankruptcy, claims of other creditors may have priority over the claims of junk bond holders, leaving few or no assets available to repay junk bond holders.

 

·                  Prices of junk bonds are subject to extreme price fluctuations. Adverse changes in an issuer’s industry and general economic conditions may have a greater impact on the prices of junk bonds than on other higher rated fixed-income securities.

 

·                  Issuers of junk bonds may be unable to meet their interest or principal payment obligations because of an economic downturn, specific issuer developments, or the unavailability of additional financing.

 

·                  Junk bonds frequently have redemption features that permit an issuer to repurchase the security from a Fund before it matures. If the issuer redeems junk bonds, a Fund may have to invest the proceeds in bonds with lower yields and may lose income.

 

·                  Junk bonds may be less liquid than higher rated fixed-income securities, even under normal economic conditions. There are fewer dealers in the junk bond market, and there may be significant differences in the prices quoted for junk bonds by the dealers. Because they are less liquid, judgment may play a greater role in valuing certain of a Fund’s securities than is the case with securities trading in a more liquid market.

 

·                  A Fund may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting issuer.

 

·                  The credit rating of a high yield security does not necessarily address its market value risk. Ratings and market value may change from time to time, positively or negatively, to reflect new developments regarding the issuer.

 

Interest Rate Risk The risk that your investment may go down in value when interest rates rise, because when interest rates rise, the prices of bonds and fixed rate loans fall. A wide variety of factors can cause interest rates to rise, including central bank

 

14



 

monetary policies and inflation rates. Generally, the longer the maturity of a bond or fixed rate loan, the more sensitive it is to this risk. For this reason, the longer the Fund’s average weighted portfolio maturity, the greater the impact a change in interest rates will have on its share price. Falling interest rates may also lead to a decline in the Fund’s income. These risks are greater during periods of rising inflation. Volatility in interest rates and in fixed income markets may increase the risk that the Fund’s investment in fixed income securities will go down in value. A rise in interest rates could also cause investors to rapidly move out of fixed-income securities, which may increase redemptions in the Fund and subject the Fund to increased liquidity risk. A substantial increase in interest rates may also have an adverse impact on the liquidity of one or more portfolio securities, especially those with longer maturities.

 

Risks associated with rising interest rates are currently heightened because interest rates are at, or near, historic lows and have been for several years due to the policies of the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank (“the Fed”) and other central banks. There is an increasing risk that the Fed and other central banks will raise the federal funds rate and equivalent rates as economic conditions appear to improve. Any such increases will likely cause market interest rates to rise, which will cause the value of the Fund’s fixed income holdings, particularly those with longer maturities, to fall. Any such rate increases may also increase volatility and reduce liquidity in the fixed income markets, which would make it more difficult to sell the Fund’s fixed income investments. Changes in central bank interest rate policies could also result in higher than normal shareholder redemptions, which could potentially increase portfolio turnover and the Fund’s transaction costs.

 

Illiquid Investments Risk Illiquid investments are investments that the Fund cannot sell within seven days at approximately current value. In addition, securities and other investments purchased by the Fund that are liquid at the time of purchase may subsequently become illiquid due to events relating to the issuer of the securities, market events, rising interest rates, economic conditions or investor perceptions. If the Fund holds illiquid investments it may be unable to quickly sell them or may be able to sell them only at a price below current value. If one or more of the Fund’s investments becomes illiquid, the Fund may exceed its limit on such investments. In this case, the Fund will consider appropriate steps to bring the Fund’s holdings back under the limit. In October 2016, the SEC adopted new regulations that may limit a Fund’s ability to invest in illiquid and less liquid investments. These limitations may adversely affect a Fund’s performance and ability to pursue its investment objective when the regulations are expected to take effect on December 1, 2018.

 

Inverse Floater Risk Inverse floaters earn interest at rates that vary inversely to changes in short-term interest rates. As short term interest rates rise, inverse floaters produce less income (and, in extreme cases, may pay no income) and as short-term interest rates fall, inverse floaters produce more income. Inverse floaters may be subject to leverage risk and counterparty risk. These risks are greater for inverse floaters that are structured as tender option bonds (“TOBs”). The prices and income of inverse floaters are generally more volatile than the prices and income of bonds with similar maturities and may decline rapidly during periods of rising interest rates. An investment in inverse floaters involves the risk of loss of principal and typically will involve greater risk than an investment in a municipal fixed rate security. Inverse floaters generally will underperform the market for fixed rate municipal securities in a rising interest rate environment. Investments in inverse floaters in the form of TOBs are also subject to risks related to the termination of the trust that issues the TOB, which could expose a Fund to losses associated with such termination.

 

Investment Strategy Risk The risk that, if the portfolio managers’ investment decisions and strategy does not perform as expected, the Fund could underperform its peers or lose money. A Funds performance depends on the portfolio managers judgment about a variety of factors, such as markets, interest rates and/or the attractiveness, relative value, liquidity, or potential appreciation of particular investments made for the Fund’s portfolio. The portfolio managers’ investment models may not adequately take into account certain factors, may perform differently than anticipated and may result in the Fund having a lower return than if the portfolio managers used another model or investment strategy. There is no guarantee that the strategy used by the Fund will allow the Fund to achieve its investment objective.

 

Leverage Risk Certain transactions, including derivatives, to-be-announced investments and other when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment transactions, involve a form of leverage. Transactions involving leverage provide investment exposure in an amount exceeding the initial investment. Leverage can increase market exposure, magnify investment risks, and cause losses to be realized more quickly. Certain derivatives have the potential to cause unlimited losses for the Fund, regardless of the size of the initial investment. Leverage may also cause the Fund’s NAV to be more volatile than if the Fund had not been leveraged, as relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of a leveraged investment. To reduce the risk associated with leveraging, the Fund may “set aside” liquid assets (often referred to as “asset segregation”), or otherwise “cover” its position in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder. Each Fund reserves the right to modify its asset segregation policies in the future to comply with any changes in the SEC’s positions regarding asset segregation. The use of leverage may cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet asset segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so.

 

Market Price Risk The NAV of the Fund’s Shares will generally fluctuate with changes in the market value of the Fund’s holdings.  The market prices of the Fund’s shares will generally fluctuate in accordance with changes in NAV, changes in the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings, as well as the relative supply of and demand for the shares on the NYSE Arca.  The Sub-Adviser cannot predict whether the Fund’s shares will trade below, at or above their NAV.  Price differences may be due, in large part, to the fact that supply and demand forces at work in the secondary trading market for the Fund’s shares will be closely related to, but not identical to, the same forces influencing the prices of the Fund’s holdings trading individually or in the aggregate at any point in time.  In addition, unlike conventional ETFs, the Fund is not an index fund.  The Fund is actively managed and does not seek to replicate the performance of a specified index.  Index based ETFs have generally traded at prices which closely correspond to NAV per share.  Actively managed

 

15



 

ETFs have a limited trading history and, therefore, there can be no assurance as to whether and/or the extent to which the Fund’s shares will trade at premiums or discounts to NAV or to the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings.

 

Market Risk Market risk is the risk that one or more markets in which the Fund invests will go down in value, including the possibility that the markets will go down sharply and unpredictably. Securities or other investments may decline in value due to factors affecting securities markets generally or individual issuers. The value of a security or other investment may change in value due to general market conditions that are not related to a particular issuer, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for revenues or corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. The value of a security or other investment may also change in value due to factors that affect an individual issuer or a particular sector or industry. During a general downturn in the securities or other markets, multiple asset classes may decline in value simultaneously. When markets perform well, there can be no assurance that securities or other investments held by the Fund will participate in or otherwise benefit from the advance. Any market disruptions, including those arising out of geopolitical events or natural/environmental disasters, could also prevent the Fund from executing advantageous investment decisions in a timely manner. Although the Fund generally seeks to reduce the risks related to the equity and fixed income markets, there is no guarantee that the Fund’s strategy will be successful and the Fund is still exposed to overall market risk.

 

In addition, the Fund may rely on various third-party sources to calculate its net asset value.  As a result, the Fund is subject to certain operational risks associated with reliance on service providers and service providers’ data sources.  In particular, errors or system failures and other technological issues may adversely impact the Fund’s calculation of its net asset value, and such net asset value calculation issues may result in inaccurately calculated net asset values, delays in net asset value calculation, and/or the inability to calculate net asset value over extended periods.  The Fund may be unable to recover any losses associated with such failures.

 

Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain risks, including credit risk and interest rate risk. These investments expose the Fund to extension risk, which is the risk that borrowers will repay a loan more slowly in periods of rising interest rates which could increase the interest rate sensitivity of certain investments — such as mortgage- and asset-backed securities — and cause the value of these investments to fall. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, if the Fund holds mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities, it may exhibit additional volatility. In addition, adjustable and fixed rate mortgage-backed securities are subject to “prepayment risk.” When interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected. This can reduce the returns of the Fund because the Fund may have to reinvest that money at lower prevailing interest rates. A Fund’s investments in other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-backed securities, as well as additional risks associated with the nature of the assets and the servicing of those assets. These securities are also subject to risk of default on the underlying mortgage or asset, particularly during periods of economic downturn. Issuers of asset-backed securities may have limited ability to enforce the security interest in the underlying assets, and credit enhancements provided to support the securities, if any, may be inadequate to protect investors in the event of default. In addition, as a result of its investment in asset-backed securities, the Fund would be subject to the risk that in certain states it may be difficult to perfect the liens securing the collateral backing certain asset-backed securities. Certain asset-backed securities are based on loans that are unsecured, which means that there is no collateral to seize if the underlying borrower defaults.

 

Collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which are a type of asset-backed security, are subject to heightened risks, including the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; the Fund may invest in collateralized debt obligations that are subordinate to other classes and, therefore, will not have primary rights to any payments in bankruptcy; values may be volatile; and disputes with the issuer may produce unexpected investment results. A Fund’s investments in CDOs will not receive the same investor protection as an investment in registered securities. In addition, prices of CDO investments can decline considerably. These types of instruments are frequently referred to as “mortgage derivatives” and are sensitive to changing interest rates and deteriorating credit environments. CDOs may lack of a readily available secondary market and be difficult to sell at the price at which the Fund values them.

 

A Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities issued by the U.S. Government or by non-governmental issuers. To the extent that the Fund invests in mortgage-backed securities offered by non-governmental issuers, such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers, the Fund may be subject to additional risks. Mortgage-related securities issued by private issuers are subject to the credit risks of the issuers, as well as to interest rate risks. Timely payment of interest and principal of non-governmental issuers is supported by various forms of private insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance purchased by the issuer. There can be no assurance that the private insurers can meet their obligations under the policies. An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may adversely affect the value of a mortgage-backed security and could result in losses to the Fund. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include subprime mortgages. Subprime mortgages refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their mortgages.

 

New Fund Risk The Fund is a new fund which may result in additional risk. There can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to an economically viable size, in which case the Fund may cease operations. In such an event, investors may be required to liquidate or transfer their investments at an inopportune time.

 

No Guarantee of Active Trading Market Risk – While shares are listed on NYSE Arca, there can be no assurance that active trading markets for shares will be maintained by market makers or authorized participants. Decisions by market makers or authorized participants to reduce their role or “step away” from these activities in times of market stress may inhibit the effectiveness of the arbitrage process in maintaining the relationship between the underlying value of the Fund’s holdings and the Fund’s NAV.  Such

 

16



 

reduced effectiveness could result in the Fund’s shares trading at a discount to its NAV and also in greater than normal intraday bid/ask spreads for the Fund’s shares.

 

Other Investment Companies Risk Investments in securities of other investment companies, including ETFs, are generally subject to limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and its rules, and applicable SEC staff interpretations or applicable exemptive relief granted by the SEC. Such investments subject the Fund to the risks that apply to the other investment company, including market and selection risk, and may increase the Fund’s expenses to the extent the Fund pays fees, including investment advisory and administrative fees, charged by the other investment company. The success of the Fund’s investment in these securities is directly related, in part, to the ability of the other investment companies, including ETFs, to meet their investment objective.

 

Real Estate Related Securities Risk The main risk of real estate related securities is that the value of the underlying real estate may go down. Many factors may affect real estate values. These factors include both the general and local economies, vacancy rates, tenant bankruptcies, the ability to re-lease space under expiring leases on attractive terms, the amount of new construction in a particular area, the laws and regulations (including zoning and tax laws) affecting real estate and the costs of owning, maintaining and improving real estate. The availability of mortgages and changes in interest rates, a decline in rents resulting from unanticipated economic, legal or technological developments or a decline in the price of securities of real estate companies due to a failure of borrowers to pay their loans or poor management may also affect real estate values. The real estate industry is particularly sensitive to economic downturns. When economic growth is slow, demand for property decreases and prices may decline. If the Fund’s real estate related investments are concentrated in one geographic area or in one property type, the Fund will be particularly subject to the risks associated with that area or property type.

 

In addition to the risks facing real estate related securities, investments in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), which pool investor money to invest in real estate and real estate related holdings, involve unique risks. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in limited volume and may be more volatile than other securities. REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders or unitholders, and may be subject to defaults by borrowers and to self-liquidations. Many issuers of real estate related securities are highly leveraged, which increases the risk to holders of such securities. REITs are also subject to additional risks, such as poor performance by the manager of the REIT, adverse changes to the tax laws, failure by the REIT to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Internal Revenue Code or failure to maintain exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. In addition, some REITs have limited diversification because they invest in a limited number of properties, a narrow geographic area, or a single type of property, which may make REITs more susceptible to adverse developments affecting a single project or market segment than more broadly diversified investments. Also, the organizational documents of a REIT may contain provisions that make changes in control of the REIT difficult and time-consuming. Because REITs are pooled investment vehicles that have expenses of their own, the Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of those expenses. REITs and other real estate related securities tend to be small- to mid-cap stocks that are subject to risks of investing in small- to mid-cap stocks.

 

Repurchase Agreements Risk A Fund may enter into certain types of repurchase agreements or purchase and sale contracts. Under a repurchase agreement, the seller agrees to repurchase a security (typically a security issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government) at a mutually agreed upon time and price. This insulates the Fund from changes in the market value of the security during the period. A purchase and sale contract is similar to a repurchase agreement, but purchase and sale contracts provide that the purchaser receives any interest on the security paid during the period. If the seller fails to repurchase the security in either situation and the market value declines, the Fund may lose money.

 

Restricted Securities Risk Restricted securities are securities that cannot be offered for public resale unless registered under the applicable securities laws or that have a contractual restriction that prohibits or limits their resale. Restricted securities include private placement securities that have not been registered under the applicable securities laws, such as Rule 144A securities, and securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that are issued pursuant to Regulation S. Restricted securities may not be listed on an exchange and may have no active trading market. Restricted securities may be illiquid. A Fund may be unable to sell them on short notice or may be able to sell them only at a price below current value. Also, the Fund may get only limited information about the issuer of a restricted security, so it may be less able to predict a loss. In addition, if Fund management receives material non-public information about the issuer, the Fund may as a result be unable to sell the securities. Certain restricted securities may involve a high degree of business and financial risk and may result in substantial losses. For more information regarding Rule 144A securities, see “Rule 144A Securities Risk” below.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Fund with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment. Reverse repurchase agreements carry the risk that the market value of the securities that the Fund is obligated to repurchase may decline below the repurchase price. A Fund could also lose money if it is unable to recover the securities and the value of the any collateral held or assets segregated by the Fund to cover the transaction is less than the value of securities. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may increase the possibility of fluctuation in the Fund’s net asset value.

 

Rule 144A Securities Risk A Fund may invest in “Rule 144A” securities, which are privately placed, restricted securities that may only be resold under certain circumstances to other qualified institutional buyers. Rule 144A investments are subject to certain additional risks compared to publicly traded securities. If there are not enough qualified buyers interested in purchasing Rule 144A securities when the Fund wishes to sell such securities, the Fund may be unable to dispose of such securities promptly or at reasonable prices. For this reason, although Rule 144A securities are generally considered to be liquid, the Fund’s holdings in Rule 144A securities

 

17



 

may adversely affect the Fund’s overall liquidity if qualified buyers become uninterested in buying them at a particular time. Issuers of Rule 144A securities are required to furnish information to potential investors upon request. However, the required disclosure is much less extensive than that required of public companies and is not publicly available. Further, issuers of Rule 144A securities can require recipients of the information (such as the Fund) to agree contractually to keep the information confidential, which could also adversely affect the Fund’s ability to dispose of a security.

 

Secondary Trading Market Issues – Trading in shares on NYSE Arca may be halted due to market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the NYSE Arca, make trading in shares inadvisable.  In addition, trading in shares on NYSE Arca is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to the NYSE Arca “circuit breaker” rules. If a trading halt or unanticipated early closing of NYSE Arca occurs, a shareholder may be unable to purchase or sell shares of the Fund.  There can be no assurance that the requirements of NYSE Arca necessary to maintain the listing of the Fund will continue to be met or will remain unchanged.

 

While the creation/redemption feature is designed to make it likely that shares normally will trade close to the Fund’s NAV, market prices are not expected to correlate exactly to the Fund’s NAV due to timing reasons, supply and demand imbalances and other factors. In addition, disruptions to creations and redemptions, adverse developments impacting market makers, authorized participants or other market participants, high market volatility or lack of an active trading market for the shares (including through a trading halt) may result in market prices for shares of the Fund that differ significantly from its NAV or to the intra-day value of the Fund’s holdings.  If an investor purchases shares at a time when the market price is at a premium to the NAV of the shares or sells at a time when the market price is at a discount to the NAV of the shares, then the investor may sustain losses.

 

Given the nature of the relevant markets for certain of the securities for the Fund, shares may trade at a larger premium or discount to NAV than shares of other kinds of ETFs. In addition, the securities held by the Fund may be traded in markets that close at a different time than NYSE Arca. Liquidity in those securities may be reduced after the applicable closing times. Accordingly, during the time when NYSE Arca is open but after the applicable market closing, fixing or settlement times, bid/ask spreads and the resulting premium or discount to the shares’ NAV may widen.

 

When you buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker, you will likely incur a brokerage commission or other charges imposed by brokers. In addition, the market price of shares, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid-ask spread” charged by the market makers or other participants that trade the particular security. The spread of the Fund’s shares varies over time based on the Fund’s trading volume and market liquidity and may increase if the Fund’s trading volume, the spread of the Fund’s underlying securities, or market liquidity decrease. In times of severe market disruption, including when trading of the Fund’s holdings may be halted, the bid-ask spread may increase significantly. This means that shares may trade at a discount to the Fund’s NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest during significant market volatility.

 

Short Sales of To Be Announced (TBA) Securities Risk When the Fund enters into a short sale of a TBA security it effectively agrees to sell at a future date and price a security it does not own. Although most TBA short sale transactions are closed before the Fund would be required to deliver the security, if the Fund does not close the position, the Fund may have to purchase the securities needed to settle the short sale at a higher price than anticipated. This would cause the Fund to lose money. A Fund may not always be able to purchase the securities required to settle a short at a particular time or at an attractive price. A Fund may incur increased transaction costs associated with selling TBA securities short. In addition, taking short positions in TBA securities results in a form of leverage, which could increase the volatility of the Fund’s returns.

 

Stripped Securities Risk Stripped securities are created when the issuer separates the interest and principal components of an instrument and sells them as separate securities. In general, one security is entitled to receive the interest payments on the underlying assets (the interest only or “IO” security) and the other to receive the principal payments (the principal only or “PO” security). Some stripped securities may receive a combination of interest and principal payments. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are sensitive to the expected or anticipated rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying assets, and principal payments may have a material effect on yield to maturity. If the underlying assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be adversely affected. Stripped securities may be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and rates of prepayment. The market for stripped securities may be limited, making it difficult for the Fund to sell its holdings at an acceptable price.

 

To Be Announced (TBA) Transactions Risk TBA investments include when-issued and delayed delivery securities and forward commitments. TBA transactions involve the risk that the security the Fund buys will lose value prior to its delivery. A Fund is subject to this risk whether or not the Fund takes delivery of the securities on the settlement date for a transaction. There also is the risk that the security will not be issued or that the other party to the transaction will not meet its obligation. If this occurs, the Fund loses both the investment opportunity for the assets it set aside to pay for the security and any gain in the security’s price. A Fund may also take a short position in a TBA investment when it owns or has the right to obtain, at no added cost, identical securities. If the Fund takes such a short position, it may reduce the risk of a loss if the price of the securities declines in the future, but will lose the opportunity to profit if the price rises.

 

U.S. Government Securities RiskTreasury obligations may differ in their interest rates, maturities, times of issuance and other characteristics. Securities backed by the U.S. Treasury or the full faith and credit of the United States are guaranteed only as to the timely payment of interest and principal when held to maturity. Accordingly, the current market values for these securities will fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Obligations of U.S. Government agencies and authorities are supported by varying degrees of credit but generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government will

 

18



 

provide financial support to its agencies and authorities if it is not obligated by law to do so. In addition, the value of U.S. Government securities may be affected by changes in the credit rating of the U.S. Government. U.S. Government securities are also subject to default risk, that is the risk that the U.S. Treasury will be unable to meet its payment obligations.

 

The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government securities held by the Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

 

USE OF CASH OR MONEY MARKET INVESTMENTS

 

Each Fund may invest some or all of its assets in cash, high quality money market instruments (including, but not limited to U.S. government securities, bank obligations, commercial paper and repurchase agreements involving the foregoing securities) and shares of money market investment companies for temporary defensive purposes in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions.  In addition, each Fund may invest some of its assets in these instruments to maintain liquidity or in response to atypical circumstances such as unusually large cash inflows or redemptions.  Under such conditions, each Fund may not invest in accordance with its investment objective or principal investment strategy and, as a result, there is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective, and may lose the benefit of market upswings.

 

ABOUT EACH FUND’S INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

 

Each Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Funds’ Board without approval of the shareholders of the Fund.  The Funds’ prospectus will be updated prior to any change in a Fund’s investment objective.  In addition, the Trust may determine to cease operating a Fund as an “exchange-traded” fund and cause the Fund’s shares to stop trading on a securities exchange.

 

The Board reserves the right to convert a Fund to a master-feeder structure without shareholder approval and with advance notice to the Fund’s shareholders. Under a master-feeder structure, a Fund (i.e., feeder fund) would seek to achieve its investment objective by, instead of investing in portfolio securities directly, investing all or a portion of its investable assets in another open-end investment management company (i.e., master fund) with substantially the same investment objective, restrictions and policies.

 

CONSEQUENCES OF PORTFOLIO TRADING PRACTICES

 

Each Fund may have a relatively high portfolio turnover and may, at times, engage in short-term trading.  To the extent that Creation Unit purchases from and redemptions by a Fund are effected in cash, frequent purchases and redemptions may increase the rate of portfolio turnover.  Such activity could produce higher brokerage expenses for a Fund and higher taxable distributions to the Fund’s shareholders and therefore could adversely affect the Fund’s performance.  In addition, large movements of cash into or out of a Fund may negatively impact the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective or maintain a consistent level of operating expenses.  Each Fund is not managed to achieve a particular tax result for shareholders.  Shareholders should consult their own tax advisor for individual tax advice.

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

Each Fund has a name which suggests a focus on a particular type of investment. In accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act, each Fund has adopted a policy that it will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of the value of its assets (net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in investments of the type suggested by its name, as set forth in the Fund’s Principal Investment Strategy section. This requirement is applied at the time a Fund invests its assets. If, subsequent to an investment by the Fund, this requirement is no longer met, the Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this requirement. In addition, in appropriate circumstances, synthetic investments may count toward the 80% minimum if they have economic characteristics similar to the other investments included in the basket. Each Fund’s policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in such a manner is not a “fundamental” one, which means that it may be changed without the vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares as defined in the 1940 Act. The name of each Fund may be changed at any time by a vote of the Funds’ Board of Trustees. Shareholders will be given written notice at least 60 days prior to any change by a Fund of its 80% investment policy covered by Rule 35d-1.

 

ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS

 

Each Fund may invest in various securities and engage in various investment techniques that are not the principal focus of the Fund and, therefore, are not described in this prospectus.  These securities and techniques, together with their risks, are discussed in the Funds’ SAI, which may be obtained free of charge by contacting the Funds (see back cover for address, phone number and website address).

 

19



 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

 

On each business day, before commencement of trading on NYSE Arca, each Fund will disclose on www.hartfordfunds.com the identities and quantities of the Fund’s portfolio holdings that will form the basis for the Fund’s calculation of NAV at the end of the business day.

 

A description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the SAI.

 

20



 

THE INVESTMENT MANAGER AND SUB-ADVISER

 

THE INVESTMENT MANAGER

 

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC is the investment manager to the Fund. The Investment Manager is an indirect subsidiary of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (“The Hartford”), a Connecticut-based financial services company. Excluding affiliated funds of funds, as of December 31, 2016, the Investment Manager had approximately $97.4 billion (or approximately $81.5 billion additionally excluding certain annuity products) in discretionary and non-discretionary assets under management. The Investment Manager is responsible for the management of the Fund and supervises the activities of the investment sub-adviser described below. The Investment Manager is principally located at 5 Radnor Corporate Center, Suite 300, 100 Matsonford Road, Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087. On or about April 24, 2017, the Investment Manager’s principal address will be 690 Lee Road, Wayne, PA 19087.

 

The Investment Manager relies on an exemptive order from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for the Funds under which it uses a “Manager of Managers” structure. The Investment Manager has responsibility, subject to oversight by the Board of Trustees, to oversee the sub-adviser and recommend its hiring, termination and replacement. The exemptive order permits the Investment Manager to appoint a sub-adviser not affiliated with the Investment Manager with the approval of the respective Board of Trustees and without obtaining approval from the Fund’s shareholders (the “Order”). Within 90 days after hiring any new sub-adviser, the Fund’s shareholders will receive information about any new sub-advisory relationship.

 

In addition, the Investment Manager and the Funds have applied for a new exemptive order from the SEC (the “New Order”), which would expand the relief provided under the Order and would permit the Investment Manager, on behalf of the Fund and subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees, to hire or terminate, and to modify any existing or future sub-advisory agreement with sub-advisers that are not affiliated with the Investment Manager (the “Current Relief”) as well as sub-advisers that are indirect or direct, wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Investment Manager or of another company that, indirectly or directly wholly owns the Investment Manager (the “Expanded Relief”). As with the Order, the New Order would require the Fund’s shareholders to receive information about any new sub-advisory relationship within 90 days after hiring any new sub-adviser. There can be no guarantee that the SEC will grant the New Order.

 

THE INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

 

Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”)  serves as the Fund’s sub-adviser and performs the daily investment of the assets for the Fund.  Wellington Management is a Delaware limited liability partnership with principal offices at 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.  Wellington Management is a professional investment counseling firm  which provides investment services to investment companies, employee benefit plans, endowments, foundations, and other institutions. Wellington Management and its predecessor organizations have provided investment advisory services for over 80 years. Wellington Management is owned by the partners of Wellington Management Group, LLP, a Massachusetts limited liability partnership.  As of December 31, 2016, Wellington Management and its investment advisory affiliates had investment management authority with respect to approximately $979 billion in assets.

 

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS.  The Fund’s SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund. In order to implement a Fund’s investment strategy, the portfolio managers may allocate a portion of the Fund’s assets to another portfolio management team within Wellington Management. The persons with the most significant responsibility for the daily investment of each Fund’s assets are listed below.

 

Corporate Bond ETF

 

Craig A. Gainey, CFA. Senior Managing Director, Partner, and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager/Credit Analyst of Wellington Management.  Mr. Gainey joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1994.

 

Quality Bond ETF

 

Michael F. Garrett, Senior Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management. Mr. Garrett joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 1999.

 

Val Petrov, PhD, CFA, Managing Director and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management. Dr. Petrov joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2000.

 

Brian Conroy, CFA, Vice President and Fixed Income Portfolio Manager of Wellington Management. Mr. Conroy joined Wellington Management as an investment professional in 2012.

 

MANAGEMENT FEE.  Each Fund pays a monthly management fee to the Investment Manager in return for providing investment advisory and administrative services under an all-in fee structure.  The Investment Manager pays a sub-advisory fee to Wellington Management out of its management fee.

 

Each Fund pays the fee as set forth in the investment management agreement at the annual rate, based on the Fund’s average daily net asset value, shown below.

 

The management fee set forth in the Funds’ investment management agreement is 0.44% annually of the Corporate Bond ETF’s average daily net assets and 0.39% annually of the Quality Bond ETF’s average daily net assets

 

21



 

In addition to providing investment management services, the Investment Manager provides or procures administrative services for shareholders and also bears the costs of various third-party services required by a Fund, including audit, custodial, portfolio accounting, legal, transfer agency and printing costs. Each Fund bears other expenses that are not covered under the management fee, which may vary and affect the total level of expenses paid by shareholders, such as interest and taxes; brokerage commissions and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; extraordinary non-recurring expenses, such as arbitration, litigation and indemnification expenses; and acquired fund fees and expenses. The Investment Manager generally earns a profit on the management fee paid by each Fund. Also, under the terms of the investment management agreement, the Investment Manager, and not Fund shareholders, would benefit from any price decreases in third-party services, including decreases resulting from an increase in net assets.

 

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approval of the investment management agreement for the Funds with the Investment Manager, as well as the investment sub-advisory agreement between the Investment Manager and the Funds’ sub-adviser, will be available in the Funds’ annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ending July 31, 2017.

 

ACQUIRED FUND FEES AND EXPENSES. A Fund will indirectly bear a pro rata share of fees and expenses incurred by any investment companies, including business development companies, in which the Fund is invested. A Fund’s pro rata portion of the cumulative expenses charged by the investment companies is calculated as a percentage of the Fund’s average net assets. The pro rata portion of the cumulative expenses may be higher or lower depending on the allocation of a Fund’s assets among the investment companies and the actual expenses of the investment companies. Business development company expenses are similar to the expenses paid by any operating company held by a Fund. They are not direct costs paid by Fund shareholders and are not used to calculate a Fund’s net asset value. They have no impact on the costs associated with Fund operations.

 

22



 

HOW TO BUY AND SELL SHARES

 

BUYING AND SELLING SHARES

 

Shares of each Fund are listed for trading on a national securities exchange during the trading day.  Shares can be bought and sold throughout the trading day like shares of other publicly traded companies.  However, there can be no guarantee that an active trading market will develop or be maintained, or that a Fund shares listing will continue or remain unchanged. The Trust does not impose any minimum investment for shares of a Fund purchased on an exchange.  Buying or selling a Fund’s shares involves certain costs that apply to all securities transactions.  When buying or selling shares of a Fund through a financial intermediary, you may incur a brokerage commission or other charges determined by your financial intermediary.  Due to these brokerage costs, if any, frequent trading may detract significantly from investment returns.  In addition, you may also incur the cost of the spread (the difference between the bid price and the ask price).  The commission is frequently a fixed amount and may be a significant cost for investors seeking to buy or sell small amounts of shares.  The spread varies over time for shares of a Fund based on its trading volume and market liquidity, and is generally less if the Fund has more trading volume and market liquidity and more if the Fund has less trading volume and market liquidity.

 

Shares of a Fund may be acquired through the Distributor or redeemed directly with the Fund only in Creation Units or multiples thereof, as discussed in the Creation and Redemption of Shares section of the Statement of Additional Information.  Once created, shares of a Fund generally trade in the secondary market in amounts less than a Creation Unit.

 

The Trust’s Board of Trustees has not adopted a policy of monitoring for frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares (“frequent trading”) that appear to attempt to take advantage of potential arbitrage opportunities presented by a lag between a change in the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities after the close of the primary markets for the Fund’s portfolio securities and the reflection of that change in the Fund’s NAV (“market timing”).  The Trust believes such a policy is not necessary or appropriate because ETFs, such as the Funds, are intended to be attractive to arbitrageurs, as trading activity is critical to ensuring that the market price of Fund shares remains at or close to NAV.  Since each Fund issues and redeems Creation Units at NAV plus applicable transaction fees, and the Fund’s shares may be purchased and sold on NYSE Arca at prevailing market prices, the risks of frequent trading are limited.

 

Each Fund’s primary listing exchange is NYSE Arca.  NYSE Arca is open for trading Monday through Friday and is closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

 

A “Business Day” with respect to the Funds is each day the New York Stock Exchange is open.  Orders from Authorized Participants to create or redeem Creation Units will only be accepted on a Business Day.  On days when the New York Stock Exchange closes earlier than normal, the Fund may require orders to create or redeem Creation Units to be placed earlier in the day.  See the Statement of Additional Information for more information.

 

Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act restricts investments by registered investment companies and companies relying on Sections 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act in the securities of other investment companies.  Registered investment companies are permitted to invest in the Funds beyond the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1), subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in an SEC exemptive order issued to HFMC and the Trust, including that such investment companies enter into an agreement with the Trust.

 

Book Entry

 

Shares of each Fund are held in book-entry form, which means that no stock certificates are issued. The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee is the record owner of all outstanding shares of the Fund and is recognized as the owner of all shares for all purposes.  Investors owning shares of a Fund are beneficial owners as shown on the records of DTC or its participants.  DTC serves as the securities depository for shares of each Fund.  DTC participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other institutions that directly or indirectly maintain a custodial relationship with DTC.  As a beneficial owner of shares, you are not entitled to receive physical delivery of stock certificates or to have shares registered in your name, and you are not considered a registered owner of shares.  Therefore, to exercise any right as an owner of shares, you must rely upon the procedures of DTC and its participants.  These procedures are the same as those that apply to any other exchange-traded securities that you hold in book-entry or “street name” form.

 

Share Prices

 

The trading prices of each Fund’s shares in the secondary market will generally differ from the Fund’s daily NAV per share and are affected by market forces such as supply and demand, economic conditions and other factors.  Information regarding the intra-day portfolio indicative value (“iNAV”) of each Fund is disseminated every 15 seconds throughout the trading day by the national securities exchange on which the Fund’s shares are primarily listed or by market data vendors or other information providers.  The iNAV is based on the current market value of the securities and/or cash included in each Fund’s iNAV basket.  The iNAV does not necessarily reflect the precise composition of the current portfolio of securities and instruments held by a Fund at a particular point in time or the best possible valuation of the current portfolio.  Therefore, the iNAV should not be viewed as a “real-time” update of the NAV, which is computed only once a day.  The iNAV is generally determined by using both current market quotations and/or price quotations obtained from broker-dealers that may trade in the portfolio securities and instruments included in the Fund’s iNAV basket.  The quotations and/or valuations of certain Fund holdings may not be updated during U.S. trading hours if such holdings do not trade in the United States.  The Funds are not involved in, or responsible for, the calculation or dissemination of the iNAV and make no representation or warranty as to its accuracy.  An inaccuracy in the iNAV could result from various factors, including the difficulty of pricing portfolio instruments on an intra-day basis.

 

23



 

Premiums and Discounts

 

There may be differences between the daily market prices on secondary markets for shares of a Fund and the Fund’s NAV. NAV is the price per share at which a Fund issues and redeems shares. See “Valuation of Shares” below. The price used to calculate market returns (“Market Price”) of a Fund generally is determined using the midpoint between the highest bid and the lowest offer on the national securities exchange on which shares of the Fund are primarily listed for trading, as of the time that the Fund’s NAV is calculated.  A Fund’s Market Price may be at, above or below its NAV.  The NAV of a Fund will fluctuate with changes in the market value of its portfolio holdings. The Market Price of each Fund will fluctuate in accordance with changes in its NAV, as well as market supply and demand.  Premiums or discounts are the differences (expressed as a percentage) between the NAV and the Market Price of a Fund on a given day, generally at the time the NAV is calculated.  A premium is the amount that a Fund is trading above the reported NAV, expressed as a percentage of the NAV.  A discount is the amount that a Fund is trading below the reported NAV, expressed as a percentage of the NAV.  A discount or premium could be significant.  Information regarding the frequency of daily premiums or discounts, generally at the time the NAV is calculated, during a Fund’s four previous calendar quarters (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter) can be found at www.hartfordfunds.com.

 

VALUATION OF SHARES

 

The NAV per share is determined for a Fund’s shares as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) (the “NYSE Close”) on each day that the Exchange is open (“Valuation Date”). If the Exchange is closed due to weather or other extraordinary circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, a Fund may treat such day as a typical business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate the Fund’s NAV in accordance with applicable law.  The net asset value for the shares is determined by dividing the value of a Fund’s net assets attributable to the shares by the number of shares outstanding.  Information that becomes known to a Fund after the NAV has been calculated on a particular day will not generally be used to retroactively adjust the NAV determined earlier that day.

 

For purposes of calculating the NAV, portfolio securities and other assets held in a Fund’s portfolio for which market prices are readily available are valued at market value.  Market value is generally determined on the basis of last reported trade prices or official close price.  If no trades were reported, market value is based on prices obtained from a quotation reporting system, established market makers, or independent pricing services.  If market prices are not readily available or are deemed unreliable, the Fund will use the fair value of the security or other instrument as determined in good faith under policies and procedures established by and under the supervision of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.  Market prices are considered not readily available where there is an absence of current or reliable market-based data (e.g., trade information or broker quotes), including where events occur after the close of the relevant market, but prior to the NYSE Close that materially affect the values of a Fund’s portfolio holdings or assets.  In addition, market prices are considered not readily available when, due to extraordinary circumstances, the exchanges or markets on which the securities or other instruments trade, do not open for trading for the entire day and no other market prices are available.  In addition, prices of foreign equities that are principally traded on certain foreign markets are adjusted daily pursuant to a fair value pricing service approved by the Trust’s Board of Trustees in order to reflect an adjustment for the factors occurring after the close of certain foreign markets but before the NYSE Close.  Securities or other instruments that are primarily traded on foreign markets may trade on days that are not business days of a Fund. The value of the foreign securities or other instruments in which a Fund invests may change on days when a shareholder will not be able to purchase or redeem shares of the Fund. Fair value pricing is subjective in nature and the use of fair value pricing by a Fund may cause the NAV of its shares to differ significantly from the NAV that would have been calculated using market prices at the close of the exchange on which a portfolio holding is primarily traded. There can be no assurance that a Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to an investment if the Fund were to sell the investment at approximately the time at which the Fund determines its NAV.

 

Fixed income investments (other than short-term obligations and senior floating rate interests) and non-exchange traded derivatives held by a Fund are normally valued on the basis of quotes obtained from brokers and dealers or independent pricing services in accordance with procedures established by the Trust’s Board of Trustees.  Prices obtained from independent pricing services use information provided by market makers or estimates of market values obtained from yield data relating to investments or securities with similar characteristics.  Senior floating rate interests generally trade in over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets and are priced through an independent pricing service utilizing independent market quotations from loan dealers or financial institutions. Generally, a Fund may use fair valuation in regard to fixed income positions when the Fund holds defaulted or distressed investments or investments in a company in which a reorganization is pending. Short term investments maturing in 60 days or less are generally valued at amortized cost if their original term to maturity was 60 days or less, or by amortizing their value on the 61st day prior to maturity, if the original term exceeded 60 days.

 

Exchange traded options, futures and options on futures are valued at the settlement price or last trade price determined by the relevant exchange as of the NYSE Close. If a last trade price is not available, the value will be the mean of the bid and ask prices as of the NYSE Close. If a mean of the bid and ask prices cannot be calculated for the day, the value will be the bid price as of the NYSE Close. In the case of OTC options and such instruments that do not trade on an exchange, values may be supplied by a pricing service using a formula or other objective method that may take into consideration the style, direction, expiration, strike price, notional value and volatility or other special adjustments.

 

Investments valued in currencies other than U.S. dollars are converted to U.S. dollars using exchange rates obtained from independent pricing services for calculation of the NAV.  As a result, the NAV of a Fund’s shares may be affected by changes in the value of currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar.  The value of securities or other instruments traded in markets outside the United States or denominated in

 

24



 

currencies other than the U.S. dollar may be affected significantly on a day that the Exchange is closed and the market value may change on days when an investor is not able to purchase, redeem or exchange shares of a Fund.

 

Foreign currency contracts represent agreements to exchange currencies on specific future dates at predetermined rates.  Foreign currency contracts are valued using foreign currency exchange rates and forward rates as provided by an independent pricing service on the Valuation Date.

 

Investments in open-end mutual funds are valued at the respective NAV of each open-end mutual fund on the Valuation Date. Such open-end mutual funds may use fair value pricing as disclosed in their prospectuses.

 

Financial instruments for which prices are not available from an independent pricing service may be valued using market quotations obtained from one or more dealers that make markets in the respective financial instrument in accordance with procedures established by the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

25



 

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

 

ALPS Distributors, Inc., a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), serves as the principal underwriter and distributor for the Funds pursuant to a Distribution Agreement approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust. The Distributor will not distribute Shares in less than Creation Units, and it does not maintain a secondary market in the Shares. The Distributor may enter into selected dealer agreements with other broker-dealers or other qualified financial institutions for the sale of Shares.

 

DISTRIBUTION PLAN

 

The Trust has adopted a Distribution and Servicing Plan for shares of each Fund pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “12b-1 Plan”). The 12b-1 Plan permits compensation in connection with the distribution and marketing of Fund shares and/or the provision of certain shareholder services.  The 12b-1 Plan permits each Fund to pay compensation at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets. However, the Board of Trustees has determined not to authorize payment of a 12b-1 Plan fee at this time.

 

The 12b-1 Plan fee may only be imposed or increased when the Board of Trustees determines that it is in the best interests of shareholders to do so.  Because these fees are paid out of a Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, to the extent that a fee is authorized, over time it will increase the cost of an investment in the Fund. The 12b-1 Plan fee may cost an investor more than other types of sales charges.

 

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES AND OTHER ENTITIES

 

The Investment Manager and/or its affiliates may make a variety of payments to broker-dealers and financial institutions (“Financial Intermediaries”) that sell the shares of a Fund, and/or Financial Intermediaries and other intermediaries that provide services (“Servicing Intermediaries”) to the Fund.  These payments may vary from one product to another.  For this reason, (1) if your Financial Intermediary receives greater payments with respect to a Fund than it receives with respect to other products, it may be more inclined to sell you shares of the Fund rather than another product and/or (2) if your Servicing Intermediary (which may also be your Financial Intermediary) receives greater payments with respect to a Fund, such payments may create an incentive for the Servicing Intermediary to favor the Fund rather than other fund companies or investment products for which it may receive a lower payment. You may contact your Financial Intermediary or Servicing Intermediary if you want additional information regarding any additional payments or servicing payments it receives.

 

26



 

FUND DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAX MATTERS

 

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and capital gains to shareholders at least once a year. Capital gains of each Fund are normally declared and paid annually. Dividends from net investment income of each Fund are normally declared and paid monthly.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust’s Board of Trustees has delegated authority to the Funds’ Treasurer to reduce the frequency with which dividends are declared and paid and to declare and make payments of long-term capital gains as permitted or required by law or in order to avoid tax penalties.  Further, each Fund reserves the right to change its dividend distribution policy at the discretion of the Board of Trustees. Dividend payments are made through DTC participants and indirect participants to beneficial owners then of record with proceeds received from a Fund.

 

Unless your investment is in a tax-deferred account, you may want to avoid buying shares shortly before a Fund pays a dividend. The reason? If you buy shares when a Fund has realized but not yet distributed taxable income or capital gains, you will pay the full price for the shares and then receive a portion of the price back in the form of a taxable dividend. Before investing you may want to consult your tax advisor.

 

No dividend reinvestment service is provided by the Trust.  Financial intermediaries may make available the DTC book-entry Dividend Reinvestment Service for use by beneficial owners of Fund shares for reinvestment of their dividend distributions.  Beneficial owners should contact their financial intermediary to determine the availability and costs of the service and the details of participation therein.  Financial intermediaries may require beneficial owners to adhere to specific procedures and timetables.  If this service is available and used, dividend distributions of both income and net capital gains will be automatically reinvested in additional whole shares of a Fund purchased in the secondary market.

 

TAXABILITY OF DIVIDENDS

 

Unless your shares are held in a tax-advantaged account, dividends and distributions you receive from a Fund, whether reinvested or taken as cash, are generally considered taxable. Distributions from a Fund’s long-term capital gains are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you held your shares. Distributions from short-term capital gains and from ordinary income (other than certain qualified dividend income) are generally taxable as ordinary income. A portion of dividends from ordinary income may qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations. Distributions from certain qualified dividend income generally are taxable to individuals at the same rates that apply to long-term capital gains, if certain holding period and other requirements are met. The maximum individual rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” and long-term capital gains is currently generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts.    Given the investment strategies of the Funds, it is not expected that a significant portion of a Fund’s dividends would be eligible to be designated as qualified dividend income or for the dividends-received deduction for corporations.

 

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including taxable distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions of Fund shares) of individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s gross income, with certain adjustments, exceeds certain threshold amounts.

 

Some dividends paid in January may be taxable as if they had been paid the previous December.

 

Dividends and capital gains distributed by the Fund to tax-deferred retirement plan accounts are not taxable currently.

 

TAXES ON EXCHANGE-LISTED SHARES SALES

 

Currently, any capital gain or loss realized upon a sale of shares is generally treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year and as short-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for one year or less.  The ability to deduct capital losses may be limited. Consult your tax advisor if you sell shares held for less than six months at a loss after receiving a long-term capital gain distribution from the Fund.

 

TAXES ON PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS

 

An Authorized Participant who exchanges equity securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or a loss.  The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time of the exchange and the exchanger’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered and the cash component paid.  A person who exchanges Creation Units for equity securities will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanger’s basis in the Creation Units and the aggregate market value of the securities received and the cash redemption amount.  The Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position.  Persons exchanging securities should consult their own tax advisor with respect to whether the wash sale rules apply and when a loss might be deductible.

 

Under current federal tax laws, any capital gain or loss realized upon redemption of Creation Units is generally treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year and as a short-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for one year or less.

 

27



 

If you purchase or redeem Creation Units, you will be sent a confirmation statement showing how many and at what price you purchased or sold shares.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Shareholders may be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding (currently at the rate of 28%) of all taxable distributions  if  they fail to provide your correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or if they  have been notified by the IRS that  they  are subject to backup withholding.  Backup withholding is not an additional tax.  Any amounts withheld may be credited against U.S. federal income tax liability.

 

IRS Regulations require reporting to the IRS and furnishing to shareholders the cost basis information and holding period for Fund shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012, and sold on or after that date.  Shareholders may elect from among several cost basis methods accepted by the IRS, including average cost.  Fund shareholders should consult with their tax advisors to determine the best cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the cost basis reporting rules apply to them. Shareholders should contact their financial intermediaries with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for their accounts.

 

Shareholders that are non-resident aliens or foreign entities will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 30% of all taxable distributions if there is no applicable tax treaty or if they are claiming reduced withholding under a tax treaty and have not properly completed and signed the appropriate IRS Form W-8. Provided that the appropriate IRS Form W-8 is properly completed and provided to the applicable withholding agent, long-term capital gains distributions and proceeds of sales are not subject to withholding for foreign shareholders.

 

Withholding of U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) is required on payments of taxable dividends and (effective January 1, 2019) redemption proceeds and certain capital gain dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts.  Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to enable the applicable withholding agent to determine whether withholding is required.

 

Distributions from a Fund may also be subject to state, local and foreign taxes.  You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the particular tax consequences of an investment in a Fund.

 

This section summarizes some of the consequences under current Federal tax law of an investment in a Fund.  It is not a substitute for personal tax advice.  Consult your personal tax advisor about the potential tax consequences of an investment in a Fund under all applicable tax laws.

 

28



 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

On February 25, 2011, Jennifer L. Kasilag, Louis Mellinger, Judith M. Menendez, Jacqueline M. Robinson, and Linda A. Russell filed a derivative lawsuit against Hartford Investment Financial Services, LLC (“HIFSCO”) (now known as Hartford Funds Distributors, LLC) on behalf of six Hartford retail mutual funds in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that HIFSCO received excessive advisory and distribution fees in violation of its statutory fiduciary duty under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act when serving as investment manager and principal underwriter, respectively, to the Hartford retail mutual funds. Although this action was purportedly filed on behalf of certain of the Hartford Funds, none of the Hartford Funds is itself a defendant to the suit. HIFSCO moved to dismiss and, in September 2011, the motion was granted in part and denied in part, with leave to amend the complaint. In November 2011, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on behalf of certain Hartford retail mutual funds, The Hartford Global Health Fund (now known as The Hartford Healthcare Fund), The Hartford Conservative Allocation Fund, The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund, The Hartford Inflation Plus Fund, The Hartford Advisers Fund (now known as The Hartford Balanced Fund), and The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund.  Plaintiffs seek to rescind the investment management agreements and distribution plans between HIFSCO and these funds and to recover the total fees charged thereunder or, in the alternative, to recover any improper compensation HIFSCO received, in addition to lost earnings. HIFSCO filed a partial motion to dismiss the amended complaint and, in December 2012, the court dismissed without prejudice the claims regarding distribution fees and denied the motion with respect to the advisory fees claims. In March 2014, the plaintiffs filed a new complaint that, among other things, added as new plaintiffs The Hartford Floating Rate Fund and The Hartford Small Company Fund and named as a defendant Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (“HFMC”), which assumed the role as investment manager to the funds as of January 2013. In June 2015, HFMC and HIFSCO moved for summary judgment, and plaintiffs cross-moved for partial summary judgment with respect to The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund.  In March 2016, the court, in large part, denied summary judgment for all parties. The court granted judgment for HFMC and HIFSCO with respect to all claims made by The Hartford Small Company Fund and certain claims made by The Hartford Floating Rate Fund. The court further ruled that the appropriate measure of damages on the surviving claims is the difference, if any, between the actual advisory fees paid through trial and those that could have been paid under the applicable legal standard. A bench trial on the issue of liability was held in November 2016. On February 28, 2017, the court granted judgment for HIFSCO and HFMC.  Plaintiffs may appeal.

 

29



 

PERFORMANCE NOTES

 

The following notes provide additional information for understanding how each Fund measures its performance.  Corporate Bond Exchange-Traded Fund will measure it performance against Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Bond Index, and Quality Bond Exchange-Traded Fund will measure its performance against the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index.

 

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index is an unmanaged index and is composed of securities that are SEC-registered, taxable, and dollar denominated. The index covers the U.S. investment grade fixed rate bond market, with index components for government and corporate securities, mortgage pass-through securities, and asset-backed securities. These major sectors are subdivided into more specific indices that are calculated and reported on a regular basis.

 

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Bond Index is a rules-based market-value weighted index engineered to measure the investment grade, fixed-rate, taxable, corporate bond market. It includes USD-denominated securities publicly issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers.

 

30



 

PRIOR PERFORMANCE OF RELATED CORPORATE BOND COMPOSITE ACCOUNT

 

The following tables present the past performance of a composite of certain account(s) managed by Wellington Management, which serves as the sub-adviser to the Corporate Bond ETF. Wellington Management’s Corporate Bond composite consists of all fee paying account(s) under discretionary management by Wellington Management in Wellington Management’s Corporate Bond investment strategy that have investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of Corporate Bond ETF. The performance has been adjusted to reflect the operating costs of Corporate Bond ETF. Historical performance has been prepared in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS®). The GIPS method for computing historical performance differs from the SEC’s method. Returns reflect all income, gains and losses and reinvestment of any dividends or capital gains without provision for federal or state income tax. Because the gross performance data shown in the tables does not reflect the deduction of investment advisory fees paid by the account(s) that make up the composite and certain other expenses that would be applicable to funds, the net performance data may be more relevant to potential investors in Corporate Bond ETF in their analysis of the historical experience of Wellington Management in managing all Corporate Bond portfolios, with investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of Corporate Bond ETF. To calculate the performance of the composite net of Corporate Bond ETF’s expenses, the total annual fund operating expenses of Corporate Bond ETF, as set forth in Corporate Bond ETF’s fee table in the Summary Section, were used. Corporate Bond ETF’s expenses are higher than the highest expenses applicable to any account(s) in the composite.

 

The account(s) that are included in Wellington Management’s Corporate Bond composite are not subject to the diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed on Corporate Bond ETF by the 1940 Act or Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. Consequently, the performance results for the composite may have been less favorable had it been regulated as an investment company under the federal securities laws.

 

THE HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE OF WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT’S CORPORATE BOND COMPOSITE IS NOT THAT OF CORPORATE BOND ETF, IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR CORPORATE BOND ETF’S PERFORMANCE AND IS NOT NECESSARILY INDICATIVE OF ANY FUND’S FUTURE RESULTS.  The Corporate Bond ETF’s actual performance may differ significantly from the past performance of the composite. The personnel who managed the account(s) that make up the composite, and who therefore generated, or contributed to, the historical performance shown may differ from the personnel managing Corporate Bond ETF.

 

While the account(s) in the composite experience inflows and outflows of cash from clients, there can be no assurance that the continuous offering of Corporate Bond ETF’s shares and Corporate Bond ETF’s obligation to redeem its shares will not adversely affect Corporate Bond ETF’s performance.

 

WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT CORPORATE BOND COMPOSITE PERFORMANCE*

 

Average annual total returns for the periods ended December 31, 2016:

 

 

1 Year

3 Years

5 Years

10 Years

Composite (Net of Corporate Bond ETF expenses)

6.85%

5.34%

5.36%

5.95%

Composite (Gross)

7.32%

5.80%

5.82%

6.41%

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

6.10%

4.23%

4.14%

5.47%

 

Total returns for the periods ended December 31

 

 

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

Composite (Net of Corporate Bond ETF expenses)

3.30%

-9.93%

23.56%

10.62%

7.93%

11.96%

-0.81%

8.72%

0.62%

6.85%

Composite (Gross)

3.75%

-9.53%

24.10%

11.11%

8.40%

12.45%

-0.37%

9.20%

1.06%

7.32%

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

4.56%

-4.93%

18.69%

9.00%

8.15%

9.82%

-1.52%

7.46%

-0.68%

6.10%

 


 

*         This is not the performance of Corporate Bond ETF.  As of December 31, 2016, the Wellington Management Corporate Bond composite was composed of 3 fee-paying accounts, totaling approximately $92.8 million.

 

Past performance does not guarantee future results. Performance for the periods subsequent to those periods reflected herein may be lower.

 

Description of Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Bond Index

 

31



 

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Bond Index is a rules-based market-value weighted index engineered to measure the investment grade, fixed-rate, taxable, corporate bond market. It includes USD-denominated securities publicly issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers.

 

32



 

PRIOR PERFORMANCE OF RELATED QUALITY BOND MUTUAL FUND ACCOUNT

 

The following tables present the past performance of The Hartford Quality Bond Fund (“Quality Bond Mutual Fund”), a series of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc., managed by Wellington Management, which serves as the sub-adviser to Quality Bond ETF. Quality Bond Mutual Fund is the only fee paying account under discretionary management by Wellington Management in Wellington Management’s Quality Bond investment strategy that has investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of Quality Bond ETF. The performance has not been adjusted to reflect the operating costs of Quality Bond ETF but reflects the operating costs of Quality Bond Mutual Fund. Historical performance has been prepared in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS®). The GIPS method for computing historical performance differs from the SEC’s method. Returns reflect all income, gains and losses and reinvestment of any dividends or capital gains without provision for federal or state income tax.

 

Quality Bond Mutual Fund is subject to the diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed on Quality Bond ETF by the 1940 Act and Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

THE HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE OF QUALITY BOND MUTUAL FUND IS NOT THAT OF QUALITY BOND ETF, IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR QUALITY BOND ETF’S PERFORMANCE AND IS NOT NECESSARILY INDICATIVE OF ANY FUND’S FUTURE RESULTS.  Quality Bond ETF’s actual performance may differ significantly from the past performance of Quality Bond Mutual Fund. The personnel who managed Quality Bond Mutual Fund, and who therefore generated, or contributed to, the historical performance shown may differ from the personnel managing the Quality Bond ETF.

 

WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT QUALITY BOND MUTUAL FUND PERFORMANCE*

 

Average annual total returns for the periods ended December 31, 2016:

 

 

1 Year

3 Years

Since Inception
(November 30,
2012)

Quality Bond Mutual Fund (Net of Class Y expenses)

1.71%

3.24%

1.81%

Quality Bond Mutual Fund (Gross)

2.33%

3.85%

2.40%

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

2.65%

3.03%

1.67%

 

 

Total returns for the periods ended December 31

 

 

2012**

2013

2014

2015

2016

Quality Bond Mutual Fund (Net of Class Y expenses)

0.27%

-2.50%

7.13%

0.99%

1.71%

Quality Bond Mutual Fund (Gross)

0.32%

-1.96%

7.75%

1.59%

2.33%

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

-0.10%

-2.02%

5.97%

0.55%

2.65%

 

_______________________

*                                   This is not the performance of the Quality Bond ETF.  As of December 31, 2016, Quality Bond Mutual Fund’s net assets totaled approximately $120.7 million.

**                              Returns reflect performance beginning November 30, 2012.

 

Past performance does not guarantee future results. Performance for the periods subsequent to those periods reflected herein may be lower.

 

Description of Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index

 

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index is an unmanaged index and is composed of securities that are SEC-registered, taxable, and dollar denominated. The index covers the U.S. investment grade fixed rate bond market, with index components for government and corporate securities, mortgage pass-through securities, and asset-backed securities. These major sectors are subdivided into more specific indices that are calculated and reported on a regular basis.

 

33



 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

Because the Funds have not yet commenced operations, no financial highlight information is available for the Funds.

 

34



 

FOR MORE INFORMATION

 

Two documents are or will be available that offer further information on the Funds:

 

Annual/Semi-Annual Report To Shareholders

 

Additional information about the Funds will be contained in the financial statements and portfolio holdings in the Funds’ annual and semi-annual reports, when available. In the Funds’ annual report you will also find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected each Fund’s performance during the last fiscal year (or period as the case may be), as well as the independent registered public accounting firm’s report.

 

Statement of Additional Information (SAI)

 

The SAI contains more detailed information on the Funds.

 

A current SAI has been filed with the SEC and the SAI is incorporated by reference into (which means it is legally a part of) this prospectus.

 

The Funds make available this prospectus, its SAI and annual/semi-annual reports free of charge, on the Funds’ website at www.hartfordfunds.com.

 

To request a free copy of the current annual/semi-annual report, when available, for the Funds and/or the SAI or for shareholder inquiries or other information about the Funds, please contact the Funds at:

 

By Mail:

Hartford Funds

(For overnight mail)

101 Montgomery Street, 27th Floor

Hartford Funds

San Francisco, California 94104

101 Montgomery Street, 27th Floor

 

San Francisco, California 94104

 

 

By Phone:

 

1-415-315-6600

 

On The Internet:

 

www.hartfordfunds.com

 

Or you may view or obtain these documents from the SEC:

 

In Person:

By Mail:

On the Internet or by E-Mail:

 

 

 

At the SEC Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. Information on the operation of the SEC Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling 1-202-551-8090.

Public Reference Section Securities and Exchange Commission Washington, DC 20549-1520

 

Requests which are made by mail require the payment of a duplicating fee to the SEC in order to obtain a document.

Internet: (on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s internet website)

www.sec.gov

 

E-Mail: publicinfo@sec.gov

 

Requests which are made by e-mail require the payment of a duplicating fee to the SEC in order to obtain a document.

 

 

Net Asset Value.  Each Fund’s net asset value is available on a daily basis on the Funds’ web site at www.hartfordfunds.com.

 

SEC File Number

AETFPRO-17

Hartford Funds Exchange-Traded Trust 811-23222

March 17, 2017

 

35



 

 

COMBINED STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FOR HARTFORD EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS

 

This Combined Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus, and it should be read in conjunction with the prospectus of Hartford Corporate Bond ETF  (the “Corporate Bond ETF”) and Hartford Quality Bond ETF (the “Quality Bond ETF”) (each a “Fund,” and collectively the “Funds”), each a series of Hartford Funds Exchange-Traded Trust (the “Trust”), as described below and as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.  The Trust is an open-end management investment company currently consisting of two series.

 

Hartford Funds Exchange-Traded Trust

 

 

Exchange

Ticker

Hartford Corporate Bond ETF

NYSE Arca

HCOR

Hartford Quality Bond ETF

NYSE Arca

HQBD

 

Each Fund operates as an exchange-traded fund (“ETF”). As identified and described in more detail within the Prospectus and this Combined Statement of Additional Information, each Fund is an actively managed ETF that does not seek to replicate the performance of a specified index. Once the Funds commence operations, the shares described in the Prospectus and in this Combined Statement of Additional Information will be listed and trade on NYSE Arca, a national securities exchange, and other secondary markets.

 

Because the Funds had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, the Funds’ audited financial statements are not yet available.  The Funds’ prospectus is incorporated by reference into this SAI, and this SAI has been incorporated by reference into the Funds’ prospectus.  A free copy of each Annual/Semi-Annual Report, when available, and the Funds’ prospectus will be available on the Funds’ website at www.hartfordfunds.com, upon request by writing to: Hartford Funds, 101 Montgomery Street, 27th Floor, San Francisco, California 94104 or by calling 1-415-315-6600.

 

Date of Prospectus: March 17, 2017

 

Date of Statement of Additional Information:  March 17, 2017

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

Page No.

 

 

General Information

1

 

 

Exchange Listing and Trading

1

 

 

Investment Objectives and Policies

2

 

 

Investment Risks

5

 

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

40

 

 

Fund Management

42

 

 

Control Persons and Principal Security Holders

49

 

 

Investment Management Arrangements

50

 

 

Portfolio Managers

51

 

 

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage

54

 

 

Fund Expenses

56

 

 

Distribution Arrangements

57

 

 

Creation and Redemption of Shares

58

 

 

Determination of Net Asset Value

69

 

 

Capitalization and Voting Rights

69

 

 

Taxes

69

 

 

Principal Underwriter

73

 

 

Securities Depository for Shares of the Funds

73

 

 

Custodian and Transfer Agent

74

 

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

74

 

 

Other Information

74

 

 

Code of Ethics

74

 

 

Financial Statements

74

 

 

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

78

 

 

Appendix A

87

 



 

GENERAL INFORMATION

 

This SAI relates to the Funds listed on the front cover page.

 

The Trust is a Delaware statutory trust established under a Declaration of Trust dated September 20, 2010. Each Fund operates as an ETF and is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The offering of the Trust’s shares is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

 

Each Fund will offer and issue shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (“Creation Units”), generally in exchange for a basket of securities (the “Deposit Securities”) together with a deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Alternatively, each Fund may issue and redeem Creation Units in exchange for a specified all-cash payment. Shares are redeemable by a Fund only in Creation Units, and, generally, in exchange for securities and/or cash. Shares trade in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below NAV. Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally 50,000 and multiples thereof.

 

Each Fund may charge creation/redemption transaction fees for each creation and redemption. In all cases, redemption transaction fees will be limited in accordance with the requirements of the SEC applicable to management investment companies offering redeemable securities (currently, no more than 2% of the value of the shares redeemed). See the “Creations and Redemptions” section below.

 

Unlike conventional ETFs, the Funds are not index funds. Each Fund is an actively managed ETF that does not seek to replicate the performance of a specified index. Each Fund issues and redeems shares in exchange for cash and/or in-kind securities.

 

Each Fund is a diversified fund.

 

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (“HFMC”) is the investment manager to the Funds. ALPS Distributors, Inc. (“ALPS” or the “Distributor”) is the principal underwriter to the Funds. HFMC is an indirect subsidiary of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (“The Hartford”), a Connecticut-based financial services company. The Hartford may be deemed to control HFMC through the indirect ownership of such entity.  In addition, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”) is a sub-adviser to each Fund and performs the daily investment of the assets for the Funds (the “sub-adviser”).

 

The Funds have not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI.

 

HFMC also serves as the investment manager to The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc., The Hartford Mutual Funds II, Inc., Hartford Funds Master Fund and Hartford Funds NextShares Trust, and to Hartford Series Fund, Inc. and Hartford HLS Series Fund II, Inc., the series of which are primarily used as investment options for variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance contracts issued by Hartford Life Insurance Company (“HLIC”) and its affiliates, for other insurance companies, and for certain retirement plans.

 

Investments in the Funds are not:

 

·         Deposits or obligations of any bank;

 

·         Guaranteed or endorsed by any bank; or

 

·         Federally insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other federal agency.

 

The prospectus and SAI do not purport to create any contractual obligations between the Trust or a Fund and its shareholders. Further, shareholders are not intended third-party beneficiaries of any contracts entered into by (or on behalf of) a Fund, including contracts with the investment manager or other parties who provide services to the Fund.

 

EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING

 

Shares of each Fund will be listed for trading and trade throughout the day on the NYSE Arca and other secondary markets. Shares of each Fund may also be listed on certain foreign (non-U.S.) exchanges. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the NYSE Arca necessary to maintain the listing of shares of a Fund will continue to be met. The NYSE Arca may, but is not required to, remove the shares of a Fund from listing if: (i) following the initial 12-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of Fund shares, there are fewer than 50 beneficial owners of shares of the Fund for 30 or more consecutive trading days; (ii) the intra-day portfolio indicative value (“iNAV”) of the Fund is no longer calculated or available; (iii) the Fund fails to make any filings required by the SEC or is out of compliance with the conditions of any SEC exemptive order or no-action relief granted; or (iv) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the NYSE Arca, makes further dealings on the NYSE Arca inadvisable. The NYSE Arca will remove the shares of a Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund. In the event a Fund ceases to be listed on an exchange, the Fund may cease operating as an “exchange-traded” fund and operate as a mutual fund, provided that shareholders are given advance notice.

 

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares through a financial intermediary you will incur a brokerage commission determined by that financial intermediary.

 

1



 

In order to provide additional information regarding the intra-day value of shares of a Fund, the NYSE Arca or a market data vendor will disseminate every 15 seconds through the facilities of the Consolidated Tape Association or other widely disseminated means an updated iNAV for the Fund as calculated by an information provider or market data vendor. The Trust will not be involved in or responsible for any aspect of the calculation or dissemination of the iNAV and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the iNAV. An iNAV is based on the current market value of a Fund’s portfolio holdings that will form the basis for the Fund’s calculation of NAV at the end of the Business Day (as defined below), as disclosed on the Fund’s website prior to that Business Day’s commencement of trading (the “iNAV Basket”).

 

The Trust reserves the right to adjust the share prices of a Fund in the future to maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of a Fund.

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

 

The investment objectives and principal investment strategies of each Fund are described in the Funds’ prospectus.  Additional information concerning certain of each Fund’s investments, strategies and risks is set forth below.

 

A.         FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS OF THE FUNDS

 

Each Fund has adopted the fundamental investment restrictions set forth below. Fundamental investment restrictions may not be changed without the approval of a majority of a Fund’s outstanding voting securities as defined in the 1940 Act.  Under the 1940 Act and as used in the prospectus and this SAI, a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the lesser of (1) the holders of 67% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy or (2) the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

 

Unless otherwise provided below, all references below to the assets of each Fund are in terms of current market value.

 

Each Fund:

 

1.       will not borrow money or issue any class of senior securities, except to the extent consistent with the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, or as may otherwise be permitted from time to time by regulatory authority;

 

2.       will not “concentrate” its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder as such may be interpreted or modified from time to time by regulatory authorities having appropriate jurisdiction;

 

3.       will not make loans, except to the extent consistent with the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, or as may otherwise be permitted from time to time by regulatory authority;

 

4.       will not act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers, except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, the Fund may be deemed an underwriter under applicable laws;

 

5.       will not purchase or sell real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, as such may be interpreted or modified from time to time by regulatory authorities having appropriate jurisdiction; and

 

6.       will not invest in physical commodities or contracts relating to physical commodities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, as such may be interpreted or modified by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction, from time to time and as set forth in the Fund’s prospectus and SAI.

 

B.         NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS OF THE FUNDS

 

The following restrictions are non-fundamental restrictions and may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) without shareholder approval.

 

Each Fund may not:

 

1.       Pledge its assets other than to secure permitted borrowings or to secure investments permitted by the Fund’s investment policies as set forth in its prospectus and this SAI, as they may be amended from time to time, and applicable law.

 

2.       Purchase securities on margin except to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

3.       Purchase securities while outstanding borrowings exceed 5% of the Fund’s total assets, except where the borrowing is for temporary or emergency purposes.  Reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, securities lending, borrowing securities in connection with short sales (where permitted in the Fund’s prospectus and SAI), and other investments or transactions described in the Fund’s prospectus and this SAI, as they may be amended from time to time, are not deemed to be borrowings for purposes of this restriction.

 

4.       Make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except to the extent permitted by the Fund’s prospectus and SAI, as amended from time to time, and applicable law.

 

5.       Invest more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets in illiquid securities.

 

2



 

C.         NON-FUNDAMENTAL TAX RESTRICTIONS OF THE FUNDS

 

Each Fund must:

 

1.       Maintain its assets so that, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year,

 

(a)        at least 50 percent of the fair market value of its total assets is comprised of cash, cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities (including bank loans), limited in respect of any one issuer to no more than 5 percent of the fair market value of the Fund’s total assets and 10 percent of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and

 

(b)        no more than 25 percent of the fair market value of its total assets is invested in the securities (including bank loans) of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), or of two or more issuers controlled by the Fund and engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

 

These tax-related limitations are subject to cure provisions under applicable tax laws and may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval to the extent appropriate in light of changes to applicable tax law requirements.

 

3



 

D.         CLASSIFICATION

 

Each Fund has elected to be classified as a diversified series of an open-end management investment company.  As a diversified fund, at least 75% of the value of the Fund’s total assets must be represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. Government securities, securities of other investment companies, and other securities for the purposes of this calculation limited in respect of any one issuer (i) to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the total assets of the Fund and (ii) to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer.

 

Each Fund may not change its classification status from diversified to non-diversified without the prior approval of shareholders.

 

E.         ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

 

Except with respect to the asset coverage requirements included in the limitation on borrowing set forth in Section A.1 above, if the percentage restrictions on investments described in this SAI and the Prospectus are adhered to at the time of investment, a later increase or decrease in such percentage resulting from a change in the values of securities or loans, a change in a Fund’s net assets or a change in security characteristics is not a violation of any of such restrictions.

 

The information below is not considered to be part of each Fund’s fundamental policy and is provided for informational purposes only.

 

With respect to investment restriction 2, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry.  However, the SEC has taken the position that an investment in excess of 25% of a Fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry generally constitutes concentration.  The Funds do not apply this restriction to municipal securities, repurchase agreements collateralized by securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or other investment companies. To the extent an underlying investment company has adopted an 80% policy that indicates investment in a particular industry, a Fund will take such policy into consideration for purposes of the Fund’s industry concentration policy.

 

With respect to investment restriction 5, the 1940 Act does not directly restrict a Fund’s ability to invest in real estate, but does require that every fund have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments. A Fund may acquire real estate as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments and the Fund may invest in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business or real estate investment trusts.  Each Fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase, and to the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current position of the SEC generally limits the Fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of its net assets.

 

With respect to investment restriction 6, although the 1940 Act does not directly limit a Fund’s ability to invest in physical commodities or contracts relating to physical commodities, the Fund’s investments in physical commodities or contracts relating to physical commodities may be limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a registered investment company, as at least 90% of its gross income must come from certain qualifying sources of income, and income from physical commodities or contracts relating to physical commodities does not constitute qualifying income for this purpose.  In addition, to the extent that any physical commodity or contracts relating to a physical commodity is considered to be an illiquid investment, the current SEC staff position would generally limit a Fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets of the Fund. Other restrictions that could also limit a Fund’s investment in physical commodities or contracts relating to physical commodities include where that investment implicates the Fund’s diversification, concentration, or securities-related issuer policies, and where the Fund would need to take certain steps as set forth in its policies to avoid being considered to issue any class of senior securities.

 

F.         CERTAIN INVESTMENT STRATEGIES, RISKS AND CONSIDERATIONS

 

The investment objective and principal investment strategies for each Fund are discussed in the Funds’ prospectus. Set forth below are further descriptions of certain types of investments and investment strategies used by the Funds.  Please see the Funds’ prospectus and the “Investment Objectives and Policies” section of this SAI for further information on a Fund’s investment policies and risks.

 

Certain descriptions in the Funds’ prospectus and this SAI of a particular investment practice or technique in which a Fund may engage or a financial instrument that the Fund may purchase are meant to describe the spectrum of investments that the Fund’s sub-adviser, in its discretion, might, but is not required to, use in managing the Fund’s portfolio assets in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions.  It is possible that certain types of financial instruments or techniques may not be available, permissible or effective for their intended purposes in all markets.

 

Investments in a new Fund with limited operating history gives rise to additional risks because there can be no assurance that the new Fund will grow to or be able to maintain an economically viable size.  To the extent a Fund fails to grow to and maintain an economically viable size, the Board may decide to liquidate the Fund.  While shareholder interests will be the paramount consideration, the timing of any liquidation may not be favorable to certain individual shareholders.

 

Each Fund has currently elected not to register with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) as a commodity pool.  As a result, each Fund will not purchase commodity futures, commodity options contracts, or swaps if, immediately after and as a result of such purchase, (i) the Fund’s aggregate initial margin and premiums posted for its non-bona fide hedging trading in these instruments exceeds 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio (after taking into account unrealized profits and losses and excluding the in the-money amount of an option at the time of purchase) or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of the Fund’s

 

4



 

positions in such instruments not used solely for bona fide hedging purposes exceeds 100 percent of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio (after taking into account unrealized profits and losses).  Each Fund may choose to change its election at any time.

 

The Board may convert each Fund to a master-feeder structure without shareholder approval and with advance notice to the Fund’s shareholders. Under a master-feeder structure, a Fund (i.e., feeder fund) would seek to achieve its investment objective by, instead of investing in portfolio securities directly, investing all or a portion of its investable assets in another open-end investment management company (i.e., master fund) with substantially the same investment objective, restrictions and policies.

 

INVESTMENT RISKS

 

The table and discussion set forth below provides descriptions of some of the types of investments and investment strategies that one or more of the Funds may use, and the risks and considerations associated with those investments and investment strategies.  Please see the Funds’ Prospectus and the “Investment Objectives and Policies” section of this SAI for further information on each Fund’s investment policies and risks.  Information contained in this section about the risks and considerations associated with a Fund’s investments and/or investment strategies applies only to those Funds specifically identified in the table below as making each type of investment or using each investment strategy (each, a “Covered Fund”).  Information that does not apply to a Covered Fund does not form a part of that Covered Fund’s SAI and should not be relied on by investors in that Covered Fund.  Only information that is clearly identified as applicable to a Covered Fund is considered to form a part of the Covered Fund’s SAI.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Debt ETF

Quality Bond ETF

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Active Trading Risk

X

X

Asset Allocation Risk

X

X

Asset-Backed Securities

X

X

   Collateralized Debt Obligations (CDOs)

X

X

Asset Segregation

X

X

Authorized Participant Concentration Risk

X

X

Bond Forwards Risk

X

X

Borrowing

X

X

Call Risk

X

X

Cash Transactions Risk

X

X

Commodities Regulatory Risk

X

X

Convertible Securities

X

X

Counterparty Risk

X

X

Credit Risk

X

X

Cybersecurity Risk

X

X

Depositary Receipts

X

X

Derivative Instruments

X

X

   Options Contracts

X

X

   Futures Contracts & Options  on Futures Contracts

X

X

   Swap Agreements & Swaptions

X

X

   Inflation-Linked Instruments

X

X

   Hybrid Instruments

X

X

   Credit-Linked Securities

X

X

   Index Securities and Structured Notes

X

X

   Event Linked Bonds

X

X

   Foreign Currency Transactions

X

X

   Risk Factors in Derivative Instruments

X

X

Dividend Paying Security Investment Risk

X

X

Dollar Rolls

X

X

Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs)

X

X

Exchange Traded Notes (ETNs)

X

X

Event Risk

X

X

Fixed Income Securities

X

X

Foreign Investments

X

X

Government Intervention in Financial Markets

X

X

High Yield Investments

X

X

Illiquid Investments

X

X

Inflation Protected Debt Securities

X

X

Initial Public Offerings

X

X

Interest Rate Risk

X

X

Interfund Lending Risk

X

X

Inverse Floating Rate Securities

 

X

Investment Grade Securities

X

X

Investment Strategy Risk

X

X

Investments in Emerging Market Securities

X

X

Lending Portfolio Securities

X

X

 

5



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Debt ETF

Quality Bond ETF

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquidation of Funds

X

X

Loans and Loan Participations

X

X

   LIBOR Risk

X

X

   Floating Rate Loans

X

X

   Loan Participations

X

X

   Senior Loans

X

X

   Unsecured Loans Risk

X

X

Market Price Risk

X

X

Market Risk

X

X

Master Limited Partnership Risk

X

X

Money Market Instruments and Temporary Investment Strategies

X

X

Mortgage-Related Securities

X

X

Municipal Securities

X

X

New Fund Risk

X

X

No Guarantee of Active Trading Market Risk

X

X

Operational Risks

X

X

Other Capital Securities

X

X

Other Investment Companies

X

X

Preferred Stock Risk

X

X

Real Estate Related Securities Risks

X

X

Recent Fixed Income Market Events

X

X

Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements

X

X

Restricted Securities

X

X

Secondary Trading Markets Issues

X

X

Securities Trusts

X

X

Small Capitalization Securities

 

X

Sovereign Debt

X

X

Stripped Securities

X

X

Structured Securities

X

X

To Be Announced (TBA) Transactions Risk

X

X

Short Sales of TBA Investments Risk

X

X

Use as Underlying Fund Risk

X

X

U.S. Government Securities Risk

X

X

Treasury Inflation-Protection Securities

X

X

Volatility Risk

X

X

Warrants and Rights Risk

X

X

Zero Coupon Securities

X

X

 

6



 

ACTIVE TRADING RISK.  Active or frequent trading of a Fund’s portfolio securities could increase a Fund’s transaction costs (thus negatively affecting performance) and may increase your tax liability as compared to a fund with less active trading policies. These effects may adversely affect Fund performance.

 

ASSET ALLOCATION RISK.  The Fund’s ability to achieve its investment goal depends upon the investment manager’s skill in determining the Fund’s broad asset allocation mix and selecting underlying investments. Asset allocation risk is the risk that, if the Fund’s strategy for allocating assets among different asset classes and investments does not work as intended, the Fund may not achieve its objective or may underperform other funds with similar investment strategies.

 

ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES.  Asset-backed securities are securities backed by a pool of some underlying asset, including but not limited to home equity loans, installment sale contracts, credit card receivables or other assets. Asset-backed securities are “pass-through” securities, meaning that principal and interest payments — net of expenses — made by the borrower on the underlying assets (such as credit card receivables) are passed through to a Fund. The value of asset-backed securities, like that of traditional fixed income securities, typically increases when interest rates fall and decreases when interest rates rise. However, asset-backed securities differ from traditional fixed income securities because of their potential for prepayment. The price paid by a Fund for its asset-backed securities, the yield the Fund expects to receive from such securities and the average life of the securities are based on a number of factors, including the anticipated rate of prepayment of the underlying assets. In a period of declining interest rates, borrowers may prepay the underlying assets more quickly than anticipated, thereby reducing the yield to maturity and the average life of the asset-backed securities. Moreover, when a Fund reinvests the proceeds of a prepayment in these circumstances, it will likely receive a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on the security that was prepaid. To the extent that a Fund purchases asset-backed securities at a premium, prepayments may result in a loss to the extent of the premium paid. If a Fund buys such securities at a discount, both scheduled payments and unscheduled prepayments will increase current and total returns and unscheduled prepayments will also accelerate the recognition of income which, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. In a period of rising interest rates, prepayments of the underlying assets may occur at a slower than expected rate, creating maturity extension risk. This particular risk may effectively change a security that was considered short- or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a longer term security. Since the value of longer-term securities generally fluctuates more widely in response to changes in interest rates than does the value of shorter term securities, maturity extension risk could increase the volatility of the Fund. When interest rates decline, the value of an asset-backed security with prepayment features may not increase as much as that of other fixed-income securities, and, as noted above, changes in market rates of interest may accelerate or retard prepayments and thus affect maturities.

 

Asset-backed securities do not always have the benefit of a security interest in the underlying asset.  For example, credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off amounts owed.  The ability of an issuer of asset-backed securities to enforce its security interest in the underlying securities may be limited, and recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.  If the Funds purchase asset-backed securities that are “subordinated” to other interests in the same asset-backed pool, a Fund as a holder of those securities may only receive payments after the pool’s obligations to other investors have been satisfied.  Tax-exempt structured securities, such as tobacco bonds, are not considered asset-backed securities for purposes of each Fund’s investments.

 

Collateralized Debt Obligations (CDOs).  A Fund may invest in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities.  CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust that is typically backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities.  The collateral can be from many different types of fixed income securities such as high yield debt, residential privately issued mortgage-related securities, commercial privately issued mortgage-related securities, trust preferred securities and emerging market debt. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.  Other CDOs are trusts backed by other types of assets representing obligations of various parties.  CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses.

 

For CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances.  Since they are partially protected from defaults, senior tranches from a CBO trust, CLO trust or trust of another CDO typically have higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade.  Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO, CLO or other CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO, CLO or other CDO securities as a class.

 

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of collateral held by the special purpose entity (SPE) and the tranche of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Investment risk may also be affected by the performance of a CDO’s collateral manager (the entity responsible for selecting and managing the pool of collateral securities held by the SPE trust), especially during a period of market volatility. CDOs may be deemed to be illiquid securities and subject to a Fund’s restrictions on investments in

 

7



 

illiquid securities. However, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. The Fund’s investment in CDOs will not receive the same investor protection as an investment in registered securities. In addition, prices of CDO tranches can decline considerably. In addition to the normal risks associated with debt securities and asset backed securities (e.g., interest rate risk, credit risk and default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or quality or go into default or be downgraded; (iii) a Fund may invest in tranches of a CDO that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer, difficulty in valuing the security or unexpected investment results.

 

ASSET SEGREGATION.  To the extent required by the SEC guidelines, if a Fund engages in transactions that expose it to an obligation to another party, the Fund will either (i) hold an offsetting position for the same type of financial asset or (ii) maintain cash or liquid securities, designated on the Fund’s books or held in a segregated account, with a value sufficient at all times to cover its potential obligations not covered pursuant to clause (i).  Assets used as offsetting positions, designated on the Fund’s books or held in a segregated account cannot be sold while the position(s) requiring cover is/are open unless replaced with other appropriate assets.  As a result, the commitment of a large portion of assets to be used as offsetting positions or to be designated or segregated in such a manner could impede portfolio management or the Fund’s ability to meet shareholder redemption requests or other current obligations.  Each Fund reserves the right to modify its asset segregation policies in the future to comply with any changes in the SEC’s positions regarding asset segregation.

 

AUTHORIZED PARTICIPANT CONCENTRATION RISK. Only an authorized participant may engage in creation or redemption transactions directly with a Fund. Each Fund has a limited number of intermediaries that act as authorized participants, and none of these authorized participants are or will be obligated to engage in creation or redemption transactions. To the extent that these intermediaries exit the business or are unable to or choose not to proceed with creation and/or redemption orders with respect to a Fund and no other authorized participant is able to step forward to create or redeem, shares may trade at a discount to NAV and possibly face trading halts and/or delisting.

 

BOND FORWARDS RISK.  A bond forward is a contractual agreement between a Fund and another party to buy or sell an underlying asset at an agreed-upon future price and date. When a Fund enters into a bond forward, it will also simultaneously enter into a reverse repurchase agreement. In a bond forward transaction, no cash premium is paid when the parties enter into the bond forward.  If the transaction is collateralized, an exchange of margin collateral will take place according to an agreed-upon schedule. Otherwise, no asset of any kind changes hands until the bond forward matures (typically in 30 days) or is rolled over for another agreed-upon period.  Generally, the value of the bond forward will change based on changes in the value of the underlying asset.  Bond forwards are subject to market risk (the risk that the market value of the underlying bond may change), non-correlation risk (the risk that the market value of the bond forward might move independently of the market value of the underlying bond) and counterparty credit risk (the risk that a counterparty will be unable to meet its obligation under the contract).  If there is no cash exchanged at the time a Fund enters into the bond forward, counterparty risk may be limited to the loss of any marked-to-market profit on the contract and any delays or limitations on the Fund’s ability to sell or otherwise use the investments used as collateral for the bond forward.  Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by a Fund with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment. Reverse repurchase agreements carry the risk that the market value of the securities that a Fund is obligated to repurchase may decline below the repurchase price. A Fund could also lose money if it is unable to recover the securities and the value of the any collateral held or assets segregated by the Fund to cover the transaction is less than the value of securities. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may increase the possibility of fluctuation in a Fund’s net asset value.

 

In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, a Fund may “set aside” liquid assets (as described in “Asset Segregation” above), or otherwise “cover” its position in bond forwards in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder.

 

BORROWING.  Each Fund may borrow money to the extent set forth under “Investment Objectives and Policies.”  The Funds do not intend to borrow for leverage purposes, except as may be set forth under “Investment Objectives and Policies.” Interest paid on borrowings will decrease the net earnings of a Fund and will not be available for investment.

 

CALL RISK.  Call risk is the risk that an issuer, especially during periods of falling interest rates, may redeem a security by repaying it early.  Issuers may call outstanding securities prior to their maturity due to a decline in interest rates, a change in credit spreads or changes to or improvements in the issuer’s credit quality.  If an issuer calls a security in which a Fund has invested, the Fund may not recoup the full amount of its initial investment and may be forced to reinvest the money it receives in lower-yielding securities, securities with greater credit risks or securities with other, less favorable features. This could potentially lower the Fund’s income, yield and its distributions to shareholders.

 

CASH TRANSACTIONS RISK.  In certain instances, a Fund may effect creations and redemptions partly or wholly for cash, rather than in-kind. As a result, an investment in a Fund may be less tax-efficient than an investment in a more conventional ETF. ETFs generally are able to make in-kind redemptions and avoid being taxed on gain on the distributed portfolio securities at the Fund level. Because each Fund may effect redemptions partly or wholly for cash, rather than in-kind distributions, it may be required to sell portfolio securities in order to obtain the cash needed to distribute redemption proceeds. If a Fund recognizes gain on these sales, this generally will cause the Fund to recognize gain it might not otherwise have recognized, or to recognize such gain sooner than would otherwise be required if it were to distribute portfolio securities in-kind. Each Fund generally distributes

 

8



 

these gains to shareholders to avoid being taxed on this gain at the Fund level and otherwise comply with the special tax rules that apply to it. This strategy may cause shareholders to be subject to tax on gains they would not otherwise be subject to, or at an earlier date than, if they had made an investment in a different ETF. Moreover, cash transactions may have to be carried out over several days if the securities market is relatively illiquid and may involve considerable brokerage fees and taxes. These brokerage fees and taxes, which will be higher than if each Fund sold and redeemed its shares principally in-kind, will be passed on to purchasers and redeemers of Creation Units in the form of creation and redemption transaction fees. In addition, these factors may result in wider spreads between the bid and the offered prices of a Fund’s shares than for more conventional ETFs.

 

COMMODITIES REGULATORY RISK.  Commodity-related companies are subject to significant federal, state and local government regulation in virtually every aspect of their operations, including how facilities are constructed, maintained and operated, environmental and safety controls, and the prices they may charge for the products and services they provide. The CFTC and the exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of a market emergency, including, for example, the retroactive implementation of speculative position limits or higher margin requirements, the establishment of daily limits and the suspension of trading. Any of these actions, if taken, could adversely affect the returns of a Fund by limiting or precluding investment decisions the Fund might otherwise make. In addition, various national governments have expressed concern regarding the derivatives markets and the need to regulate such markets. Stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies, with respect to the derivatives market, could be enacted in the future which would likely increase compliance costs and may adversely affect the operations and financial performance of commodity-related companies. The effect of any future regulatory change on a Fund is impossible to predict, but could be substantial and adverse to the Fund. Also, future regulatory developments may impact a Fund’s ability to invest in commodity-linked derivatives.

 

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES.  The market value of a convertible security typically performs like that of a regular debt security; this means that if market interest rates rise, the value of a convertible security usually falls.  Convertible securities are also subject to the risk that the issuer will not be able to pay interest or dividends when due, and their market value may change based on changes in the issuer’s credit rating or the market’s perception of the issuer’s creditworthiness.  Since it derives a portion of its value from the common stock into which it may be converted, a convertible security is also subject to the same types of market and issuer risk that apply to the underlying common stock.  A convertible security tends to perform more like a stock when the underlying stock price is high relative to the conversion price (because more of the security’s value resides in the option to convert) and more like a debt security when the underlying stock price is low relative to the conversion price (because the option to convert is less valuable).

 

Contingent Convertibles.  Contingent convertible securities (“CoCos”) are a form of hybrid debt security that are intended to either convert into equity or have their principal written down upon the occurrence of certain “triggers.” The triggers are generally linked to regulatory capital thresholds or regulatory actions calling into question the issuing banking institution’s continued viability as a going-concern. CoCos’ unique equity conversion or principal write-down features are tailored to the issuing banking institution and its regulatory requirements. Some additional risks associated with CoCos include, but are not limited to:

 

·      Loss absorption risk. CoCos have no stated maturity and have fully discretionary coupons. This means coupons can potentially be cancelled at the banking institution’s discretion or at the request of the relevant regulatory authority in order to help the bank absorb losses.

 

·      Subordinated instruments. CoCos will, in the majority of circumstances, be issued in the form of subordinated debt instruments in order to provide the appropriate regulatory capital treatment prior to a conversion. Accordingly, in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of an issuer prior to a conversion having occurred, the rights and claims of the holders of the CoCos, such as the Funds, against the issuer in respect of or arising under the terms of the CoCos shall generally rank junior to the claims of all holders of unsubordinated obligations of the issuer. In addition, if the CoCos are converted into the issuer’s underlying equity securities following a conversion event (i.e., a “trigger”), each holder will be subordinated due to their conversion from being the holder of a debt instrument to being the holder of an equity instrument.

 

·      Market value will fluctuate based on unpredictable factors. The value of CoCos is unpredictable and will be influenced by many factors including, without limitation: (i) the creditworthiness of the issuer and/or fluctuations in such issuer’s applicable capital ratios; (ii) supply and demand for the CoCos; (iii) general market conditions and available liquidity; and (iv) economic, financial and political events that affect the issuer, its particular market or the financial markets in general.

 

Synthetic Convertibles.  Synthetic convertible securities involve the combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security (i.e., an income-producing component and a right to acquire an equity security). Synthetic convertible securities are often achieved, in part, through investments in warrants or options to buy common stock (or options on a stock index), and therefore are subject to the risks associated with derivatives. The value of a synthetic convertible security will respond differently to market fluctuations than a traditional convertible security because a synthetic convertible is composed of two or more separate securities or instruments, each with its own market value. Because the convertible component is typically achieved by investing in warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index, synthetic convertible securities are subject to the risks associated with derivatives. In addition, if the value

 

9



 

of the underlying common stock or the level of the index involved in the convertible component falls below the exercise price of the warrant or option, the warrant or option may lose all value.

 

COUNTERPARTY RISK.  With respect to certain transactions, such as over-the-counter derivatives contracts or repurchase agreements, a Fund will be exposed to the risk that the counterparty to the transaction may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal, interest or settlement payments, or otherwise to honor its obligations.  In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of a counterparty, a Fund could experience delays in liquidating its positions and significant losses, including declines in the value of its investment during the period in which the Fund seeks to enforce its rights, the inability to realize any gains on its investment during such period and any fees and expenses incurred in enforcing its rights.  The Fund also bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a derivative transaction in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a counterparty.

 

CREDIT RISK.  Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security will not be able to make timely principal and interest payments.  Changes in an issuer’s financial strength, credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of a Fund’s investment in that issuer.  The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.  Securities issued by the U.S. Treasury historically have presented minimal credit risk.  However, in recent years the long-term U.S. credit rating was downgraded by at least one major rating agency as a result of disagreements with the U.S. Government over raising the debt ceiling to repay outstanding obligations and this event has introduced greater uncertainty about the future ability of the U.S. to repay its obligations due to political or other developments.  A further credit rating downgrade or a U.S. credit default could decrease the value and increase the volatility of a Fund’s investments.

 

CYBERSECURITY RISK. Cybersecurity breaches are either intentional or unintentional events that allow an unauthorized party to gain access to Fund assets, customer data, or proprietary information, or cause a Fund or Fund service provider to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality. Intentional cybersecurity incidents include: unauthorized access to systems, networks, or devices (such as through “hacking” activity); infection from computer viruses or other malicious software code; and attacks that shut down, disable, slow, or otherwise disrupt operations, business processes, or website access or functionality. In addition, unintentional incidents can occur, such as the inadvertent release of confidential information.

 

A cybersecurity breach could result in the loss or theft of customer data or funds, the inability to access electronic systems (“denial of services”), loss or theft of proprietary information or corporate data, physical damage to a computer or network system, or costs associated with system repairs, any of which could have a substantial impact on the Funds. For example, in a denial of service, Fund shareholders could lose access to their electronic accounts indefinitely, and employees of the investment manager, the sub-adviser, or the Funds’ other service providers may not be able to access electronic systems to perform critical duties for the Funds, such as trading, NAV calculation, shareholder accounting, or fulfillment of Fund share purchases and redemptions. Cybersecurity incidents could cause the Funds, the investment manager, the sub-adviser, or other service provider to incur regulatory penalties, reputational damage, compliance costs associated with corrective measures, or financial loss. They may also result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws. In addition, such incidents could affect issuers in which a Fund invests, thereby causing the Fund’s investments to lose value.

 

The investment manager, the sub-adviser, and their affiliates have established risk management systems that seek to reduce cybersecurity risks, and business continuity plans in the event of a cybersecurity breach. However, there are inherent limitations in such plans, including that certain risks have not been identified, and there is no guarantee that such efforts will succeed, especially since none of the investment manager, the sub-adviser, or their affiliates controls the cybersecurity systems of the Funds’ third-party service providers (including the Funds’ custodian), or those of the issuers of securities in which the Funds invest.

 

DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS (ADRs, EDRs and GDRs).  The Funds may invest in securities of foreign issuers in the form of depositary receipts or other securities that are convertible into securities of foreign issuers, including American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”).  ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company that evidence underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation.  ADRs are traded on U.S. securities exchanges, or in over-the-counter markets, and are denominated in U.S. dollars.  EDRs and GDRs are similar instruments that are issued in Europe (EDRs) or globally (GDRs), traded on foreign securities exchanges and denominated in foreign currencies.  The value of a depositary receipt will fluctuate with the value of the underlying security, reflect changes in exchange rates and otherwise involve the same risks associated with the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted.  A Fund may also invest in depositary receipts that are not sponsored by a financial institution (“Unsponsored Depositary Receipts”).  Depositary Receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted.  The issuers of Unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to disclose information that would be considered material in the United States.  Therefore, there may be less information available regarding their issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the depositary receipts.

 

The Funds may also invest in Global Depositary Notes (“GDN”), a form of depositary receipt. A GDN is a debt instrument created by a bank that evidences ownership of a local currency-denominated debt security. An investment in GDNs involves further risks due to certain features of GDNs.  GDNs emulate the terms (interest rate, maturity date, credit quality, etc.) of particular local currency-denominated bonds; however, they trade, settle, and pay interest and principal in U.S. dollars, and are Depository Trust Company/Euroclear/Clearstream eligible. Any distributions paid to the holders of GDNs are usually subject to a fee charged by the depositary. Certain investment restrictions in certain countries may adversely impact the value of GDNs because such restrictions may limit the ability to convert bonds into GDNs and vice versa. Such restrictions may cause bonds of the underlying issuer to trade at a discount or premium to the market price of the GDN. See also “Foreign Investments” below.

 

          DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS.  The Funds may use instruments called derivatives or derivative securities.  A derivative is a financial instrument the value of which is derived from the value of one or more underlying securities, commodities, currencies, indices, debt instruments, other derivatives or any other agreed upon pricing index or arrangement (e.g., the movement over time of the Consumer Price Index or freight rates) (each an “Underlying Instrument”).  Derivatives contracts are either physically settled, which means the parties trade the Underlying Instrument itself, or cash settled, which means the parties simply make cash payments based on the value of the Underlying Instrument (and do not actually deliver or receive the Underlying Instrument).  Derivatives may allow a Fund to increase or decrease the level of risk to which the Fund is exposed more quickly and efficiently than transactions in other types of instruments.

 

Many derivative contracts are traded on securities or commodities exchanges, the contract terms are generally standard, and the parties make payments due under the contracts through the exchange.  Most exchanges require the parties to post margin against their obligations under the contracts, and the performance of the parties’ obligations under such contracts is usually guaranteed by the exchange or a related clearing corporation.  Other derivative contracts are traded over-the-counter (“OTC”) in transactions negotiated directly between the counterparties.  OTC derivative contracts do not have standard terms, so they are generally less liquid and more difficult to value than exchange-traded contracts.  OTC derivatives also expose a Fund to additional credit risks to the extent a counterparty defaults on a contract.  See “Additional Risk Factors and Considerations of OTC Transactions” below.

 

Depending on how a Fund uses derivatives and the relationships between the market values of the derivative and the Underlying Instrument, derivatives could increase or decrease a Fund’s exposure to the risks of the Underlying Instrument.  Derivative contracts may also expose the Fund to additional liquidity and leverage risks.  See “Risk Factors in Derivative Instruments” below.

 

10



 

The Funds may use derivatives for cash flow management or, as part of their overall investment strategies, to seek to replicate the performance of a particular index or to enhance returns.  The use of derivatives to enhance returns is considered speculative because the Fund is primarily seeking to achieve gains rather than to offset, or hedge, the risks of other positions.  When a Fund invests in a derivative for speculative purposes, the Fund is fully exposed to the risks of loss of that derivative, which may sometimes be greater than the cost of the derivative itself.  No Fund may use any derivative to gain exposure to an asset or class of assets that it would be prohibited by its investment restrictions from purchasing directly.

 

Hedging Risk.  Each Fund may use derivative instruments to offset the risks, or to “hedge” the risks, associated with other Fund holdings.  For example, derivatives may be used to hedge against movements in interest rates, currency exchange rates and the equity markets through the use of options, futures transactions and options on futures.  Derivatives may also be used to hedge against duration risk in fixed-income investments.  Losses on one Fund investment may be substantially reduced by gains on a derivative that reacts to the same market movements in an opposite manner.  However, while hedging can reduce losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains or cause losses if the market moves in a manner different from that anticipated by the Fund or if the cost of the derivative offsets the advantage of the hedge.

 

Among other risks, hedging involves correlation risk, which is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative will not match (i.e., will not offset) changes in the value of the holdings being hedged as expected by a Fund.  In such a case, any losses on the Fund holdings being hedged may not be reduced or may even be increased as a result of the use of the derivative.  The inability to close options and futures positions also could have an adverse impact on a Fund’s ability effectively to hedge its portfolio.

 

There can be no assurance that the use of hedging transactions will be effective.  No Fund is required to engage in hedging transactions, and each Fund may choose not to do so.  A decision as to whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.

 

The Funds might not employ any of the derivatives strategies described below, and there can be no assurance that any strategy used will succeed.  A Fund’s success in employing derivatives strategies may depend on the sub-adviser’s correctly forecasting interest rates, market values or other economic factors, and there can be no assurance that the sub-adviser’s forecasts will be accurate.  If the sub-adviser’s forecasts are not accurate, the Fund may end up in a worse position than if derivatives strategies had not been employed at all.  A Fund’s ability to use certain derivative transactions may be limited by tax considerations and certain other legal considerations.  Further, suitable derivative transactions might not be available at all times or in all circumstances.  Described below are certain derivative instruments and trading strategies the Funds may use (either separately or in combination) in seeking to achieve their overall investment objectives.

 

Options Contracts

 

An options contract, or an “option,” is a type of derivative.  An option is an agreement between two parties in which one gives the other the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell an Underlying Instrument at a set price (the “exercise price” or “strike price”) for a specified period of time.  The buyer of an option pays a premium for the opportunity to decide whether to carry out the transaction (exercise the option) when it is beneficial.  The option seller (writer) receives the initial premium and is obligated to carry out the transaction if and when the buyer exercises the option.  Options can trade on exchanges or in the OTC market and may be bought or sold on a wide variety of Underlying Instruments.  Options that are written on futures contracts, or futures options (discussed below), are subject to margin requirements similar to those applied to futures contracts.  A Fund may engage in options transactions on any security or instrument in which it may invest, on any securities index based on securities in which it may invest or on any aggregates of equity and debt securities consisting of securities in which it may invest (aggregates are composites of equity or debt securities that are not tied to a commonly known index).  The Funds may also enter into options on foreign currencies.  As with futures and swaps (discussed below), the success of any strategy involving options depends on the sub-adviser’s analysis of many economic and mathematical factors, and a Fund’s return may be higher if it does not invest in such instruments at all.  A Fund may only write “covered” options.  The sections below describe certain types of options and related techniques that the Funds may use.

 

Call Options.  A call option gives the holder the right to purchase the Underlying Instrument at the exercise price for a fixed period of time.  A Fund would typically purchase a call option in anticipation of an increase in value of the Underlying Instrument because owning the option allows the Fund to participate in price increases on a more limited risk basis than if the Fund had initially directly purchased the Underlying Instrument.  If, during the option period, the market value of the Underlying Instrument exceeds the exercise price, plus the option premium paid by the Fund and any transaction costs the Fund incurs in purchasing the option, the Fund realizes a gain upon exercise of the option.  Otherwise, the Fund realizes either no gain or a loss on its purchase of the option.

 

The Funds are also permitted to write (i.e., sell) “covered” call options, which obligate a Fund, in return for the option premium, to sell the Underlying Instrument to the option holder for the exercise price if the option is exercised at any time before or on its expiration date.  In order for a call option to be covered, the Fund must have at least one of the following in place with respect to the option and for so long as the option is outstanding:  (i)  the Fund owns the Underlying Instrument subject to the option (or, in

 

11



 

the case of an option on an index, owns securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index), (ii) the Fund has an absolute and immediate right to acquire the Underlying Instrument without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration so long as the Fund segregates such additional cash amount) upon conversion or exchange of other securities in its portfolio, (iii) the Fund enters into an offsetting forward contract and/or purchases an offsetting option or any other option that, by virtue of its exercise price or otherwise, reduces the Fund’s net exposure on its written option position, or (iv) the Fund segregates assets with an aggregate value equal to the exercise price of the option.

 

A Fund would typically write a call option to generate income from the option premium and/or in anticipation of a decrease, or only a limited increase (i.e., an increase that is less than the option premium received by the Fund in writing the option), in the market value of the Underlying Instrument.  In writing a call option, however, the Fund would not profit if the market value of the Underlying Instrument increases to an amount that exceeds the sum of the exercise price plus the premium received by the Fund.  Also, the Fund cannot sell the Underlying Instrument while the option is in effect unless the Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction.  A closing purchase transaction cancels out the Fund’s position as option writer by means of an offsetting purchase of an identical option prior to the expiration or exercise of the option it has written.

 

Put Options.  A put option gives the holder the right to sell the Underlying Instrument at the exercise price for a fixed period of time.  A Fund would typically purchase a put option in anticipation of a decline in market values of securities.  This limits the Fund’s potential for loss in the event that the market value of the Underlying Instrument falls below the exercise price.

 

Each Fund is also permitted to write covered put options on the securities or instruments in which it may invest.  In order for a put option to be covered, the Fund must have at least one of the following in place with respect to the option and for so long as the option is outstanding:  (i) the Fund enters into an offsetting forward contract and/or purchases an offsetting option or any other option that, by virtue of its exercise price or otherwise, reduces the Fund’s net exposure on its written option position or (ii) the Fund segregates assets or cash with an aggregate value equal to the exercise price of the option.

 

A Fund would typically write a put option on an Underlying Instrument to generate income from premiums and in anticipation of an increase or only a limited decrease in the value of the Underlying Instrument.  However, as writer of the put and in return for the option premium, the Fund takes the risk that it may be required to purchase the Underlying Instrument at a price in excess of its market value at the time of purchase.  Because the purchaser may exercise its right under the option contract at any time during the option period, the Fund has no control over when it may be required to purchase the Underlying Instrument unless it enters into a closing purchase transaction.

 

Collars and Straddles.  The Funds may employ collars, which are options strategies in which a call with an exercise price greater than the price of the Underlying Instrument (an “out-of-the-money call”) is sold and an in-the-money put (where the exercise price is again above the price of the Underlying Instrument) is purchased, to preserve a certain return within a predetermined range of values.  The Funds are also permitted to write covered straddles consisting of a combination of a call and a put written on the same Underlying Instrument.  A straddle is covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet a Fund’s immediate obligations.  A Fund may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put.  In such cases, the Funds will also segregate or designate on their books liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”

 

Options on Indices.  The Funds are permitted to invest in options on any index made up of securities or other instruments in which a Fund itself may invest.  Options on indices are similar to options on securities except that index options are always cash settled, which means that upon exercise of the option the holder receives cash equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option times a specified multiple that determines the total monetary value for each point of such difference.  As with other written options, all index options written by a Fund must be covered.

 

Risks Associated with Options.  There are several risks associated with options transactions.  For example, there are significant differences between the options market and the securities markets that could result in imperfect correlation between the two markets.  Such imperfect correlation could then cause a given transaction to fail to achieve its objectives.  Options are also subject to the risks of an illiquid secondary market, whether those options are traded over-the-counter or on a national securities exchange.  There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an options exchange will exist for any particular exchange-traded option at any particular time.  If a Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to options it has written, the Fund will not be able to sell the Underlying Instruments or dispose of the segregated assets used to cover the options until the options expire or are exercised.  Similarly, if the Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and would incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of the Underlying Instruments.  Moreover, a Fund’s ability to engage in options transactions may be limited by tax considerations and other legal considerations.

 

The presence of a liquid secondary market on an options exchange may dry up for any or all of the following reasons:  (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) the exchange may impose restrictions on opening or closing transactions or both; (iii) the exchange may halt or suspend trading, or impose other restrictions, on particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal exchange operations; (v) the facilities of the exchange or its

 

12



 

related clearing corporation may at times be inadequate to handle trading volume; and/or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or particular classes or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in such classes or series of options) would cease to exist.  However, if the secondary market on an exchange ceases to exist, it would be expected (though it cannot be guaranteed) that outstanding options on that exchange, if any, that had been issued as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

 

A Fund’s options transactions will also be subject to limitations, established by exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities, governing the maximum number of options in each class that may be written or purchased by any single investor or a group of investors acting in concert.  As such, the number of options any single Fund can write or purchase may be affected by options already written or purchased by other Hartford Funds.  An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits and/or impose sanctions.  Also, the hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the Underlying Instruments are traded.  To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the Underlying Instruments, significant price movements can take place in the underlying markets that would not be reflected in the options markets.

 

OTC options implicate additional liquidity and credit risks.  Unlike exchange-listed options, where an intermediary or clearing corporation assures that the options transactions are properly executed, the responsibility for performing OTC options transactions rests solely on the writer and holder of those options.  See “Additional Risk Factors and Considerations of OTC Transactions” below.

 

The writing and purchase of options is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions.  The successful use of options depends on the sub-adviser’s ability to predict correctly future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets.  See “Risk Factors in Derivative Instruments” below.

 

Additional Risk Associated with Options on Indices.  The writer’s payment obligation under an index option (which is a cash-settled option) usually equals a multiple of the difference between the exercise price, which was set at initiation of the option, and the closing index level on the date the option is exercised.  As such, index options implicate a “timing risk” that the value of the underlying index will change between the time the option is exercised by the option holder and the time the obligation thereunder is settled in cash by the option writer.

 

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

 

A futures contract, which is a type of derivative, is a standardized, exchange-traded contract that obligates the purchaser to take delivery, and the seller to make delivery, of a specified quantity of an Underlying Instrument at a specified price and specified future time.  The Funds are generally permitted to invest in futures contracts and options on futures contracts with respect to, but not limited to, equity and debt securities and foreign currencies, aggregates of equity and debt securities (aggregates are composites of equity or debt securities that are not tied to a commonly known index), interest rates, indices, commodities and other financial instruments.

 

No price is paid upon entering into a futures contract.  Rather, when a Fund purchases or sells a futures contract it is required to post margin (“initial margin”) with the futures commission merchant (“FCM”) executing the transaction.  The margin required for a futures contract is usually less than ten percent of the contract value, but it is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may by modified during the term of the contract.  Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the FCM, will then be made daily as the currency, financial instrument or securities index underlying the futures contract fluctuates (a process known as “marking to market”).  If a Fund has insufficient cash available to meet daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous.  Futures involve substantial leverage risk.

 

An option on a futures contract (“futures option”) gives the option holder the right (but not the obligation) to buy or sell its position in the underlying futures contract at a specified price on or before a specified expiration date.  As with a futures contract itself, a Fund is required to deposit and maintain margin with respect to futures options it writes.  Such margin deposits will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (and the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the option and other futures positions held by the Fund.

 

The sale of a futures contract limits a Fund’s risk of loss, prior to the futures contract’s expiration date, from a decline in the market value of portfolio holdings correlated with the futures contract.  In the event the market values of the portfolio holdings correlated with the futures contract increase rather than decrease, however, a Fund will realize a loss on the futures position and a lower return on the portfolio than would have been realized without the purchase of the futures contract.

 

Positions taken in the futures markets are usually not held to maturity but instead liquidated through offsetting transactions that may result in a profit or loss.  While the Fund’s futures contracts will usually be liquidated in this manner, a Fund may instead make or take delivery of the Underlying Instrument whenever it appears economically advantageous to do so.

 

13



 

A Fund is permitted to enter into a variety of futures contracts, including interest rate futures, index futures, currency futures and commodity futures, and options on such futures contracts.  A Fund may also invest in instruments that have characteristics similar to futures contracts, such as debt securities with interest or principal payments determined by reference to the value of a security, an index of securities or a commodity or currency at a future point in time.  The risks of such investments reflect the risks of investing in futures and derivatives generally, including volatility and illiquidity.

 

Risks Associated with Futures and Futures Options.  The primary risks associated with the use of futures contracts and options are: (a) imperfect correlation between the change in market value of instruments held by a Fund and the price of the futures contract or option; (b) the possible lack of an active market for a futures contract or option, or the lack of a liquid secondary market for a futures option, and the resulting inability to close the futures contract or option when desired; (c) losses, which are potentially unlimited, caused by unanticipated market movements; (d) the sub-adviser’s failure to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors; and (e) the possibility that the counterparty will default in the performance in its obligations.  Futures contracts and futures options also involve brokerage costs, require margin deposits and, in the case of contracts and options obligating a Fund to purchase securities or currencies, require the fund to segregate assets to cover such contracts and options.  Moreover, futures are inherently volatile, and a Fund’s ability to engage in futures transactions may be limited by tax considerations and other legal considerations.

 

U.S. futures exchanges and some foreign exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation in futures contract prices which may occur in a single business day (generally referred to as “daily price fluctuation limits”). The maximum or minimum price of a contract as a result of these limits is referred to as a “limit price.” If the limit price has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made beyond the limit price. Limit prices have the effect of precluding trading in a particular contract or forcing the liquidation of contracts at disadvantageous times or prices.

 

Additional Considerations of Commodity Futures Contracts.  In addition to the risks described above, there are several additional risks associated with transactions in commodity futures contracts.  In particular, the costs to store underlying physical commodities are reflected in the price of a commodity futures contract.  To the extent that storage costs for an underlying commodity change while a Fund is invested in futures contracts on that commodity, the value of the futures contract may change proportionately.  Further, the commodities that underlie commodity futures contracts may be subject to additional economic and non-economic variables, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs and international economic, political and regulatory developments and may be subject to broad price fluctuations.

 

Other Considerations Related to Options and Futures Options.  Each Fund will engage in transactions in futures contracts and related options only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”) for maintaining qualification as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Swap Agreements and Swaptions

 

A swap agreement, or a swap, is a type of derivative instrument.  Swap agreements are entered into for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year.  In a standard swap, two parties exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on an Underlying Instrument.  The gross returns to be exchanged (or “swapped”) between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” which is a predetermined dollar principal that represents the hypothetical underlying quantity upon which the parties’ payment obligations are computed.  The notional amount may be, among other things, a specific dollar amount invested, for example, at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency or in a “basket” of securities or commodities that represents a particular index.  The notional amount itself normally is not exchanged between the parties, but rather it serves as a reference amount from which to calculate the parties’ obligations under the swap.

 

A Fund will usually enter into swap agreements on a “net basis,” which means that the two payment streams are netted out with each party receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the payments.  A Fund’s obligations under a swap agreement are generally accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund), and accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a counterparty are covered by segregating liquid assets, marked to market daily, to avoid leveraging the Fund’s portfolio.  If a Fund enters into a swap on other than a net basis, the Fund will segregate the full amount of its obligations under such swap.  A Fund may enter into swaps, caps, collars, floors and related instruments with member banks of the Federal Reserve System, members of the New York Stock Exchange or other entities determined by the sub-adviser to be creditworthy.  If a default occurs by the other party to such transaction, a Fund will have contractual remedies under the transaction documents, but such remedies may be subject to bankruptcy and insolvency laws that could affect the Fund’s rights as a creditor.

 

A Fund may engage in a wide variety of swap transactions, including, but not limited to, credit- and event-linked swaps, interest rate swaps, swaps on specific securities or indices, swaps on rates (such as mortgage prepayment rates) and other types of swaps, such as caps, collars, and floors.  In addition, to the extent a Fund is permitted to invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it may invest in currency swaps.  A Fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (“swaptions”).  Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of a Fund’s investments and its share price and yield.  The sections below describe certain swap arrangements and related techniques that the Funds may use.

 

14



 

Interest Rate Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars.  An interest rate swap is an OTC contract in which the parties exchange interest rate exposures (e.g., exchange floating rate payments for fixed rate payments or vice versa).  For example, a $10 million LIBOR swap requires one party to pay the equivalent of the London Interbank Offered Rate of Interest (which fluctuates) on the $10 million principal amount in exchange for the right to receive from the other party the equivalent of a stated fixed rate of interest on the $10 million principal amount.

 

Among other techniques, a Fund may use interest rate swaps to hedge interest rate and duration risk on fixed-income securities or portfolios, which can be particularly sensitive to interest rate changes.  Duration measures the sensitivity in prices of fixed-income securities to changes in interest rates; the duration of a portfolio or basket of bonds is the weighted average of the individual component durations.  Longer maturity bonds typically have a longer duration than shorter maturity bonds and, therefore, higher sensitivity to interest rate changes.  In an environment where interest rates are expected to rise, a Fund may use interest rate swaps to hedge interest rate and duration risk across a portfolio at particular duration points (such as two-, five- and 10- year duration points).

 

A Fund may also purchase or sell interest rate caps or floors.  In a typical interest rate cap, the buyer receives payments from the seller to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds a predetermined level.  In a typical interest rate floor, the buyer receives payments from the seller to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below a predetermined level.  An interest rate collar combines elements of purchasing a cap and selling a floor and is usually employed to preserve a certain return within a predetermined range of values.

 

Commodity Swaps.  A commodity swap agreement is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of a commodity-based Underlying Instrument (such as a specific commodity or commodity index) in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from another commodity-based Underlying Instrument.  In a total return commodity swap, a Fund receives the price appreciation of a commodity index, a portion of a commodity index or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed-upon fee.  As with other types of swap agreements, if the commodity swap lasts for a finite period of time, the swap may be structured such that the Fund pays a single fixed fee established at the outset of the swap.  However, if the term of the commodity swap is ongoing, with interim swap payments, the Fund may pay a variable or “floating” fee.  Such a variable fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as LIBOR, and is adjusted at specific intervals.  As such, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, the Fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.  See “LIBOR Risk” below.

 

Currency Swaps.  A currency swap agreement is a contract in which two parties exchange one currency (e.g., U.S. dollars) for another currency (e.g., Japanese yen) on a specified schedule.  The currency exchange obligations under currency swaps could be either interest payments calculated on the notional amount or payments of the entire notional amount (or a combination of both).  The Funds may engage in currency swap agreements as a tool to protect against uncertainty and fluctuations in foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities.  However, the use of currency swap agreements does not eliminate, or even always mitigate, potential losses arising from fluctuations in exchange rates.  In the case of currency swaps that involve the delivery of the entire notional amount of currency in exchange for another currency, the entire notional principal of the currency swap is subject to the risk that the counterparty will default on its contractual delivery obligations.

 

Credit Default Swaps.  A credit default swap (“CDS”) is an agreement between two parties whereby one party (the “protection buyer”) makes an up-front payment or a stream of periodic payments over the term of the CDS to the other party (the “protection seller”), provided generally that no event of default or other credit-related event (a “credit event”) with respect to an Underlying Instrument occurs.  In return, the protection seller agrees to make a payment to the protection buyer if a credit event does occur with respect to the Underlying Instrument.  The CDS market allows a Fund to manage credit risk through buying and selling credit protection on a specific issuer, asset or basket of assets.  Credit default swaps typically last between six months and three years, provided that no credit event occurs.  Credit default swaps may be physically settled or cash settled.

 

A Fund may be either the protection buyer or the protection seller in a CDS.  A Fund generally will not buy protection on issuers that are not currently held by the Fund.  However, a Fund may engage in credit default swap trades on single names, indices and baskets to manage asset class exposure and to capitalize on spread differentials in instances where there is not complete overlap between the Fund’s holdings or exposures and the reference entities in the credit default swap.  If the Fund is the protection buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund loses its entire investment in the CDS (i.e., an amount equal to the aggregate amount of payments made by the Fund to the protection seller over the term of the CDS).  However, if a credit event does occur, the Fund (as protection buyer), will deliver the Underlying Instrument to the protection seller and is entitled to a payment from the protection seller equal to the full notional value of the Underlying Instrument, even though the Underlying Instrument at that time may have little or no value.  If the Fund is the protection seller and no credit event occurs, the Fund receives a fixed income throughout the term of the CDS (or an up-front payment at the beginning of the term of the CDS) in the form of payments from the protection buyer.  However, if the Fund is the protection seller and a credit event occurs, the Fund is obligated to pay the protection buyer the full notional value of the Underlying Instrument in return for the Underlying Instrument (which may at that time be of little or no value).

 

15



 

A Fund may also invest in the Dow Jones CDX (“CDX”), which is a family of indices that track credit derivative indices in various countries around the world.  The CDX provides investors with exposure to specific reference baskets of issuers of bonds or loans in certain segments, such as North American investment grade credit derivatives or emerging markets.  CDX reference baskets are generally priced daily and rebalanced every six months in conjunction with leading market makers in the credit industry.  While investing in CDXs increases the universe of bonds and loans to which a Fund is exposed, such investments entail risks that are not typically associated with investments in other debt instruments (rather, they entail risks more associated with derivative instruments).  The liquidity of the market for CDXs is also subject to liquidity in the secured loan and credit derivatives markets.

 

Total return swaps, asset swaps, inflation swaps and similar instruments.  A Fund may enter into total return swaps, asset swaps, inflation swaps and other types of swap agreements.  In a total return swap, the parties exchange the total return (i.e., interest payments plus any capital gains or losses) of an Underlying Instrument (or basket of such instruments) for the proceeds of another Underlying Instrument (or basket of such instruments).  Asset swaps combine an interest rate swap with a bond and are generally used to alter the cash flow characteristics of the Underlying Instrument.  For example, the parties may exchange a fixed investment, such as a bond with guaranteed coupon payments, for a floating investment like an index.  Inflation swaps are generally used to transfer inflation risk.  See “Inflation-Linked Instruments” herein.

 

Swaptions.  A Fund may also enter into swap options, or “swaptions.”  A swaption is a contract that gives one party the right (but not the obligation), in return for payment of the option premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement at some designated future time and on specified terms.  A Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions.  Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption.  When a Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the option premium it paid should it decide not to exercise the option.  When a Fund writes a swaption, however, it is obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement if the option holder exercises the option.

 

Risks Associated with Swaps and Swaptions.  Investing in swaps and swaptions, and utilizing these and related techniques in managing a Fund portfolio, are highly specialized activities that involve investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio transactions.  These investments involve significant risk of loss.  Whether a Fund’s use of swaps will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the sub-adviser’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments.  If the sub-adviser is incorrect in its forecast of market values, the sub-adviser’s utilization of swap arrangements and related techniques could negatively impact the Fund’s performance.

 

The swaps market is largely unregulated.  It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect a Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.  Also, certain restrictions imposed by the Code may limit the Fund’s ability to use swap agreements.

 

If the creditworthiness of a Fund’s swap counterparty declines, it becomes more likely that the counterparty will fail to meet its obligations under the contract, and consequently the Fund will suffer losses.  Although there can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to do so, a Fund may be able to reduce or eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or other disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or another creditworthy party.  However, a Fund may have limited ability to eliminate its exposure under a credit default swap if the credit of the reference entity or underlying asset has declined.  There can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to enter into swap transactions at prices or on terms the sub-adviser believes are advantageous to the Fund.  In addition, although the terms of swaps, caps, collars and floors may provide for termination, there can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to terminate a swap or to sell or offset caps, collars or floors that it has purchased.  Investing in swaps and related techniques involves the risks associated with investments in derivative instruments.  See “Risk Factors in Derivative Instruments” and “Additional Risk Factors and Considerations in OTC Transactions” below.

 

Inflation-Linked Instruments

 

The Funds are permitted to invest in a variety of inflation-linked instruments, such as inflation-indexed securities and inflation-linked derivatives, to manage inflation risk or to obtain inflation exposure.  Inflation – a general rise in the prices of goods and services – is measured by inflation indices like the Consumer Price Index (CPI), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, and the Retail Prices Index (RPI), which is calculated by the U.K. Office for National Statistics.  The CPI is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy.

 

Inflation-linked derivatives are derivative instruments that tie payments to an inflation index.  Currently, most inflation derivatives are in the form of inflation swaps, such as CPI swaps.  A CPI swap is a fixed-maturity, over-the-counter derivative where one party pays a fixed rate in exchange for payments tied to the CPI.  The fixed rate, which is set by the parties at the initiation of the swap, is often referred to as the “breakeven inflation” rate and generally represents the current difference between Treasury yields and Treasury inflation protected securities (“TIPS”) yields of similar maturities at the initiation of the swap agreement.  CPI swaps are typically designated as “zero coupon,” where all cash flows are exchanged at maturity.  The value of a CPI swap is expected to fluctuate in response to changes in the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation, as

 

16



 

measured by the CPI.  A CPI swap can lose value if the realized rate of inflation over the life of the swap is less than the fixed market implied inflation rate (the breakeven inflation rate) the investor agreed to pay at the initiation of the swap.

 

Other types of inflation derivatives include inflation options and futures.  There can be no assurance that the CPI, or any foreign inflation index, will accurately measure the rate of inflation in the prices of consumer goods and services.  Further, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.  Moreover, inflation-linked instruments are subject to the risks inherent in derivative transactions generally.  See “Risk Factors in Derivative Instruments” herein.  The market for inflation-linked instruments is still developing.  The sub-adviser reserves the right to use the instruments discussed above and similar instruments that may be available in the future.

 

Hybrid Instruments

 

A hybrid instrument is an interest in an issuer that combines the characteristics of an equity security, a debt security, a commodity and/or a derivative.  For example, an oil company might issue a commodity-linked bond that pays a fixed level of interest plus additional interest that accrues in correlation with the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level.  This is a hybrid instrument combining a bond with an option on oil.

 

Depending on the types and terms of hybrid instruments, they present risks that may be similar to, different from or greater than those associated with traditional investments with similar characteristics.  Hybrid instruments are potentially more volatile than traditional investments and, depending on the structure of the particular hybrid, may expose the Fund to additional leverage and liquidity risks.  Moreover, the purchase of hybrids exposes a Fund to the credit risk of the issuers of the hybrids.  Described below are certain hybrid instruments the Funds may use in seeking to achieve their investment objectives.  The sub-adviser reserves the right to use the instruments mentioned below and similar instruments that may be available in the future.

 

Credit-Linked Securities.  Credit-linked securities are issued by a limited purpose trust or other vehicle that, in turn, invests in a basket of derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and other securities.  Investments in credit-linked securities normally consist of the right to receive periodic payments during the term and payment of principal at the end of the term.  However, these payments depend on the issuer’s own investments in derivative instruments and are, accordingly, subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, which include volatility, illiquidity and counterparty risk.

 

Indexed Securities and Structured Notes.  Indexed securities are derivative securities the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator (e.g., a currency, security, commodity or index).  Structured notes are debt indexed securities.  Indexed securities implicate a high degree of leverage, which magnifies the potential for gain and the risk of loss, when they include a multiplier that multiplies the indexed element by a specific factor.

 

Structured notes and indexed securities can be very volatile investments because, depending on how they are structured, their value may either increase or decrease in response to the value of the Underlying Instruments.  The terms of these securities may also provide that in some instances no principal is due at maturity, which may result in a loss of invested capital.  These instruments also may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of securities because the investor bears the risk not only of the instrument but also of the unrelated indicator.  Indexed securities may involve significant credit risk and liquidity risk and, as with other sophisticated strategies, a Fund’s use of these instruments may not work as intended.

 

Event-Linked Bonds.  The Funds may invest in “event-linked bonds” (or “catastrophe bonds”).  The event-linked bond market is a growing sector of the global fixed income market that provides investors with high return potentials in exchange for taking on “event risk,” such as the risk of a major hurricane, earthquake or pandemic.  If such trigger event occurs, a Fund may lose a portion or its entire principal invested in the bond.  Some event-linked bonds provide for an extension of maturity to process and audit loss claims if a trigger has, or possibly has, occurred.  Such extension may increase volatility.  Event-linked bonds may also expose the Funds to other unanticipated risks including credit risk, counterparty risk, liquidity risk, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations and adverse tax consequences.  Event-linked bonds are subject to the risks inherent in derivative transactions.  See “Derivative Instruments – Risk Factors in Derivative Instruments” below.

 

Foreign Currency Transactions

 

The Funds also may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and futures options, and they may engage in foreign currency transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at prevailing currency exchange rates or through forward currency contracts.  The Funds may engage in these transactions to hedge, directly or indirectly, against currency fluctuations, for other investment purposes and, with respect to the Funds, to seek to enhance returns.  A Fund may enter into currency transactions only with counterparties that the sub-adviser deems to be creditworthy.  Certain of the foreign currency transactions the Funds may use are described below.

 

Forward Currency Contracts.  The Funds may enter into forward currency contracts (“forwards”) in connection with settling purchases or sales of securities, to hedge the currency exposure associated with some or all of the Fund’s investments or as part of its investment strategy.  Forwards are OTC contracts to purchase or sell a specified amount of a specified currency or multinational currency unit at a set price on a future date.  The market value of a forward fluctuates with changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  Forwards are marked to market daily based upon foreign currency exchange rates from an independent pricing service, and

 

17



 

the change in value is recorded as unrealized appreciation or depreciation.  A Fund will record a realized gain or loss when the forward is closed.  Forwards are highly volatile, involve substantial currency risk and may also involve credit and liquidity risks.

 

A Fund may use a forward in a “settlement hedge,” or “transaction hedge,” to lock in the U.S. dollar price on the purchase or sale of securities denominated in a foreign currency between the time when the security is purchased or sold and the time at which payment is received.  Forward contracts on foreign currency may also be used by a Fund in anticipation generally of the Fund’s making investments denominated in a foreign currency, even if the specific investments have not yet been selected by the sub-adviser.

 

In a “position hedge,” the Fund uses a forward to hedge against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency.  For example, a Fund may enter into a forward contract to sell Japanese yen in return for U.S. dollars in order to hedge against a possible decline in the yen’s value.  Position hedges tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations.  Alternately, the Fund could hedge its position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the Japanese yen.  This is called a “proxy hedge” and may offer advantages in terms of cost, yield or efficiency.  However, proxy hedges may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not move in tandem with the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

 

The Funds may also engage in cross-hedging by entering into forward contracts in one currency against a different currency.  Cross-hedging may be used to limit or increase exposure to a particular currency or to establish active exposure to the exchange rate between the two currencies.

 

Options on foreign currencies are affected by the factors that influence foreign exchange rates and investments generally. A Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on foreign currency options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid secondary market, and there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular option at any specific time.

 

Forward Rate Agreements.  The Fund may also enter into forward rate agreements.  Under a forward rate agreement, the buyer locks in an interest rate at a future settlement date. If the interest rate on the settlement date exceeds the lock rate, the buyer pays the seller the difference between the two rates. If the lock rate exceeds the interest rate on the settlement date, the seller pays the buyer the difference between the two rates. Any such gain received by the Fund would be taxable.  These instruments are traded in the OTC market.  These transactions involve risks, including counterparty risk.  See “Risk Factors in Derivative Instruments” below.

 

Currency Swaps, Options and Futures.  In order to protect against currency fluctuations and for other investment purposes, the Funds may enter into currency swaps, options and futures.  Options on foreign currencies are affected by the factors that influence foreign exchange rates and investments generally. A Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on foreign currency options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid secondary market, and there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular option at any specific time.  See “Swap Agreements and Swaptions – Currency Swaps,” “Options Contracts,” and “Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts” herein.

 

Additional Risks Associated with Foreign Currency Transactions.

 

It is extremely difficult to forecast currency market movements, and whether any hedging or other investment strategy will be successful is highly uncertain.  Further, it is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration of a foreign currency forward.  Therefore, a Fund may be required to buy or sell additional currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such transaction) if the sub-adviser’s predictions regarding the movement of foreign currency or securities markets prove inaccurate.  To the extent a Fund hedges against anticipated currency movements that do not occur, the Fund may realize losses and decrease its total return as a result of its hedging transactions.  It is impossible to hedge fully or perfectly against the effects of currency fluctuations on the value of non-U.S. securities because currency movements impact the value of different securities in differing degrees.

 

A Fund may buy or sell foreign currency options either on exchanges or in the OTC market.  Foreign currency transactions on foreign exchanges may not be regulated to the same extent as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities.  The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in a Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (v) lesser trading volume.  Foreign currency transactions are also subject to the risks inherent in investments in foreign markets.  See “Foreign Investments” below.

 

18



 

Risk Factors in Derivative Instruments

 

Derivatives are volatile and involve significant risks, including:

 

Correlation Risk – the risk that changes in the value of a derivative instrument will not match the changes in the value of the Fund holdings that are being hedged.

 

Counterparty Risk – the risk that the party on the other side of an OTC derivatives contract or a borrower of a Fund’s securities may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal, interest or settlement payments, or otherwise to honor its obligations.

 

Credit Risk – the risk that the issuer of a security will not be able to make timely principal and interest payments.  Changes in an issuer’s credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may affect the value of a Fund’s investment in and/or exposure to that issuer.  The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

 

Currency Risk – the risk that changes in the exchange rate between currencies will adversely affect the value (in U.S. dollar terms) of an investment.

 

Index Risk – in respect of index-linked derivatives, the risks associated with changes in the underlying indices.  If an underlying index changes, a Fund may receive lower interest payments or experience a reduction in the value of the derivative to below what the Fund paid.  Certain indexed securities, including inverse securities (which move in an opposite direction from the reference index), may create leverage to the extent that they increase or decrease in value at a rate that is a multiple of the changes in the applicable index.

 

Interest Rate Risk – the risk that the value of an investment may decrease when interest rates rise because when interest rates rise, the prices of bonds and fixed rate loans fall.  Generally, the longer the maturity of a bond or fixed rate loan, the more sensitive it is to this risk (interest rate risk is commonly measured by a fixed income investment’s duration).  Falling interest rates also create the potential for a decline in a Fund’s income.

 

Leverage Risk – the risk associated with certain types of investments or trading strategies (for example, borrowing money to increase the amount being invested) that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment.  Certain investments or trading strategies that involve leverage can result in losses that substantially exceed the amount originally invested.

 

Liquidity Risk – the risk that certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time that the seller would like to sell them or at the price the seller believes the security is currently worth.

 

Tax Risk – The tax treatment of a derivative may not be as favorable as a direct investment in the underlying asset.  The use of derivatives may adversely affect the timing, character and amount of income the Fund realizes from its investments, and could impair the ability of the sub-adviser to use derivatives when it wishes to do so.

 

Short Position Risk - A Fund may also take a short position in a derivative instrument, such as a future, forward or swap. A short position in a derivative instrument involves the risk of a theoretically unlimited increase in the value of the underlying instrument which could cause a Fund to suffer a (potentially unlimited) loss

 

The potential loss on derivative instruments may be substantial relative to the initial investment therein.  A Fund incurs transaction costs in opening and closing positions in derivative instruments.  There can be no assurance that the use of derivative instruments will be advantageous.

 

Regulatory Aspects of Derivatives and Hedging Instruments.

 

As a result of amendments to rules under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) by the CFTC, HFMC must either operate within certain guidelines and restrictions with respect to the Fund’s use of futures, options on such futures, commodity options and certain swaps, or be subject to registration with the CFTC as a “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”) with respect to the Fund and be required to operate the Fund in compliance with certain disclosure, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements.

 

Previously, the CFTC permitted unlimited futures transactions and options thereon, so long as a fund had claimed an exclusion from registration as a CPO, and swap contracts were not formerly regulated by the CFTC.   Under the amended rules, the investment adviser of a registered investment company may claim an exemption from registration as a CPO only if the registered investment company that it advises uses futures contracts, options on such futures, commodity options and certain swaps solely for “bona fide hedging purposes,” or limits its use of such instruments for non-bona fide hedging purposes to certain de minimis amounts.

 

19



 

The Funds have filed a notice of eligibility claiming an exclusion from the definition of the term CPO and therefore such Funds are not subject to registration or regulation as a CPO under the CEA. Consistent with certain other Funds’ investment strategies, HFMC intends to maintain the flexibility to use futures contracts, options on such futures, commodity options and certain swaps for non-bona fide hedging purposes beyond the de minimis amounts provided under the CFTC rules. As such, HFMC is subject to registration and regulation as a CPO under the CEA with respect to its service as investment adviser to these Funds. In the event that the Fund not currently registered with or regulated by the CFTC engages in transactions that require registration as a CPO in the future, the Fund will comply with applicable regulations. If the Fund operates subject to CFTC regulation, it may incur additional expenses.

 

Additional Risk Factors and Considerations of OTC Transactions

 

Certain derivatives traded in OTC markets, including swaps, OTC options and indexed securities, involve substantial liquidity risk.  This risk may be increased in times of financial stress if the trading market for OTC derivatives contracts or otherwise becomes restricted.  The absence of liquidity may make it difficult or impossible for a Fund to ascertain a market value for such instruments and/or to sell them promptly and at an acceptable price.

 

Because derivatives traded in OTC markets are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and generally do not require payment of margin, to the extent that a Fund has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparty, the Fund is at risk that its counterparty will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations.  The counterparty’s failure to honor its obligations would result in the loss of any premium paid by a Fund as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.  In addition, closing transactions can be made for OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counterparty or effecting a transaction in the secondary market (if any such market exists).  There can be no assurance that a Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option position at a favorable price prior to expiration.  In the event of insolvency of the counterparty, a Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option at any time prior to its expiration, if at all.

 

DIVIDEND PAYING SECURITY INVESTMENT RISK.  Income provided by a Fund may be affected by changes in the dividend policies of the companies in which the Fund invests and the capital resources available for such payments at such companies.  Issuers that have paid regular dividends or distributions to shareholders may not continue to do so at the same level or at all in the future.  In addition, securities that pay dividends as a group can fall out of favor with the market, causing a Fund to underperform funds that do not focus on dividends.  A Fund’s focus on dividend yielding investments may cause the Fund’s share price and total return to fluctuate more than the share price and total return of funds that do not focus their investments on dividend paying securities.

 

DOLLAR ROLLS.  In connection with their ability to purchase securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, the Funds may enter into “dollar rolls” in which a Fund sells securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with the same counterparty to repurchase substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) but not identical securities on a specified future date.  The Fund gives up the right to receive principal and interest paid on the securities sold.  However, a Fund would benefit to the extent of any difference between the price received for the securities sold and the lower forward price for the future purchase plus any fee income received.  Unless such benefits exceed the income and capital appreciation that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what such performance would have been without the use of dollar rolls.  The benefits derived from the use of dollar rolls may depend, among other things, upon the ability of the sub-adviser, as appropriate, to predict interest rates correctly.  There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed.  In addition, the use of dollar rolls by a Fund while remaining substantially fully invested increases the amount of a Fund’s assets that are subject to market risk to an amount that is greater than such Fund’s net asset value, which could result in increased volatility of the price of such Fund’s shares.  Further, entering into dollar rolls involves potential risks that are different from those related to the securities underlying the transactions.  For example, if the counterparty becomes insolvent, a Fund’s right to purchase from the counterparty may be restricted.  Also, the value of the underlying security may change adversely before a Fund is able to purchase it, or a Fund may be required to purchase securities in connection with a dollar roll at a higher price than may be otherwise available on the open market.  Further, because the counterparty may deliver a similar, but not identical, security, a Fund may be required to buy a security under the dollar roll that may be of less value than an identical security would have been.

 

ETFs.  ETFs are registered investment companies that trade their shares on stock exchanges (such as the NYSE Arca and the NASDAQ) at market prices (rather than net asset value) and only are redeemable from the fund itself in large increments or in exchange for baskets of securities.  As an exchange traded security, an ETF’s shares are priced continuously and trade throughout the day.  ETFs may track a securities index, a particular market sector, a particular segment of a securities index or market sector, or they may be actively managed.  An investment in an ETF generally implicates the following risks:  (i) the same primary risks as an investment in a fund that is not exchange-traded that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies of the ETF; (ii) the risk that the ETF may fail to accurately track the market segment or index that underlies its investment objective; (iii) the risk that, to the extent the ETF does not fully replicate the underlying index, the ETF’s investment strategy may not produce the intended results; (iv) the risk of more frequent price fluctuations due to secondary market trading, which may result in a loss to the Fund; (v) the risk that an ETF may trade at a price that is lower than its net asset value; and (vi) the risk that an active market for the ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained.  Also, a Fund will indirectly pay a proportional share of the asset-based fees of the ETFs in which it invests.  ETFs are also subject to specific risks depending on the nature of the ETF, such as liquidity risk, sector risk and foreign and emerging market risk, as well as risks associated with fixed income securities, real estate investments and commodities.  An investment in an ETF presents the risk that the ETF may no longer meet the listing requirements of any applicable

 

20



 

exchanges on which the ETF is listed.  Further, trading in an ETF may be halted if the trading in one or more of the securities held by an ETF is halted.

 

Generally, the Funds will not purchase securities of an investment company (which would include an ETF) if, as a result:  (1) more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of other investment companies; (2) such purchase would result in more than 3% of the total outstanding voting securities of any such investment company being held by the Fund; or (3) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in any one such investment company.  Many ETFs have obtained exemptive relief from the SEC to permit unaffiliated funds sponsored by other fund families to invest in the ETF’s shares beyond the above statutory limitations, subject to certain conditions and pursuant to a contractual arrangement between the ETFs and the investing fund.  The Funds may rely on these exemptive orders to invest in ETFs.

 

ETNs.  ETNs are a type of unsecured, unsubordinated debt security that have characteristics and risks similar to those of fixed-income securities, including credit risk, and trade on a major exchange similar to shares of ETFs. Unlike other types of fixed income securities, however, the performance of ETNs is based upon that of a market index or other reference asset minus fees and expenses, no coupon payments are made and no principal protection exists.  The value of an ETN may be affected by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying commodities or securities markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced commodity or security. A Fund’s ability to sell its ETN holdings also may be limited by the availability of a secondary market and a Fund may have to sell such holdings at a discount. ETNs also are subject to counterparty credit risk, fixed-income risk and tracking error risk (where the ETN’s performance may not match or correlate to that of its market index). ETNs also incur certain expenses not incurred by their applicable index.

 

EVENT RISK.  Event risk is the risk that corporate issuers may undergo restructurings, such as mergers, leveraged buyouts, takeovers or similar events financed by the issuer’s taking on additional debt.  As a result of the added debt, the credit quality and market value of a company’s bonds and/or other debt securities may decline significantly.

 

FIXED INCOME SECURITIES.  The Funds are permitted to invest in fixed income securities including, but not limited to:  (1) securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; (2) non-convertible debt securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. corporations or other issuers (including foreign issuers); (3) asset-backed securities; (4) mortgage-related securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”); (5) securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by a foreign issuer, including supranational entities such as development banks, non-U.S. corporations, banks or bank holding companies or other foreign issuers; (6) commercial mortgage-backed securities; and (7) other capital securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. corporations or other issuers (including foreign issuers).

 

FOREIGN INVESTMENTS

 

The Funds may invest in foreign issuers and borrowers, which include:  (1) companies organized outside of the United States, including in emerging market countries; (2) foreign sovereign governments and their agencies, authorities, instrumentalities and political subdivisions, including foreign states, provinces or municipalities; and (3) issuers and borrowers whose economic fortunes and risks are primarily linked with markets outside the United States.  These securities may be denominated or quoted in, or pay income in, U.S. dollars or in a foreign currency. Certain companies organized outside the United States may not be deemed to be foreign issuers or borrowers if the issuer’s or borrower’s economic fortunes and risks are primarily linked with U.S. markets.

 

Investing in securities of foreign issuers and loans to foreign borrowers involves considerations and potential risks not typically associated with investing in obligations issued by U.S. entities.  Less information may be available about foreign entities compared with U.S. entities.  For example, foreign issuers and borrowers generally are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or to other regulatory practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. issuers and borrowers.  In addition, prices of foreign securities may fluctuate more than prices of securities traded in the United States.  Other potential foreign market risks include difficulties in pricing securities, defaults on foreign government securities, difficulties in enforcing favorable legal judgments in foreign courts and political and social conditions, such as diplomatic relations, confiscatory taxation, expropriation, limitation on the removal of funds or assets or imposition of (or change in) exchange control regulations.  Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be less extensive than those available to investors in the United States or other foreign countries.  In addition, changes in government administrations or economic or monetary policies in the United States or abroad could result in appreciation or depreciation of portfolio securities.  Any of these actions could severely affect security prices, impair a Fund’s ability to purchase or sell foreign securities or transfer the Fund’s assets or income back into the United States, or otherwise adversely affect a Fund’s operations.

 

Recent geopolitical events in the European Union (particularly in Greece) and in China may disrupt securities markets and adversely affect global economies and markets. Such developments could lead to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on world economies and markets generally. Those events as well as other changes in regional economic and political conditions could adversely affect individual issuers or related groups of issuers, securities markets, interest rates, credit ratings, inflation, investor sentiment, and other factors affecting the value of a Fund’s investments. Given the increasing interdependence among global economies and markets, conditions in one country, market, or region might adversely affect markets, issuers, and/or foreign exchange rates in other countries.

 

A default or debt restructuring by any European country, including Greece, would adversely impact holders of that country’s debt, and sellers of credit default swaps linked to that country’s creditworthiness (which may be located in other countries). These

 

21



 

events may have an adverse effect on the value and exchange rate of the euro and may continue to significantly affect the economies of every country in Europe, including European Union member countries that do not use the euro and non-European Union member countries.  If Greece or any other member country exits the European Monetary Union, the departing country would face the risks of currency devaluation and its trading partners and banks and others around the world that hold the departing country’s debt would face the risk of significant losses.  In addition, the resulting economic instability of Europe and the currency markets in general could have a severe adverse effect on the value of securities held by a Fund.

 

Certain European countries in which a Fund may invest have recently experienced significant volatility in financial markets and may continue to do so in the future. The impact of the United Kingdom’s intended departure from the European Union, commonly known as “Brexit,” and the potential departure of one or more other countries from the European Union may have significant political and financial consequences for global markets.  These consequences include greater market volatility and illiquidity, currency fluctuations, deterioration in economic activity, a decrease in business confidence and an increased likelihood of a recession in such markets. Uncertainty relating to the withdrawal procedures and timeline may have adverse effects on asset valuations and the renegotiation of current trade agreements, as well as an increase in financial regulation in such markets. This may adversely impact Fund performance.

 

Currency Risk and Exchange Risk.  Because foreign securities generally are denominated and pay dividends or interest in foreign currencies, the value of a Fund as measured in U.S. dollars will be affected by changes in exchange rates.  Generally, when the U.S. dollar rises in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency loses value because the currency is worth fewer U.S. dollars.  Conversely, when the U.S. dollar decreases in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency gains value because the currency is worth more U.S. dollars.  This risk, generally known as “currency risk,” means that a stronger U.S. dollar will reduce returns for U.S. investors while a weak U.S. dollar will increase those returns.  Moreover, transaction costs are incurred in connection with conversions between currencies.

 

Linked Notes.  A Fund may invest in debt exchangeable for common stock, debt, currency or equity linked notes and similar linked securities (e.g., zero-strike warrants) (“LNs”), which are derivative securities, typically issued by a financial institution or special purpose entity, the performance of which depends on the performance of a corresponding foreign security or index.  Upon redemption or maturity, the principal amount or redemption amount is payable based on the price level of the linked security or index at the time of redemption or maturity, or is exchanged for corresponding shares of common stock.  LNs are generally subject to the same risks as direct holdings of securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar securities, including currency risk and the risk that the amount payable at maturity or redemption will be less than the principal amount of a note because the price of the linked security or index has declined.  LNs are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the company issuing the LN may fail to pay the full amount due at maturity or redemption.  A Fund may also have difficulty disposing of LNs because there may be restrictions on redemptions and there may be no market or only a thin trading market in such securities.

 

Settlement Risk.  Settlement and clearance procedures in certain foreign markets differ significantly from those in the United States.  Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations may involve certain risks (such as delays in payment for or delivery of securities) not typically generated in the settlement of U.S. investments.  Settlements in certain foreign countries at times have not kept pace with the number of securities transactions being undertaken; these problems may make it difficult for a Fund to carry out transactions.  If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a purchase of securities, it may miss attractive investment opportunities and certain of its assets may remain uninvested with no return earned thereon for some period.  There may also be the danger that, because of uncertainties in the operation of settlement systems in individual markets, competing claims may arise in respect of securities held by or to be transferred to a Fund.  Further, compensation schemes may be non-existent, limited or inadequate to meet a Fund’s claims in any of these events.  In connection with any of these events, and other similar circumstances, a Fund may experience losses because of failures of or defects in settlement systems.

 

There are additional and magnified risks involved with investments in emerging or developing markets, which may exhibit greater price volatility and risk of principal, have less liquidity and have settlement arrangements that are less efficient than in developed markets.  In addition, the economies of emerging market countries generally are heavily dependent on international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.  Emerging market economies also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade.  See “Investments in Emerging Market Securities” below.

 

GOVERNMENT INTERVENTION IN FINANCIAL MARKETS.  During the 2008 global financial crisis, instability in the financial markets led the U.S. Government to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that experienced extreme volatility and, in some cases, a lack of liquidity.  Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies or self-regulatory organizations may in the future take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which a Fund invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable.  Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Funds themselves are regulated.  In particular, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) provides for widespread regulation of financial institutions, consumer financial products and services, broker-dealers, over-the-counter derivatives, investment advisers, credit rating agencies and mortgage lending, which expands federal oversight in the financial sector and may affect the investment management industry as a whole.  The Dodd-Frank Act leaves many issues to be resolved by regulatory studies and rulemakings, and in some cases further remedial legislation, by deferring their resolution to a future date.  This legislation, as well as additional legislation and

 

22



 

regulatory changes that may be enacted in the future, could change the fund industry as a whole and limit or preclude a Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

 

Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions.  The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such programs may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of a Fund’s portfolio holdings.  Furthermore, volatile financial markets can expose the Funds to greater market and liquidity risk and potential difficulty in valuing portfolio instruments held by the Funds.  The Funds have established procedures to assess the liquidity of portfolio holdings and to value instruments for which market prices may not be readily available.  HFMC and the sub-adviser will monitor developments and seek to manage the Funds in a manner consistent with achieving each Fund’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.

 

HIGH YIELD INVESTMENTS (“JUNK BONDS”).  Any security or loan with a long-term credit rating of “Ba” or lower by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), “BB” or lower by Standard and Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) or “BB” or lower by Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”), as well as any security or loan that is unrated but determined by the sub-adviser to be of comparable quality, is below investment grade.

 

Securities and bank loans rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as “high yield-high risk debt securities,” “junk bonds,” “leveraged loans” or “emerging market debt,” as the case may be.  Each rating category has within it different gradations or sub-categories.  For instance the “Ba” rating for Moody’s includes “Ba3”, “Ba2” and “Ba1”.  Likewise the S&P and Fitch rating category of “BB” includes “BB+”, “BB” and “BB-”.  If a Fund is authorized to invest in a certain rating category, the Fund is also permitted to invest in any of the sub-categories or gradations within that rating category.  Descriptions of the debt securities and bank loans ratings system, including the speculative characteristics attributable to each ratings category, are set forth in Appendix A to this SAI.

 

Although junk bonds generally pay higher rates of interest than investment grade bonds, junk bonds are high risk investments that may cause income and principal losses for a Fund.  Junk bonds may be issued by less creditworthy issuers.  Issuers of junk bonds may have a larger amount of outstanding debt relative to their assets than issuers of investment grade bonds.  In the event of an issuer’s bankruptcy, claims of other creditors may have priority over the claims of junk bond holders, leaving few or no assets available to repay junk bond holders.  Junk bonds are also subject to extreme price fluctuations.  Adverse changes in an issuer’s industry and general economic conditions may have a greater impact on the prices of junk bonds than on other higher rated fixed income securities.  Further, issuers of junk bonds may be unable to meet their interest or principal payment obligations because of an economic downturn, specific issuer developments or the unavailability of additional financing.

 

In addition, junk bonds frequently have redemption features that permit an issuer to repurchase the security before it matures.  If an issuer redeems junk bonds owned by a Fund, the Fund may have to invest the proceeds in bonds with lower yields and may lose income.  Junk bonds may also be less liquid than higher rated fixed income securities, even under normal economic conditions.  Moreover, there are relatively few dealers in the junk bond market, and there may be significant differences among these dealers’ price quotes.  Because they are less liquid, judgment may play a greater role in valuing these securities than is the case with securities that trade in a more liquid market.

 

A Fund may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting issuer.  The credit rating of a junk bond does not necessarily take into account its market value risk.  Ratings and market value may change from time to time, positively or negatively, to reflect new developments regarding the issuer.  These securities and bank loans generally entail greater risk (including the possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuer), involve greater volatility of price and risk to principal and income and may be less liquid than securities and bank loans in higher rating categories.  Securities and bank loans in the highest category below investment grade are considered to be of poor standing and predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations.  As such, these investments often have reduced values that, in turn, negatively impact the value of the Fund’s shares.  If a security or bank loan is downgraded to a rating category that does not qualify for investment, the sub-adviser will use its discretion on whether to hold or sell based upon its opinion on the best method to maximize value for shareholders over the long term.

 

ILLIQUID INVESTMENTS.  Illiquid investments are investments that may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the price used for such investments in the determination of a Fund’s net asset value.  A Fund may not be able to sell illiquid securities or other investments when the sub-adviser considers it desirable to do so or may have to sell such securities or other investments at a price that is lower than the price that could be obtained if the securities or other investments were more liquid.  Illiquid securities also may be more difficult to value due to the lack of reliable market quotations for such securities or investments, and investments in them may have an adverse impact on a Fund’s net asset value.

 

Securities and other investments purchased by a Fund that are liquid at the time of purchase may subsequently become illiquid due to events relating to the issuer of the security, market events, economic conditions or investor perceptions.  Domestic and foreign markets are becoming more and more complex and interrelated such that events in one sector of the market or the economy, or in one geographical region, can reverberate and have negative consequences for other market, economic or regional sectors in a manner that may not be reasonably foreseen.  With respect to over-the-counter (“OTC”) securities, the continued viability of any OTC secondary market depends on the continued willingness of dealers and other participants to purchase the securities.

 

23



 

If one or more instruments in a Fund’s portfolio become illiquid, the Fund may exceed its limit on illiquid instruments.  If this occurs, the Fund must take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid instruments back within the prescribed limitations as soon as reasonably practicable.  However, this requirement will not force a Fund to liquidate any portfolio instrument where the Fund would suffer a loss on the sale of that instrument.

 

Where no clear indication of the value of a particular investment is available, the investment will be valued at its fair value according to the valuation procedures approved by the Board of Trustees.  These cases include, among others, situations where the secondary markets on which a security has previously been traded are no longer viable for lack of liquidity.  The value of illiquid securities may reflect a discount, which may be significant, from the market price of comparable securities for which a liquid market exists and thus negatively affect a Fund’s net asset value.

 

Under interpretations of the SEC Staff, the following types of investments in which a Fund may invest are considered illiquid:  (i) repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days; (ii) certain restricted securities (securities whose public resale is subject to legal or contractual restrictions); (iii) option contracts with respect to specific securities, that are not traded on a national securities exchange and not readily marketable; and (iv) any other securities or investments in which a Fund may invest that are not readily marketable.

 

In October 2016, the SEC adopted new regulations that may limit a Fund’s ability to invest in illiquid and less liquid investments. These limitations may adversely affect a Fund’s performance and ability to pursue its investment objective when the regulations are expected to take effect on December 1, 2018.

 

INFLATION PROTECTED DEBT SECURITIES. The Funds may invest in inflation-protected debt securities, which are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation.  Two structures are common.  The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the security.  Most other issuers pay out the inflation accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.

 

The value of inflation protected securities generally fluctuates in response to changes in real interest rates (stated interest rates adjusted to factor in inflation)In general, the price of an inflation-indexed security decreases when real interest rates increase, and increases when real interest rates decrease.

 

Interest payments on inflation protected debt securities will fluctuate as the principal and/or interest is adjusted for inflation and can be unpredictable.  The U.S. Treasury only began issuing TIPS in 1997, and corporations began issuing corporate inflation protected securities (“CIPS”) even more recently.  As a result, the market for such securities may be less developed or liquid, and more volatile, than certain other securities markets.  There can be no assurance that the inflation index used in these securities (i.e., the CPI) will accurately measure the real rate of inflation.  Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income for the amount of the increase in the calendar year, even though a Fund will not receive its principal until maturity.  Although corporate inflation protected securities with different maturities may be issued in the future, the U.S. Treasury currently issues TIPS in five-year, ten-year and twenty-year maturities, and CIPS are currently issued in five-year, seven-year and ten-year maturities.  Repayment of the original security principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is generally guaranteed in the case of TIPS, even during a period of deflation.  However, the current market value of the securities is not guaranteed and will fluctuate.  Other inflation related securities, such as CIPS, may not provide a similar guarantee.  If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the security repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.

 

While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to declines in value.  If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the security’s inflation measure.

 

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-protected debt securities is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.  The CPI-U is an index of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy.  Inflation-protected debt securities issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by that government.  There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services.  Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

 

Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-protected debt security will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

 

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS.  The prices of securities purchased in initial public offerings (“IPOs”) can be very volatile and/or decline shortly after the IPO.  Securities issued in IPOs have no trading history, and information about the issuing companies may be available for only very limited periods.  Some of the companies involved in new industries may be regarded as developmental stage companies, without revenues or operating income, or the near-term prospects of them. Many IPOs are by small- or micro-cap companies that are undercapitalized.  The effect of IPOs on a Fund’s performance depends on a variety of factors, including the number of IPOs the Fund invests in relative to the size of the Fund and whether and to what extent a security purchased in an IPO appreciates and depreciates in value.  Although investments in IPOs have the potential to produce substantial gains in a short

 

24



 

period of time, there is no assurance that a Fund will have access to profitable IPOs, that any particular IPO will be successful, or that any gains will be sustainable.  Investors should not rely on past gains attributable to IPOs as an indication of future performance.

 

INTEREST RATE RISK.  Interest rate risk is the possibility an investment may go down in value when interest rates rise because when interest rates rise, the prices of bonds and fixed rate loans fall.  Generally, the longer the maturity of a bond or fixed rate loan, the more sensitive it is to this risk.  For this reason, the longer a Fund’s average weighted portfolio maturity, the greater the impact a change in interest rates will have on its share price.  A variety of factors can cause interest rates to rise, including central bank monetary policies and inflation rates.  Falling interest rates may also lead to a decline in a Fund’s income.  Interest rates in the United States have recently been at, or near, historic lows.  This may increase a Fund’s exposure to risks associated with rising rates, which may be particularly relevant for a Fund under current economic conditions, especially if the Federal Reserve Board continues its policy of tapering quantitative easing. Moreover, rising interest rates may lead to decreased liquidity in the bond markets, making it more difficult for a Fund to value or sell some or all of its bond holdings at any given time. A rise in interest rates could also cause investors to rapidly move out of fixed-income securities, which may increase redemptions in a Fund and subject the Fund to increased liquidity risk. A substantial increase in interest rates may also have an adverse impact on the liquidity of one or more portfolio securities, especially those with longer maturities.

 

INTERFUND LENDING PROGRAM. The Hartford Funds have received exemptive relief from the SEC, which permits the Funds to participate in an interfund lending program. The interfund lending program allows the participating Funds to borrow money from and loan money to each other for temporary or emergency purposes. All interfund loans would consist only of uninvested cash reserves that the lending Fund otherwise would invest in short-term repurchase agreements or other short-term instruments. A Fund may participate in the interfund lending program only to the extent that such participation is consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives, restrictions, policies, and limitations.

 

The program is subject to a number of conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of all participating Funds, including the following: (1) no Fund may borrow money through the program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than a rate approximating the lowest interest rate at which bank loans would be available to any of the participating Funds under a loan agreement; and (2) no Fund may lend money through the program unless it receives a more favorable return than that available from an investment in repurchase agreements. Interfund loans and borrowings have a maximum duration of seven days, and loans may be called on one business day’s notice. If a Fund has outstanding bank borrowings, any interfund loan to the Fund would: (a) be at an interest rate equal to or lower than that of any outstanding bank loan, (b) be secured at least on an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value as any outstanding bank loan that requires collateral, (c) have a maturity no longer than any outstanding bank loan (and in any event not over seven days), and (d) provide that, if an event of default occurs under any agreement evidencing an outstanding bank loan to the Fund, that event of default will automatically (without need for action or notice by the lending Fund) constitute an immediate event of default under the interfund lending agreement, entitling the lending Fund to call the interfund loan (and exercise all rights with respect to any collateral), and cause such call to be made if the lending bank exercises its right to call its loan under its agreement with the borrowing Fund.

 

A Fund may borrow on an unsecured basis through the interfund lending program only if its outstanding borrowings from all sources immediately after the borrowing total 10% or less of its total assets, provided that if the Fund has a secured loan outstanding from any other lender, including but not limited to another Fund, the Fund’s borrowing will be secured on at least an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value as any outstanding loan that requires collateral. If a borrowing Fund’s total outstanding borrowings immediately after an interfund loan under the interfund lending program exceed 10% of its total assets, the Fund may borrow through the interfund lending program on a secured basis only. A Fund may not borrow under the interfund lending program or from any other source if its total outstanding borrowings immediately after the borrowing would be more than 33 1/3% of its total assets or any lower threshold provided for by the Fund’s investment restrictions.

 

No Fund may lend to another Fund through the interfund lending program if the loan would cause the lending Fund’s aggregate outstanding loans through the interfund lending program to exceed 15% of its current net assets at the time of the loan. A Fund’s interfund loans to any one fund shall not exceed 5% of the lending fund’s net assets.

 

Funds participating in the interfund lending program are subject to certain risks. A Fund borrowing through the program may have to borrow from a bank at a higher interest rate if an interfund loan is called or not renewed. Any delay in repayment to a lending Fund could result in a lost investment opportunity or additional costs.

 

INVERSE FLOATING RATE SECURITIES.  Inverse floating rate securities, also called inverse floaters or residual interest bonds, are variable-rate securities whose coupon changes in a direction opposite from that of a specified interest rate.  Generally, income on inverse floaters decreases when interest rates rise and increases when interest rates fall.  Inverse floaters may be subject to leverage risk and counterparty risk.  These risks are greater for inverse floaters that are structured as tender option bonds (“TOBs”).  Inverse floaters can have the effect of providing a degree of investment leverage because they may increase or decrease in value in response to changes (e.g., changes in market interest rates) at a rate that is a multiple of the rate at which fixed-rate securities increase or decrease in response to the same changes.  Therefore, the market values of such securities are generally more volatile than the market values of fixed-rate securities (especially during periods when interest rates are fluctuating).  A Fund could lose money and its net asset value could decline if movements in interest rates are incorrectly anticipated.  Moreover, the markets for this type of security may be less developed and less liquid than the markets for traditional municipal securities.   Investments in inverse floaters in the form of TOBs are also subject to risks related to the termination of the trust that issues the TOB, which could expose a Fund to losses associated with such termination.

 

          The Funds may invest in municipal inverse floaters, which are a type of inverse floater in which a municipal bond is deposited with a special purpose vehicle (SPV), which issues, in return, the municipal inverse floater (which is comprised of a residual interest in the cash flows and assets of the SPV) plus proceeds from the issuance by the SPV of floating rate certificates to third parties.  This type of municipal inverse floater generally includes the right to “unwind” the transaction by (1) causing the holders of the floating rate certificates to tender their certificates at par and (2) returning the municipal inverse floater to the SPV in exchange for the original municipal bond.  If the holder of the inverse floater exercises this right, it would pay the par amount due on the floating rate certificates and exchange the municipal inverse floater for the underlying municipal bond.  The SPV may also be terminated for other reasons (as defined in its operative documents), such as a downgrade in the credit rating of the underlying municipal bond, a payment failure by or the bankruptcy of the issuer of the underlying municipal bond, the inability to remarket floating rate certificates or the SPV’s failure to obtain renewal of the liquidity agreement relating to the floating rate certificates.  In the event of such a termination, an investor, such as a Fund, shall have the option but not the obligation to effect the economic equivalent of an “unwind” of the transaction.  The holder of a municipal inverse floater generally bears all of the investment risk associated with the underlying bond.

 

Inverse floating rate securities are subject to the risks inherent in derivative instruments.  See “Derivative Instruments” herein.

 

INVESTMENT GRADE INVESTMENTS. The Funds are permitted to invest in debt securities rated within the four highest rating categories (e.g., “Aaa”, “Aa”, “A” or “Baa” by Moody’s, “AAA”, “AA”, “A” or “BBB” by S&P or “AAA”, “AA”, “A” or “BBB” by Fitch) (or, if unrated, securities of comparable quality as determined by the sub-adviser) (see Appendix A to this SAI for a description of applicable securities ratings).  These investments are generally referred to as “investment grade investments.” Each rating category has within it different gradations or sub-categories.  If a Fund is authorized to invest in a certain rating category, the Fund is also permitted to invest in any of the sub-categories or gradations within that rating category.  If a security is downgraded to a rating category that does not qualify for investment, the sub-adviser will use its discretion on whether to hold or sell based upon its opinion on the best method to maximize value for shareholders over the long term.  Debt securities carrying the fourth highest rating (e.g., “Baa” by Moody’s, “BBB” by S&P and “BBB” by Fitch) and unrated securities of comparable quality (as determined by the sub-adviser) are considered to have speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments, involve a higher degree of risk and are more sensitive to economic change than higher rated securities.

 

INVESTMENT STRATEGY RISK.  Investment strategy risk is the risk that, if the sub-adviser’s investment strategy does not perform as expected, a Fund could underperform its peers or lose money.  There is no guarantee that a Fund’s investment objective will be achieved.

 

INVESTMENTS IN EMERGING MARKET SECURITIES.  The Funds may invest in securities of issuers that conduct their principal business activities in, or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges located in, less developed countries considered to be “emerging markets.”  Emerging markets are those markets (1) included in emerging market or equivalent classifications by the United Nations (and its agencies); (2) having per capita income in the low to middle ranges, as determined by the World Bank; or (3) a

 

25



 

Fund’s benchmark index provider designates as emerging. Emerging countries are generally located in Africa, Asia, the Middle East, Eastern and Central Europe and Central and South America. Investing in emerging market securities involves not only the risks described above with respect to investing in foreign securities, but also other risks that may be more severe and pervasive than those present in foreign countries with more developed markets.  Emerging markets are riskier than more developed markets because they tend to develop unevenly and may never fully develop.  The value of a Fund’s investments in emerging markets securities may be adversely affected by changes in the political, economic or social conditions, expropriation, nationalization, limitation on the removal of funds or assets, controls, tax regulations and other restrictions in emerging market countries.  In the past, governments of such nations have expropriated substantial amounts of private property, and most claims of the property owners have never been fully settled.  There is no assurance that such expropriations will not reoccur.  In such circumstances, it is possible that a Fund could lose the entire amount of its investments in the affected market.

 

Some countries have pervasive corruption and crime that may hinder investments.  Certain emerging markets may also face other significant internal or external risks, including the risk of war and ethnic, religious and racial conflicts.  A Fund’s emerging market investments may introduce exposure to economic structures that are generally less diverse and mature than, and to political systems that can be expected to have less stability than, those of developed countries.  Other characteristics of emerging markets that may affect investments include national policies that may restrict investment by foreigners in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests and the absence of developed legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property.  Settlements of trades in emerging markets may be subject to significant delays.  The inability to make intended purchases of securities due to settlement problems could cause missed investment opportunities. Losses could also be caused by an inability to dispose of portfolio securities due to settlement problems.  Also, the typically small size of the markets for securities of issuers located in emerging markets and the possibility of a low or nonexistent volume of trading in those securities may result in lack of liquidity and price volatility of those securities.  In addition, traditional measures of investment value used in the United States, such as price to earnings ratios, may not apply to certain small markets.  Also, there may be less publicly available information about issuers in emerging markets than would be available about issuers in more developed capital markets, and such issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to those to which U.S. companies are subject.  In addition to withholding taxes on investment income, some countries with emerging markets may impose differential capital gains taxes on foreign investors.

 

The risks outlined above are often more pronounced in “frontier markets” in which a Fund may invest.  Frontier markets are those emerging markets that are considered to be among the smallest, least mature and least liquid, and as a result, the risks of investing in emerging markets are magnified in frontier markets.  This magnification of risks is the result of a number of factors, including: government ownership or control of parts of the private sector and of certain companies; trade barriers; exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which frontier market countries trade; less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements; unreliable securities valuation; greater risk associated with custody of securities; and the relatively new and unsettled securities laws in many frontier market countries.  In addition, the markets of frontier countries typically have low trading volumes, leading to a greater potential for extreme price volatility and illiquidity. This volatility may be further increased by the actions of a few major investors. For example, a substantial increase or decrease in cash flows of mutual funds investing in these markets could significantly affect local securities prices and, therefore, the net asset value of a Fund. All of these factors make investing in frontier market countries significantly riskier than investing in other countries, including more developed and traditional emerging market countries, and any one of them could cause the net asset value of a Fund’s shares to decline.

 

In addition to the risks of foreign investing and the risks of investing in emerging or frontier markets, investments in certain countries with recently developed markets and structures, such as Nigeria, Croatia and Russia, implicate certain specific risks.  Because of the recent formation of these securities markets and the underdeveloped state of these countries’ banking systems, settlement, clearing and registration of securities transactions are subject to significant risks.  Share ownership is often defined and evidenced by extracts from entries in a company’s share register, but such extracts are neither negotiable instruments nor effective evidence of securities ownership.  Further, the registrars in these countries are not necessarily subject to effective state supervision or licensed by any governmental entity, there is no central registration system for shareholders and it is possible for a Fund to lose its entire ownership rights through fraud, negligence or mere oversight.  In addition, while applicable regulations may impose liability on registrars for losses resulting from their errors, it may be difficult for a Fund to enforce any rights it may have against the registrar or issuer of the securities in the event of loss of share registration.  In Croatia, these risks are limited to investments in securities that are not traded on the national stock exchange.  However, in other countries, including Nigeria and Russia, all securities investments are subject to these risks.

 

Risks of Investments in Russia. A Fund may invest a portion of its assets in securities issued by companies located in Russia. Because of the recent formation of the Russian securities markets as well as the underdeveloped state of Russia’s banking system, settlement, clearing and registration of securities transactions are subject to significant risks. Ownership of shares is defined according to entries in the company’s share register and normally evidenced by extracts from the register. These extracts are not negotiable instruments and are not effective evidence of securities ownership. The registrars are not necessarily subject to effective state supervision nor are they licensed with any governmental entity. Also, there is no central registration system for shareholders and it is possible for a Fund to lose its registration through fraud, negligence or mere oversight. While a Fund will endeavor to ensure that its interest continues to be appropriately recorded either itself or through a custodian or other agent inspecting the share register and by obtaining extracts of share registers through regular confirmations, these extracts have no legal enforceability and it is possible that subsequent illegal amendment or other fraudulent act may deprive the Fund of its

 

26



 

ownership rights or improperly dilute its interest. In addition, while applicable Russian regulations impose liability on registrars for losses resulting from their errors, it may be difficult for a Fund to enforce any rights it may have against the registrar or issuer of the securities in the event of loss of share registration. While each Fund intends to invest directly in Russian companies that use an independent registrar, there can be no assurance that such investments will not result in a loss to a Fund.

 

Certain of the companies in which a Fund may invest may operate in, or have dealings with, countries subject to sanctions or embargos imposed by the U.S. government, foreign governments, or the United Nations or other international organizations.  In particular, as a result of recent events involving Ukraine and Russia, the United States and other countries have imposed economic sanctions on certain Russian individuals and a financial institution. The United States or other countries could also institute broader sanctions on Russia. These sanctions, or even the threat of further sanctions, may result in the decline of the value and liquidity of Russian securities, a weakening of the ruble or other adverse consequences to the Russian economy. These sanctions could also result in the immediate freeze of Russian securities, impairing the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities. Sanctions could also result in Russia taking counter measures or retaliatory actions which may further impair the value and liquidity of Russian securities.  These sanctions, could also impair a Fund’s ability to meet its investment objective.  For example, a Fund may be prohibited from investing in securities issued by companies subject to such sanctions.  In addition, the sanctions may require a Fund to freeze its existing investments in companies operating in or having dealings with sanctioned countries, prohibiting the Fund from selling or otherwise transacting in these investments.  This could impact a Fund’s ability to sell securities or other financial instruments as needed to meet shareholder redemptions.  A Fund could seek to suspend redemptions in the event that an emergency exists in which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to dispose of its securities or to determine the value of its net assets.

 

LENDING PORTFOLIO SECURITIES.  Subject to its investment restrictions set forth under “Investment Objectives and Policies”, and subject to the Board’s approval, each Fund may from time to time lend portfolio securities to broker-dealers and other institutions as a means of earning additional income.  If a Fund security is on loan, under the lending agreement, the borrower is required to deposit cash or liquid securities as collateral at least equal to 100% of the market value of the loaned securities; cash collateral is invested for the benefit of the Fund by the Fund’s lending agent pursuant to collateral investment guidelines, which must be approved by the Board.  The borrower is also required to pay the Fund any dividends or distributions accruing on the loaned securities.

 

A Fund does not have the right to vote proxies for securities that are on loan, but in order to vote the proxies it may recall loaned securities.  The Board has in the past and may in the future approve guidelines that define circumstances (generally, those that may have a material effect on the Fund’s investment) under which a Fund security should be restricted from lending (or recalled from lending) so that its proxies can be voted.  The Fund’s right to recall loaned securities for purposes of voting proxies may not be exercised if, for example, the Board-approved guidelines did not require the security to be restricted from lending or recalled, or if it is determined to be in the best interests of the Fund not to restrict or recall the security in order instead to earn additional income on the loan.  For more information about proxy voting policies and instances in which a Fund’s sub-adviser may choose not to vote proxies, see “Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures” below.

 

A Fund is subject to certain risks while its securities are on loan, including the following:  (i) the risk that the borrower defaults on the loan and the collateral is inadequate to cover the Fund’s loss; (ii) the risk that the earnings on the collateral invested are not sufficient to pay fees incurred in connection with the loan; (iii) the risk that the principal value of the collateral invested may decline;  (iv) the risk that the borrower may use the loaned securities to cover a short sale, which may in turn place downward pressure on the market prices of the loaned securities; (v) the risk that return of loaned securities could be delayed and interfere with portfolio management decisions; and (vi) the risk that any efforts to recall the securities for purposes of voting may not be effective.

 

LIQUIDATION OF FUNDS.  The Board may determine to close and liquidate a Fund at any time.  In the event of the liquidation of a Fund, shareholders will receive a liquidating distribution in cash or in-kind equal to their proportionate interest in the Fund.  A liquidating distribution may be a taxable event for shareholders who do not hold their shares in a tax deferred account and, depending on a shareholder’s basis in his or her Fund shares, may result in the recognition of a gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

LOANS AND LOAN PARTICIPATIONS.  Commercial banks and other financial institutions or institutional investors make corporate loans to companies that need capital to grow or restructure.  Borrowers generally pay interest on corporate loans at rates that change in response to changes in market interest rates such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or the prime rates of U.S. banks.  As a result, the value of corporate loan investments is generally less exposed to the adverse effects of shifts in market interest rates than investments that pay a fixed rate of interest.  However, because the trading market for certain corporate loans may be less developed than the secondary market for bonds and notes, a Fund may experience difficulties in selling its corporate loans.  A Fund may make certain corporate loan investments as part of a broader group of lenders (together often referred to as a “syndicate”) that is represented by a leading financial institution (or agent bank).  The syndicate’s agent arranges the corporate loans, holds collateral and accepts payments of principal and interest.  If the agent develops financial problems or is terminated, the Fund may not recover its investment or recovery may be delayed.  Corporate loans may be denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars and are subject to the credit risk of nonpayment of principal or interest.  Further, substantial increases in interest rates may cause an increase in loan defaults.  Although the loans will generally be fully collateralized at the time of acquisition, the collateral may decline in value, be relatively illiquid or lose all or substantially all of its value subsequent to investment.  If a borrower files for protection from its creditors under the U.S. bankruptcy laws, these laws may limit the Fund’s rights to the collateral.  In addition, the value of collateral may erode during a bankruptcy case.  In the event of a bankruptcy, the

 

27



 

holder of a corporate loan may not recover its principal, may experience a long delay in recovering its investment and may not receive interest during the delay.

 

The Funds may also invest in second lien loans (secured loans with a claim on collateral subordinate to a senior lender’s claim on such collateral) and unsecured loans.  Holders’ claims under unsecured loans are subordinated to claims of creditors holding secured indebtedness and possibly other classes of creditors holding unsecured debt.  Unsecured loans have a greater risk of default than secured loans, particularly during periods of deteriorating economic conditions.  Also, since they do not afford the lender recourse to collateral, unsecured loans are subject to greater risk of nonpayment in the event of default than secured loans.  Many such loans are relatively illiquid and may be difficult to value.

 

Some bank loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate the bank loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the borrower or take other action detrimental to the holders of the bank loans, including, in certain circumstances, invalidating such bank loans or causing interest previously paid to be refunded to the borrower.  If interest were required to be refunded, it could negatively affect Fund performance.

 

Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks and may be highly speculative.  Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness or pay only a small fraction of the amount owed.  Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, the Funds bear a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.

 

Investments in bank loans through a direct assignment of the financial institution’s interest with respect to the bank loan may involve additional risks.  For example, if a secured bank loan is foreclosed, a Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.  In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, a Fund could be held liable as a co-lender.

 

Bank loans may be structured to include both term loans, which are generally fully funded at the time of investment, and revolving credit facilities, which would require a Fund to make additional investments in the bank loans as required under the terms of the credit facility at the borrower’s demand.

 

A financial institution’s employment as agent bank may be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent.  A successor agent bank would generally be appointed to replace the terminated agent bank, and assets held by the agent bank under the loan agreement would remain available to the holders of such indebtedness.  However, if assets held by the agent bank for the benefit of a Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent bank’s general creditors, such Fund may incur certain costs and delays in realizing payments on a bank loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest.

 

LIBOR Risk.  According to various reports, certain financial institutions, commencing as early as 2005 and throughout the global financial crisis, routinely made artificially low submissions in the LIBOR rate setting process. Since the LIBOR scandal came to light, several financial institutions have been fined significant amounts by various financial regulators in connection with allegations of manipulation of LIBOR rates. Other financial institutions in various countries are being investigated for similar actions. These developments may have adversely affected the interest rates on securities whose interest payments were determined by reference to LIBOR. Any future similar developments could, in turn, reduce the value of such securities owned by a Fund.

 

Floating Rate Loans.  The Funds may invest in interests in floating rate loans (often referred to as “floaters”).  Senior floating rate loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (the “Borrower”), are typically secured by specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debtholders and stockholders of the Borrower.  A Fund may also invest in second lien loans (secured loans with a claim on collateral subordinate to a senior lender’s claim on such collateral) and unsecured loans.  The Funds may also invest in companies whose financial condition is uncertain and that may be involved in bankruptcy proceedings, reorganizations or financial restructurings.  Floating rate loans typically have rates of interest that are reset or redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a spread.  The base lending rates are primarily the LIBOR, and secondarily the prime rate offered by one or more major United States banks (the “Prime Rate”) and the certificate of deposit (“CD”) rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.  Floating rate loans are typically structured and administered by a financial institution that acts as the agent of the lenders participating in the floating rate loan.  Floating rate loans may be acquired directly through the agent, as an assignment from another lender who holds a direct interest in the floating rate loan or as a participation interest in another lender’s portion of the floating rate loan.

 

The value of the collateral securing a floating rate loan can decline, be insufficient to meet the obligations of the borrower or be difficult to liquidate.  As a result, a floating rate loan may not be fully collateralized and can decline significantly in value.  Floating rate loans generally are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale.  The liquidity of floating rate loans, including the volume and frequency of secondary market trading in such loans, varies significantly over time and among individual floating rate loans.  For example, if the credit quality of a floating rate loan unexpectedly declines significantly, secondary market trading in that floating rate loan can also decline for a period of time.  During periods of infrequent trading, valuing a floating rate loan can be more difficult, and buying and selling a floating rate loan at an acceptable price can be more difficult and delayed.  Difficulty in selling a floating rate loan can result in a loss and can hinder a Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests.

 

28



 

Many loans in which a Fund may invest may not be rated by a rating agency, and many, if not all, loans will not be registered with the SEC or any state securities commission and will not be listed on any national securities exchange.  The amount of public information available with respect to loans will generally be less extensive than that available for registered or exchange-listed securities.  In evaluating the creditworthiness of Borrowers, the investment manager and/or sub-adviser considers, and may rely in part, on analyses performed by others.  In the event that loans are not rated, they are likely to be the equivalent of below investment grade quality.  Debt securities that are rated below-investment-grade and comparable unrated bonds are viewed by the rating agencies as having speculative characteristics and are commonly known as “junk bonds”.  Historically, senior-secured floating rate loans tend to have more favorable loss recovery rates than more junior types of below-investment-grade debt obligations.  The sub-adviser does not view ratings as the primary factor in its investment decisions and relies more upon its credit analysis abilities than upon ratings.

 

Loans and other corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal.  Floating rate loans are rated below-investment-grade, which means that rating agencies view them as more likely to default in payment than investment-grade loans.  Such non-payment would result in a reduction of income to a Fund, a reduction in the value of the investment and a potential decrease in the net asset value of the Fund.  Some floating rate loans are also subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate such floating rate loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to the holders of floating rate loans including, in certain circumstances, invalidating such floating rate loans or causing interest previously paid to be refunded to the Borrower.  If interest were required to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Fund’s performance.

 

Prepayment Risks.  Most floating rate loans and certain debt securities allow for prepayment of principal without penalty.  Loans and securities subject to prepayment risk generally offer less potential for gains when interest rates decline, and may offer a greater potential for loss when interest rates rise.  In addition, with respect to fixed-rate investments, rising interest rates may cause prepayments to occur at a slower than expected rate, thereby effectively lengthening the maturity of the investment and making the investment more sensitive to interest rate changes.  Accordingly, the potential for the value of a floating rate loan or security to increase in response to interest rate declines is limited.  Further, loans or debt securities purchased to replace a prepaid loan or debt security may have lower yields than the yield on the prepaid loan or debt security.

 

Market Risks.  Significant events, such as turmoil in the financial and credit markets, terrorist events, and other market disruption events, such as weather or infrastructure disruptions that affect the markets generally, can affect the liquidity of the markets and cause spreads to widen or interest rates to rise, resulting in a reduction in value of a Fund’s assets.  Other economic factors (such as a large downward movement in security prices, a disparity in supply of and demand for certain loans and securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity) can also adversely affect the markets for debt obligations.  Rating downgrades of holdings or their issuers will generally reduce the value of such holdings.  Each Fund is also subject to income risk, which is the potential for a decline in the Fund’s income due to falling interest rates or market reductions in spread.

 

Terrorist attacks and related events, including wars in Iraq and Afghanistan and their aftermath, and the recent rise of the militant group known as the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria, have led to increased short-term market volatility and may have long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets.  A similar disruption of the financial markets, such as the problems in the subprime market, could affect interest rates, auctions, secondary trading, ratings, credit risk, inflation and other factors relating to investments in floating rate loans.  In particular, junk bonds and floating rate loans tend to be more volatile than higher-rated fixed income securities; as such, these circumstances and any actions resulting from them may have a greater effect on the prices and volatility of junk bonds and floating rate loans than on higher-rated fixed income securities.  The Funds cannot predict the effects of similar events in the future on the U.S. economy.

 

Material Non-Public Information.  A Fund may be in possession of material non-public information about a Borrower or issuer as a result of its ownership of a loan or security of such Borrower or issuer.  Because of prohibitions on trading in securities of issuers while in possession of such information, a Fund may be unable to enter into a transaction in a loan or security of such a Borrower or issuer when it would otherwise be advantageous to do so.

 

Regulatory Risk.  To the extent that legislation or federal regulators impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of financial institutions to make loans, particularly in connection with highly leveraged transactions, floating rate loans for investment may become less available.  Any such legislation or regulation could also depress the market values of floating rate loans.  Loan interests may not be considered “securities,” and purchasers, such as a Fund, may, therefore, not be entitled to rely on the anti-fraud protections of the federal securities laws.

 

Loan Participations.  A participation interest is a fractional interest in a loan, issued by a lender or other financial institution.  The lender selling the participation interest remains the legal owner of the loan.  Where a Fund is a participant in a loan, it does not have any direct claim on the loan or any rights of set-off against the borrower and may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the loan.  As a result, the Fund is subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation.  In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, a Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower.

 

The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the ability to dispose of particular loan participations when necessary to meet redemption of a Fund’s shares, to meet a Fund’s liquidity needs or when necessary in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.  The lack of a highly liquid

 

29



 

secondary market for loan participations also may make it more difficult for a Fund to value these investments for purposes of calculating its net asset value.

 

Senior Loans.  Senior debt (frequently issued in the form of senior notes or referred to as senior loans) is debt that takes priority over other unsecured or otherwise more “junior” debt owed by the issuer.  Senior debt has greater seniority in the issuer’s capital structure than subordinated debt.  In the event the issuer goes bankrupt, senior debt theoretically must be repaid before other creditors receive any payment.  There is less readily available, reliable information about most senior loans than is the case for many other types of securities.  In addition, there is no minimum rating or other independent evaluation of a borrower or its securities limiting a Fund’s investments in senior loans, and thus the sub-adviser relies primarily on its own evaluation of a borrower’s credit quality rather than on any available independent sources.  As a result, the Funds are particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of its sub-adviser.

 

An economic downturn generally leads to a higher non-payment rate, and a senior loan may lose significant value even before a default occurs.  Further, any specific collateral used to secure a senior loan may decline in value or become illiquid, which would adversely affect a senior loan’s value.

 

No active trading market may exist for certain senior loans, which may impair a Fund’s ability to realize full value in the event that it needs to sell a senior loan and may make it difficult to value senior loans.  Adverse market conditions may impair the liquidity of some actively traded senior loans.  To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain senior loans, the market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods.

 

Although senior loans in which the Funds invest generally will be secured by specific collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal or that such collateral could be readily liquidated.  In the event of the bankruptcy of a borrower, a Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a senior loan.  If the terms of a senior loan do not require the borrower to pledge additional collateral in the event of a decline in the value of the already pledged collateral, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the borrowers’ obligations under the senior loans.  To the extent that a senior loan is collateralized by stock in the borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower.  Uncollateralized senior loans involve a greater risk of loss.  Some senior loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate the senior loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the borrower or take other action detrimental to lenders, including the Fund.  Such court action could under certain circumstances include the invalidation of senior loans.

 

If a senior loan is acquired through an assignment, a Fund may not be able unilaterally to enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral.  If a senior loan is acquired through a participation, the acquiring Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation.  As a result, the Fund will be exposed to the credit risk of both the borrower and the entity selling the participation.

 

Senior loans in which a Fund may invest may be rated below investment grade.  The risks associated with these senior loans are similar to the risks of below investment grade securities, although senior loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to other below investment grade securities, which are often subordinated and unsecured.  This higher standing of senior loans has historically resulted in generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization.  In addition, because their interest rates are typically adjusted for changes in short-term interest rates, senior loans generally are subject to less interest rate risk than other below investment grade securities (which are typically fixed rate).

 

Unsecured Loans.  The claims of holders of unsecured loans are subordinated to, and thus lower in priority of payment to, claims of creditors holding secured indebtedness and possibly other classes of creditors holding unsecured debt.  Unsecured loans have a greater risk of default than secured loans, particularly during periods of deteriorating economic conditions.  In addition, since they do not afford the lender recourse to collateral, unsecured loans are subject to greater risk of nonpayment in the event of default than secured loans.

 

Delayed Settlement.  Compared to securities and to certain other types of financial assets, purchases and sales of senior loans take relatively longer to settle, partly due to the fact that senior loans require a written assignment agreement and various ancillary documents for each transfer, and frequently require discretionary consents from both the borrower and the administrative agent. In addition, recent regulatory changes have increasingly caused dealers to insist on matching their purchases and sales, which can lead to delays in a Fund’s settlement of a purchase or sale of a senior loan in circumstances where the dealer’s corresponding transaction with another party is delayed. Dealers will also sometimes sell senior loans short, and hold their trades open for an indefinite period while waiting for a price movement or looking for inventory to purchase.

 

This extended settlement process can (i) increase the counterparty credit risk borne by a Fund; (ii) leave a Fund unable to timely vote, or otherwise act with respect to, senior loans it has agreed to purchase; (iii) delay a Fund from realizing the proceeds of a sale of a senior loan; (iv) inhibit a Fund’s ability to re-sell a senior loan that it has agreed to purchase if conditions change (leaving the Fund more exposed to price fluctuations); (v) prevent a Fund from timely collecting principal and interest payments; and (vi) expose a Fund to adverse tax or regulatory consequences.

 

30



 

MARKET RISK.  Market risk is the risk that one or more markets in which a Fund invests will go down in value, including the possibility that such markets will go down sharply and unpredictably.  Securities or other investments may decline in value due to factors affecting securities markets generally or individual issuers. The value of a security or other investment may change in value due to general market conditions that are not related to a particular issuer, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for revenues or corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. The value of a security or other investment may also change in value due to factors that affect an individual issuer or a particular sector or industry. During a general downturn in the securities or other markets, multiple asset classes may decline in value simultaneously. When markets perform well, there can be no assurance that securities or other investments held by a Fund will participate in or otherwise benefit from the advance. Any market disruptions, including those arising out of geopolitical events or natural/environmental disasters, could also prevent a Fund from executing advantageous investment decisions in a timely manner.

 

MASTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (“MLP”) RISK.  Equity securities of MLPs are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges. The value of an MLP equity security fluctuates based predominately on the MLP’s financial performance, as well as changes in overall market conditions. Investments in MLP equity securities involve risks that differ from investments in common stocks, including risks related to the fact that investors have limited control of and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the MLP; dilution risks; and risks related to the general partner’s right to require investors to sell their holdings at an undesirable time or price. Debt securities of MLPs have characteristics similar to debt securities of other types of issuers, and are subject to the risks applicable to debt securities in general, such as credit risk, interest rate risk, and liquidity risk. Investments in debt securities of MLPs may not offer the tax characteristics of equity securities of MLPs. To the extent the Fund invests in debt securities of MLPs that are rated below investment grade, such investments are also subject to the risks in discussed in “High Yield Investments (‘Junk Bonds’)” above.  Investments in MLPs are subject to cash flow risk and risks related to potential conflicts of interest between the MLP and the MLP’s general partner. Certain MLP securities may trade in lower volumes due to their smaller capitalizations, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and lower market liquidity.  MLP securities are generally considered interest-rate sensitive investments. During periods of interest rate volatility, these investments may not provide attractive returns. MLPs may be subject to state taxation in certain jurisdictions, which may reduce the amount of income an MLP pays to its investors. In addition, if the tax treatment of an MLP changes, the Fund’s after-tax return from its MLP investment would be materially reduced.

 

MONEY MARKET INSTRUMENTS AND TEMPORARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES. The Fund may hold cash and invest in money market instruments at any time. The Fund may invest some or all of its assets in cash, high quality money market instruments and shares of money market investment companies for temporary defensive purposes in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions when its sub-adviser, subject to the overall supervision of HFMC, deems it appropriate.

 

Money market instruments include, but are not limited to: (1) banker’s acceptances; (2) obligations of governments (whether U.S. or foreign) and their agencies and instrumentalities; (3) short-term corporate obligations, including commercial paper, notes, and bonds; (4) other short-term debt obligations; (5) obligations of U.S. banks, foreign branches of U.S. banks (Eurodollars), U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks (Yankee dollars) and foreign branches of foreign banks; (6) asset-backed securities; and (7) repurchase agreements.  The Fund may also invest in registered money market funds that invest in money market instruments, as permitted by regulations adopted under the 1940 Act.  The Fund’s ability to redeem shares of a money market fund may be impacted by recent regulatory changes relating to money market funds which permit the potential imposition of liquidity fees and redemption gates under certain circumstances.

 

MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES.  The mortgage-related securities in which the Funds may invest include interests in pools of mortgage loans made by lenders such as savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, various governmental, government-related and private organizations and others.  The Funds may also invest in similar mortgage-related securities that provide funds for multi-family residences or commercial real estate properties.

 

Mortgage-related securities are subject to certain specific risks.  Generally, rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of fixed rate mortgage-backed securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates.  As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, if a Fund holds mortgage-backed securities, it may exhibit additional volatility.  This is known as “extension risk.”  In addition, adjustable and fixed rate mortgage-backed securities are subject to “prepayment risk.”  When interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected.  This can reduce the returns of a Fund because the Fund may have to reinvest that money at lower prevailing interest rates.  Mortgage-related securities are also subject to the risk that the underlying loans may not be repaid.  The value of mortgage-related securities can also be significantly affected by the market’s perception of the issuers and the creditworthiness of the parties involved.

 

The yield characteristics of mortgage securities differ from those of traditional debt securities.  Among the major differences are that interest and principal payments are made more frequently on mortgage securities, usually monthly, and that principal may be prepaid at any time.  The risks associated with prepayment and the rate at which prepayment may occur are influenced by a variety of economic, geographic, demographic, social and other factors including interest rate levels, changes in housing needs, net equity built by mortgagors in the mortgaged properties, job transfers and unemployment rates.

 

Mortgage securities differ from conventional bonds in that principal is paid back over the life of the mortgage securities rather than at maturity.  As a result, the holder of the mortgage securities (e.g., a Fund) receives monthly scheduled payments of principal and interest, and may receive unscheduled principal payments representing prepayments on the underlying mortgages.  When the holder reinvests the payments and any unscheduled prepayments of principal it receives, it may receive a rate of interest

 

31



 

which is lower than the rate on the existing mortgage securities.  For this reason, mortgage securities are less effective than other types of U.S. Government securities as a means of “locking in” long-term interest rates.

 

Mortgage-related securities may be composed of one or more classes and may be structured either as pass-through securities or collateralized debt obligations (which include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”) and collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”)).  A CBO is ordinarily issued by a trust or other special purpose entity (“SPE”) and is typically backed by a diversified pool of fixed income securities (which may include high risk, below investment grade securities) held by such issuer. A CLO is ordinarily issued by a trust or other SPE and is typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and non-U.S. senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans, held by such issuer. Multiple-class mortgage-related securities are referred to herein as “CMOs.” Some CMOs are directly supported by other CMOs, which in turn are supported by mortgage pools.  Investors typically receive payments out of the interest and principal on the underlying mortgages, which payments and the priority thereof are determined by the specific terms of the CMO class.  CMOs may be issued by U.S. or non-U.S. issuers.  CMOs involve special risks, and evaluating them requires special knowledge.

 

CMO classes may be specially structured in a manner that provides any of a wide variety of investment characteristics, such as yield, effective maturity and interest rate sensitivity.  As market conditions change, however, and particularly during periods of rapid or unanticipated changes in market interest rates, any given CMO structure may react differently from the way anticipated and thus affect the Fund’s portfolio in different, and possibly negative, ways.  Market changes may also result in increased volatility in market values and reduced liquidity.  CMOs may lack a readily available secondary market and be difficult to sell at the price at which a Fund values them.

 

Certain classes of CMOs and other mortgage-related securities are structured in a manner that makes them extremely sensitive to changes in prepayment rates, such as interest-only (“IO”) and principal-only (“PO”) classes.  These securities are frequently referred to as “mortgage derivatives” and may be sensitive to changing interest rates and deteriorating credit environments.  IOs are entitled to receive all or a portion of the interest, but none (or only a nominal amount) of the principal payments, from the underlying mortgage assets.  If the mortgage assets underlying an IO experience greater than anticipated principal prepayments, then the total amount of interest payments allocable to the IO class, and therefore the yield to investors, generally will be reduced.  In some instances, an investor in an IO may fail to recoup all of his or her initial investment, even if the security is government issued or guaranteed or rated AAA or the equivalent.  Conversely, PO classes are entitled to receive all or a portion of the principal payments, but none of the interest, from the underlying mortgage assets.  PO classes are purchased at substantial discounts from par, and the yield to investors will be reduced if principal payments are slower than expected. Inverse floating rate CMOs, which pay interest at a rate that decreases when a specified index of market rates increases (and vice versa), also may be extremely volatile.  If a Fund purchases mortgage-backed securities that are “subordinated” to other interests in the same mortgage pool, the Fund may only receive payments after the pool’s obligations to other investors have been satisfied.  For example, an unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to holders of the securities, which would thus reduce the values of the securities or in some cases render them worthless. The Funds may invest in mortgage-backed securities issued by the U.S. Government.  See “U.S. Government Securities Risk” below.  To the extent a Fund invests in mortgage-backed securities offered by non-governmental issuers, such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers, the Fund may be subject to additional risks.  Mortgage-related securities issued by private issuers are subject to the credit risks of the issuers, as well as to interest rate risks. Timely payment of interest and principal of non-governmental issuers are supported by various forms of private insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance purchased by the issuer.  There can be no assurance that the private insurers can meet their obligations under the policies.  An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may adversely affect the value of a mortgage-backed security and could result in losses to a Fund.  The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include subprime mortgages.  Subprime mortgages refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their mortgages.

 

Issuers of certain CMOs may have limited ability to enforce the security interest in the underlying assets, and credit enhancements provided to support the securities, if any, may be inadequate to protect investors in the event of default.  In addition, as a result of its investment in asset-backed securities, a Fund would be subject to the risk that in certain states it may be difficult to perfect the liens securing the collateral backing certain asset-backed securities. Certain asset-backed securities are based on loans that are unsecured, which means that there is no collateral to seize if the underlying borrower defaults.

 

MUNICIPAL SECURITIES. Municipal securities primarily include debt obligations of the states and their agencies, universities, boards, authorities and political subdivisions (e.g., cities, towns, counties, school districts, authorities and commissions), which are issued to obtain funds for public purposes, including the construction or improvement of a range of public facilities such as airports, bridges, highways, hospitals, housing, jails, mass transportation, nursing homes, parks, public buildings, recreational facilities, school facilities, streets and water and sewer works.  Municipal securities may also be issued for other public purposes such as  the refunding of outstanding obligations, the anticipation of taxes or state aids, the payment of judgments, the funding of student loans, community redevelopment, district heating, the purchase of street maintenance and firefighting equipment or any authorized corporate purpose of the issuer, except for the payment of current expenses.  Certain types of industrial development (or private activity) bonds may be issued by or on behalf of public corporations to finance privately operated housing facilities, air or water pollution control facilities and certain local facilities for water supply, gas, electricity or sewage or solid waste disposal.  In addition, structured securities, such as tobacco bonds, may be issued by municipal entities to securitize future payment streams. 

 

32



 

Such obligations are included within the term municipal securities if the interest payable thereon is, in the opinion of bond counsel, exempt from federal income taxation (but, note that municipal securities may include securities that pay interest income subject to the Alternative Minimum Tax).

 

The two principal classifications of municipal securities are general obligation bonds and limited obligation (or revenue) bonds.  General obligation bonds are obligations payable from the issuer’s general unrestricted revenues and not from any particular fund or revenue source.  The characteristics and methods of enforcement of general obligation bonds vary according to the laws applicable to the particular issuer.  Limited obligation bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a specific revenue source, such as the user of the facility.  Industrial development bonds are in most cases limited obligation bonds payable solely from specific revenues, pledged to payment of the bonds, of the project to be financed.  The credit quality of industrial development bonds is usually directly related to the credit standing of the user of the facilities (or the credit standing of a third-party guarantor or other credit enhancement participant, if any).  There are, of course, variations in the quality of municipal securities, both within a particular classification and between classifications, depending on various factors (see Appendix A of this SAI).  The yields on municipal securities are dependent on a variety of factors, including general money market conditions, the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the municipal securities market, the size of the particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue.  The ratings of the various rating agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of the municipal securities which they undertake to rate.  However, the ratings are general, not absolute, standards of quality.  Consequently, municipal securities of the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different yields, while municipal securities of the same maturity and interest rate with different ratings may have the same yield.

 

Municipal securities risks include the possibility that the issuer may not be able to pay interest or repay principal when due; the relative lack of information about certain issuers of municipal securities; and the possibility of future legislative changes that could affect the market for and value of municipal securities.  Municipal securities are subject to interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk. Because municipal securities are issued to finance similar projects, conditions in those sectors may affect the overall municipal securities market. In addition, changes in the financial condition of an individual municipal issuer can affect the overall municipal market.

 

In addition to these risks, investment in municipal securities is also subject to:

 

General Obligation Bonds Risk – The full faith, credit and taxing power of the municipality that issues a general obligation bond secures payment of interest and repayment of principal.  Timely payments depend on the issuer’s credit quality, ability to raise tax revenues and ability to maintain an adequate tax base.

 

Revenue (or Limited Obligation) Bonds Risk – Payments of interest and principal on revenue bonds are made only from the revenues generated by a particular facility, class of facilities or the proceeds of a special tax or other revenue source.  These payments depend on the money earned by the particular facility or class of facilities, or the amount of revenues derived from another source.

 

Private Activity (or Industrial Development) Bonds Risk – Municipalities and other public authorities issue private activity bonds to finance development of industrial facilities for use by a private enterprise.  The private enterprise pays the principal and interest on the bond, and the issuer does not pledge its full faith, credit and taxing power for repayment.  If the private enterprise defaults on its payments, the Fund may not receive any income or get its money back from the investment.

 

Moral Obligation Bonds Risk – Moral obligation bonds are generally issued by special purpose public authorities of a state or municipality.  If the issuer is unable to meet its obligations, repayment of these bonds becomes a moral commitment, but not a legal obligation, of the state or municipality.

 

Municipal Notes Risk – Municipal notes are shorter term municipal debt obligations.  They may provide interim financing in anticipation of, and are secured by, tax collection, bond sales or revenue receipts.  If there is a shortfall in the anticipated proceeds, the notes may not be fully repaid and a Fund may lose money.

 

Municipal Bankruptcy Risk – The City of Detroit filed for federal bankruptcy protection on July 18, 2013. The bankruptcy of large cities such as Detroit is relatively rare, making the consequences of such bankruptcy filings difficult to predict. Accordingly, it is unclear what impact a large city’s bankruptcy filing would have on the city’s outstanding obligations or on the obligations of other municipal issuers in that state. It is possible that the city could default on, restructure or otherwise avoid some or all of these obligations, which may negatively affect the marketability, liquidity and value of securities issued by the city and other municipalities in that state. If a Fund holds securities that are affected by a city’s bankruptcy filing, a Fund’s investments in those securities may lose value, which could cause the Fund’s performance to decline.

 

Municipal Lease Obligations Risks – In a municipal lease obligation, the issuer agrees to make payments when due on the lease obligation.  The issuer will generally appropriate municipal funds for that purpose, but is not obligated to do so.  Although the issuer does not pledge its unlimited taxing power for payment of the lease obligation, the lease obligation is secured by the leased property.  However, if the issuer does not fulfill its payment obligation (i.e., annually appropriate money to make the lease payments) it may be difficult to sell the property and the proceeds of a sale may not cover a Fund’s loss.

 

33



 

Tax-Exempt Status Risk - Municipal securities are subject to the risk that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may determine that an issuer has not complied with applicable tax requirements and that interest from the municipal security is taxable, which may result in a significant decline in the value of the security.

 

Investment in Bonds Issued by Puerto Rico. As with state municipal securities, events in any of the territories, such as Puerto Rico, where a Fund may invest may affect the Fund’s investments and its performance.  Certain municipal issuers in Puerto Rico have experienced and continue to experience significant financial difficulties. In February 2014, credit rating firms Standard & Poor’s, Fitch Ratings, and Moody’s Investors Service downgraded their respective ratings of Puerto Rico’s general obligation debt to below investment grade, along with the ratings of certain related Puerto Rico issuers. As of February 4, 2014, S&P rated Puerto Rico’s general obligation debt at BB+, with a negative outlook. As of February 7, 2014, Moody’s rated the island’s general obligation debt Ba2 with a negative outlook and Fitch rated the commonwealth at BB with a negative outlook as of February 11, 2014.  Holdings rated below investment grade may fluctuate more in value, be harder to sell and value, and be subject to greater credit risk than investment grade securities.  The February 2014 downgrades and any further downgrades could create additional strain on a commonwealth already facing economic stagnation and fiscal imbalances, including budget deficits, underfunded pensions, high unemployment, significant debt service obligations, and liquidity issues, and could potentially lead to less market demand, less liquidity, wider spreads, and lower prices for Puerto Rico municipal securities. Puerto Rico’s continued financial difficulties could reduce its ability to access financial markets, potentially increasing the likelihood of a restructuring or default for Puerto Rico municipal securities that may affect a Fund’s investments and its performance.

 

For the purpose of diversification under the 1940 Act, identifying the issuer of a municipal security depends on the terms of the security.  If a state or a political subdivision of such state pledges its full faith and credit to payment of a security, the state or the political subdivision will be deemed the sole issuer of the security.  If the security is backed only by the assets and revenues of an agency, authority or instrumentality of the state or a political subdivision, but not by the state or political subdivision itself, such agency, authority or instrumentality will be deemed to be the sole issuer.  Similarly, if the security is backed only by revenues of an enterprise or specific projects of the state, a political subdivision or agency, authority or instrumentality (e.g., utility revenue bonds), and the full faith and credit of the governmental unit is not pledged to the payment thereof, such enterprise or projects will be deemed the sole issuer.  In the case of an industrial development bond, if the bond is backed only by certain revenues to be received from the non-governmental user of the project financed by the bond, such non-governmental user will be deemed to be the sole issuer.  If, however, in any of the above cases, the state, the political subdivision or some other entity guarantees a security, and the value of all securities issued or guaranteed by the guarantor and owned by a Fund exceeds 10% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, the guarantee will be considered a separate security and will be treated as an issue of the guarantor.

 

Municipal bonds are traded in the “over-the-counter” market among dealers and other large institutional investors, which, together with the broader fixed-income markets, began in the latter months of 2008 to experience increased volatility and decreased liquidity in response to challenging economic conditions and credit tightening.  If market liquidity decreases, a Fund may not be able to sell bonds readily at prices reflecting the values at which the bonds are carried on the Fund’s books. An imbalance in supply and demand in the municipal market may result in valuation uncertainties and greater volatility, less liquidity, widening credit spreads and a lack of price transparency in the market.

 

NEW FUND RISK.  There can be no assurance that a new Fund will grow to an economically viable size, in which case the Fund may cease operations. In such an event, investors may be required to liquidate or transfer their investments at an inopportune time.

 

NO GUARANTEE OF ACTIVE TRADING MARKET RISK.   While shares are listed on NYSE Arca, there can be no assurance that active trading markets for shares will be maintained by market makers or authorized participants. Decisions by market makers or authorized participants to reduce their role or “step away” from these activities in times of market stress may inhibit the effectiveness of the arbitrage process in maintaining the relationship between the underlying value of a Fund’s holdings and the Fund’s NAV.  Such reduced effectiveness could result in a Fund’s shares trading at a discount to its NAV and also in greater than normal intraday bid/ask spreads for the Fund’s shares.

 

OPERATIONAL RISKS.  An investment in a Fund, like any fund, can involve operational risks arising from factors such as processing errors, inadequate or failed processes, failure in systems and technology, changes in personnel and errors caused by third-party service providers.  Among other things, these errors or failures as well as other technological issues may adversely affect the Funds’ ability to calculate their net asset values in a timely manner, including over a potentially extended period.  While the Funds seek to minimize such events through controls and oversight, there may still be failures that could causes losses to a Fund.  In addition, as the use of technology increases, a Fund may be more susceptible to operational risks through breaches in cyber security.  A breach in cyber security refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause a Fund to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or operational capacity.  As a result, a Fund may incur regulatory penalties, reputational damage, additional compliance costs associated with corrected measures and/or financial loss.  In addition, cyber security breaches of a Fund’s third party service providers or issuers in which a Fund invests may also subject a Fund to many of the same risks associated with direct cyber security breaches.

 

34



 

OTHER CAPITAL SECURITIES.  Other capital securities encompass a group of instruments referred to in capital markets as “Hybrids,” “Tier I and Tier 2” and “TRUPS.” These securities give issuers flexibility in managing their capital structure.  The features associated with these securities are predominately debt like in that they have coupons, pay interest and in most cases have a final stated maturity.  There are certain features that give the companies flexibility not commonly found in fixed income securities, which include, but are not limited to, deferral of interest payments under certain conditions and subordination to debt securities in the event of default.  The deferral of interest payments, even for an extended period of time, is generally not an event of default, and the ability of the holders of such instruments to accelerate payment is generally more limited than with other debt securities.

 

OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES.  The Funds are permitted to invest in other Hartford Funds and/or investment companies sponsored by other fund families (including investment companies that may not be registered under the 1940 Act) such as holding company depository receipts (“HOLDRs”) and ETFs.  Securities in certain countries are currently accessible to the Funds only through such investments.  Investment in other investment companies is limited in amount by the 1940 Act, and will involve the indirect payment by a Fund of a portion of the expenses, including advisory fees, of such other investment companies.  The success of the Fund’s investment in these securities is directly related, in part, to the ability of the other investment companies or ETFs to meet their investment objective.

 

These investments are subject to limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act, the rules thereunder and applicable SEC staff interpretations thereof, or applicable exemptive relief granted by the SEC.  Generally, a Fund will not purchase securities of an investment company if, as a result:  (1) more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of other investment companies; (2) such purchase would result in more than 3% of the total outstanding voting securities of any such investment company being held by the Fund; or (3) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in any one such investment company.

 

PREFERRED STOCK RISK.  The prices and yields of nonconvertible preferred stocks generally move with changes in interest rates and the issuer’s credit quality, similar to debt securities.  The value of convertible preferred stocks varies in response to many factors, including, for example, the value of the underlying equity securities, general market and economic conditions and convertible market valuations, as well as changes in interest rates, credit spreads and the credit quality of the issuer.

 

REAL ESTATE RELATED SECURITIES RISKS.  The main risk of real estate related securities is that the value of the underlying real estate may go down.  Many factors may affect real estate values, including the general and local economies, vacancy rates, tenant bankruptcies, the ability to re-lease space under expiring leases on attractive terms, the amount of new construction in a particular area, the laws and regulations (including zoning and tax laws) affecting real estate and the costs of owning, maintaining and improving real estate.  The availability of mortgages and changes in interest rates, a decline in rents resulting from unanticipated economic, legal or technological developments or a decline in the price of securities of real estate companies due to a failure of borrowers to pay their loans or poor management may also affect real estate values.  Further, the real estate industry is particularly sensitive to economic downturns.  When economic growth is slow, demand for property decreases and prices may decline. If a Fund’s real estate related investments are concentrated in one geographic area or in one property type, the Fund will be particularly subject to the risks associated with that area or property type.

 

In addition to the risks facing real estate related securities, such as a decline in property values due to increasing vacancies, a decline in rents resulting from unanticipated economic, legal or technological developments or a decline in the price of securities of real estate companies due to a failure of borrowers to pay their loans or poor management, investments in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), which pool investor money to invest in real estate and real estate related holdings, involve unique risks.  Like registered investment companies such as the Funds, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders so long as they comply with several requirements of the Code.  Investing in REITs involves certain risks.  REITS may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in limited volume and may be more volatile than other securities.  REITs are also subject to additional risks, such as poor performance by the manager of the REIT, adverse changes to the tax laws or failure by the REIT to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code, the risks of financing projects, heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, and self-liquidation.  In addition, some REITs have limited diversification because they invest in a limited number of properties, a narrow geographic area or a single type of property.  A REIT may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by such REIT or by the quality of any credit extended by the REIT.  Also, the organizational documents of a REIT may contain provisions that make changes in control of the REIT difficult and time-consuming.  Because REITs are pooled investment vehicles that have expenses of their own, the Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of those expenses.  REITS are also subject to interest rate risks.

 

RECENT FIXED INCOME MARKET EVENTS.  The fixed income markets have experienced a period of extreme volatility that has negatively impacted a broad range of mortgage- and asset-backed and other fixed income securities, including those rated investment grade, the U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally, and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes and sectors.  As a result, fixed income instruments are experiencing reduced liquidity, increased price volatility, credit downgrades and increased likelihood of default.  Domestic and international equity markets have also been experiencing heightened volatility and turmoil that has particularly affected issuers with exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets.  During times of market turmoil, investors tend to look to the safety of securities issued or backed by the U.S. Treasury, causing the prices of these securities to rise, and their yields to decline.  These events as well as continuing market upheavals may have an adverse effect on the Funds and may result in increased shareholder redemptions.

 

In 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) placed Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) into conservatorship.  As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers

 

35



 

and privileges of FNMA and FHLMC and of any stockholder, officer or director of FNMA and FHLMC with respect to FNMA and FHLMC and the assets of FNMA and FHLMC.  FHFA selected a new chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors for each of FNMA and FHLMC.  In connection with the conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury entered into a Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with each of FNMA and FHLMC pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury would purchase up to an aggregate of $100 billion of each of FNMA and FHLMC to maintain a positive net worth in each enterprise.  While the Federal Reserve’s purchases have terminated, the U.S. Treasury announced in 2009 that it would continue its support for the entities’ capital as necessary to prevent a negative net worth through the end of 2012.  In 2012, the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement was further amended to, among other things, accelerate the wind-down of the retained portfolio, terminate the requirement that FNMA and FHLMC each pay a 10% dividend annually on all amounts received under the funding commitment, and require the submission of an annual risk management plan to the U.S. Treasury.  FNMA and FHLMC are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remain liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its mortgage-backed securities.  The Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement is intended to enhance each of FNMA’s and FHLMC’s ability to meet its obligations. The FHFA has indicated that the conservatorship of each enterprise will end when the director of FHFA determines that FHFA’s plan to restore the enterprise to a safe and solvent condition has been completed.

 

Under the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (the “Reform Act”), which was included as part of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has broad authority to promote the orderly administration of FNMA’s and FHLMC’s affairs, including the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, and the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of FNMA or FHLMC without any approval, assignment or consent.  Although FHFA has indicated that it has no present intention to repudiate or to transfer any guaranty obligations, holders of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities would be adversely affected in the event that the FHFA exercised either of these powers granted to it under the Reform Act.  In addition, certain rights provided to holders of mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC under the operative documents related to such securities may not be enforced against FHFA, or enforcement of such rights may be delayed, during the conservatorship or any future receivership.  The operative documents for FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities may provide (or with respect to securities issued prior to the date of the appointment of the conservator may have provided) that upon the occurrence of an event of default on the part of FNMA or FHLMC, in its capacity as guarantor, which includes the appointment of a conservator or receiver, holders of such mortgage-backed securities have the right to  replace FNMA or FHLMC as trustee if the requisite percentage of mortgage-backed securities holders consent.  The Reform Act prevents mortgage-backed security holders from enforcing such rights if the event of default arises solely because a conservator or receiver has been appointed.

 

In addition, following the recent global financial crisis, the Federal Reserve has attempted to stabilize the economy and support the economic recovery by keeping the federal funds rate (the interest rate at which depository institutions lend reserve balances to other depository institutions overnight) at or near zero percent. In addition, as part of its monetary stimulus program known as quantitative easing, the Federal Reserve has purchased on the open market large quantities of securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. As the Federal Reserve “tapers” or reduces the amount of securities it purchases pursuant to quantitative easing, and/or if the Federal Reserve raises the federal funds rate, there is a risk that interest rates will rise. A general rise in interest rates has the potential to cause investors to move out of fixed-income securities on a large scale, which may increase redemptions from mutual funds that hold large amounts of fixed-income securities.

 

REPURCHASE AND REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS.  A repurchase agreement is an agreement between two parties whereby one party sells the other a security at a specified price with a commitment to repurchase the security later at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment.  A reverse repurchase agreement is a term used to describe the opposite side of a repurchase transaction.  The party that purchases and later resells a security is said to perform a repurchase; the other party, that sells and later repurchases a security is said to perform a reverse repurchase.  The Funds are permitted to enter into fully collateralized repurchase agreements.  The Trust’s Board of Trustees has delegated to the sub-adviser the responsibility of evaluating the creditworthiness of the banks and securities dealers with which the Fund will engage in repurchase agreements.  The sub-adviser will monitor such transactions to ensure that the value of underlying collateral will be at least equal to the total amount of the repurchase obligation as required by the valuation provision of the repurchase agreement, including the accrued interest.  Repurchase agreements carry the risk that the market value of the securities declines below the repurchase price.  A Fund could also lose money if it is unable to recover the securities and the value of the collateral held or assets segregated by the Fund to cover the transaction is less than the value of the securities.  In the event the borrower commences bankruptcy proceedings, a court may characterize the transaction as a loan.  If a Fund has not perfected a security interest in the underlying collateral, the Fund may be required to return the underlying collateral to the borrower’s estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor.  As an unsecured creditor, a Fund could lose some or all of the principal and interest involved in the transaction.  The use of reverse repurchase agreements may increase the possibility of fluctuation in a Fund’s net asset value.

 

RESTRICTED SECURITIES.  The Funds may invest in securities that are not registered under the Securities Act (“restricted securities”). Restricted securities may be sold in private placement transactions between issuers and their purchasers and may be neither listed on an exchange nor traded in other established markets. In many cases, privately placed securities may not be freely transferable under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or due to contractual restrictions on resale. As a result of the absence of a public trading market, privately placed securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than publicly traded securities. To the extent that privately placed securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from the sales, due to illiquidity, could be less than those originally paid by a Fund or less than their fair market value. In addition, issuers whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that may be

 

36



 

applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If any privately placed securities held by a Fund are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being resold, the Fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration. Certain of the Funds’ investments in private placements may consist of direct investments and may include investments in smaller, less seasoned issuers, which may involve greater risks. These issuers may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent on a limited management group. In making investments in such securities, a Fund may obtain access to material nonpublic information, which may restrict the Fund’s ability to conduct portfolio transactions in such securities.

 

Some of these securities are new and complex, and trade only among institutions; the markets for these securities are still developing, and may not function as efficiently as established markets. Owning a large percentage of restricted securities could hamper a Fund’s ability to raise cash to meet redemptions. Also, because there may not be an established market price for these securities, the Fund may have to estimate their value, which means that their valuation (and, to a much smaller extent, the valuation of the Fund) may have a subjective element. Transactions in restricted securities may entail registration expense and other transaction costs that are higher than those for transactions in unrestricted securities. Where registration is required for restricted securities a considerable time period may elapse between the time a Fund decides to sell the security and the time it is actually permitted to sell the security under an effective registration statement. If during such period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Fund might obtain less favorable pricing terms that when it decided to sell the security.  The Fund may purchase securities that may have restrictions on transfer or resale (including Rule 144A securities and Regulation S securities).  “Rule 144A” securities (or equivalent securities issued pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act) are privately placed, restricted securities that may only be resold under certain circumstances to other qualified institutional buyers. Rule 144A investments are subject to certain additional risks compared to publicly traded securities. If there are not enough qualified buyers interested in purchasing Rule 144A securities when a Fund wishes to sell such securities, the Fund may be unable to dispose of such securities promptly or at reasonable prices. For this reason, although 144A securities are generally considered to be liquid, a Fund’s holdings in Rule 144A securities may adversely affect the Fund’s overall liquidity if qualified buyers become uninterested in buying them at a particular time. Issuers of Rule 144A securities are required to furnish information to potential investors upon request. However, the required disclosure is much less extensive than that required of public companies and is not publicly available. Further, issuers of Rule 144A securities can require recipients of the information to agree contractually to keep the information confidential, which could also adversely affect a Fund’s ability to dispose of a security.

 

Depending upon the circumstances, a Fund may only be able to sell these securities in the United States if an exemption from registration under the federal and state securities laws is available or may only be able to sell these securities outside of the United States (such as on a foreign exchange).  These securities may either be determined to be liquid or illiquid pursuant to policies and guidelines established by the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

SECONDARY TRADING MARKET ISSUES.  Trading in shares on NYSE Arca may be halted due to market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the NYSE Arca, make trading in shares inadvisable.  In addition, trading in shares on NYSE Arca is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to the NYSE Arca “circuit breaker” rules. If a trading halt or unanticipated early closing of NYSE Arca occurs, a shareholder may be unable to purchase or sell shares of the Funds.  There can be no assurance that the requirements of NYSE Arca necessary to maintain the listing of a Fund will continue to be met or will remain unchanged.

 

While the creation/redemption feature is designed to make it likely that shares normally will trade close to a Fund’s NAV, market prices are not expected to correlate exactly to the Fund’s NAV due to timing reasons, supply and demand imbalances and other factors. In addition, disruptions to creations and redemptions, adverse developments impacting market makers, authorized participants or other market participants, high market volatility or lack of an active trading market for the shares (including through a trading halt) may result in market prices for shares of the Fund that differ significantly from its NAV or to the intra-day value of the Fund’s holdings.  If an investor purchases shares at a time when the market price is at a premium to the NAV of the shares or sells at a time when the market price is at a discount to the NAV of the shares, then the investor may sustain losses.

 

Given the nature of the relevant markets for certain of the securities for the Funds, shares may trade at a larger premium or discount to NAV than shares of other kinds of ETFs. In addition, the securities held by the Fund may be traded in markets that close at a different time than NYSE Arca. Liquidity in those securities may be reduced after the applicable closing times. Accordingly, during the time when NYSE Arca is open but after the applicable market closing, fixing or settlement times, bid/ask spreads and the resulting premium or discount to the shares’ NAV may widen.

 

When you buy or sell shares of a Fund through a broker, you will likely incur a brokerage commission or other charges imposed by brokers. In addition, the market price of shares, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid-ask spread” charged by the market makers or other participants that trade the particular security. The spread of a Fund’s shares varies over time based on the Fund’s trading volume and market liquidity and may increase if the Fund’s trading volume, the spread of the Fund’s underlying securities, or market liquidity decrease. In times of severe market disruption, including when trading of a Fund’s holdings may be halted, the bid-ask spread may increase significantly. This means that shares may trade at a discount to a Fund’s NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest during significant market volatility.

 

SECURITIES TRUSTS.  The Funds may invest in securities trusts, which are investment trust vehicles that maintain portfolios comprised of underlying debt securities that are generally unsecured.  These instruments are purchased in the cash markets and vary as to the type of underlying security, but include such underlying securities as corporate investment grade and high yield bonds and credit default swaps.  Examples include TRAINS, TRACERS, CORE and funded CDX.  Holders of interests in these structured

 

37



 

notes receive income from the trusts in respect of principal or interest paid on the underlying securities.  By investing in such notes, a Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by such notes in addition to the expenses of the Fund.

 

Investments in these structured products are subject to the same risks that would be associated with direct investments in the underlying securities of the structured notes.  These risks include substantial market price volatility resulting from changes in prevailing interest rates; default or bankruptcy of issuers of the underlying securities; subordination to the prior claims of banks and other senior lenders in the case of default; and early repayment by issuers during periods of declining interest rates because of mandatory call or redemption provisions.  In addition, structured note products may have difficulty disposing of the underlying securities because of thin trading markets.

 

SMALL CAPITALIZATION SECURITIES.  The Funds may invest in equity securities (including securities issued in initial public offerings) of companies with smaller market capitalizations.  Because the issuers of small capitalization securities tend to be smaller or less well-established companies, they may have limited product lines, market share or financial resources, may have less historical data with respect to operations and management and may be more dependent on a limited number of key employees.  As a result, small capitalization securities are often less marketable than securities of larger or more well-established companies.  Historically, small market capitalization securities and securities of recently organized companies are subject to increased price volatility due to:  (i) less certain growth prospects; (ii) lower degrees of liquidity in the markets for such securities; (iii) thin trading that could result in the securities being sold at a discount or in small lots over an extended period of time; (iv) limited product lines, markets or financial resources; (v) dependence on a few key management personnel; (vi) increased sensitivity to changes in interest rates, borrowing costs and earnings; (vii) difficulty in obtaining information on smaller capitalization companies as compared with larger capitalization companies; (viii) greater sensitivity to changing economic conditions and increased risk of bankruptcy due to adverse developments or management changes affecting the company; and (ix) greater difficulty borrowing money to continue or expand operations.  When a Fund invests in smaller company stocks that might trade infrequently, investors might seek to trade Fund shares based on their knowledge or understanding of the value of those securities (this is sometimes referred to as “price arbitrage”). If such price arbitrage were successful, it might interfere with the efficient management of a Fund’s portfolio and the Fund may be required to sell securities at disadvantageous times or prices to satisfy the liquidity requirements created by that activity. Successful price arbitrage might also dilute the value of Fund shares held by other shareholders.

 

SOVEREIGN DEBT.  In addition to the risks associated with investment in debt securities and foreign securities generally, investments in sovereign debt involve special risks.  The issuer of the debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, or otherwise meet its obligations, in accordance with the terms of such debt, and a Fund may have limited legal recourse in the event of default.  Countries such as those in which a Fund may invest have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate trade difficulties and unemployment.  Some of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty or instability.  Additional factors that may influence the ability or willingness to service debt include, but are not limited to, a country’s cash flow situation, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of its debt service burden to the economy as a whole and its government’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and other international agencies.  If a government entity defaults, it may ask for more time in which to pay or for further loans.  There is no legal process for collecting sovereign debt that a government does not pay, and there are no bankruptcy proceedings through which all or part of the sovereign debt that a governmental entity has not repaid may be collected.  Further, if a sovereign debtor defaults (or threatens to default) on its sovereign debt obligations, the indebtedness may be restructured. Unlike most corporate debt restructurings, the fees and expenses of financial and legal advisers to the creditors in connection with a restructuring may be borne by the holders of the sovereign debt securities instead of the sovereign entity itself. Some sovereign debtors have in the past been able to restructure their debt payments without the approval of some or all debt holders or to declare moratoria on payments, and similar occurrences may happen in the future.  In addition, the financial markets have recently seen an increase in volatility and adverse trends due to uncertainty surrounding the level and sustainability of sovereign debt of certain countries that are part of the European Union, including Greece, Spain, Ireland, Italy and Portugal.  This has adversely affected the exchange rate of the euro and may continue to significantly affect every country in Europe.  Outside of the European Union, Iceland has also experienced adverse trends due to high debt levels and excessive lending.

 

A Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain sovereign debt obligations because there may be a limited trading market for such securities.  Because there is no liquid secondary market for many of these securities, the Funds anticipate that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of dealers or institutional investors.  The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the market price of such securities and a Fund’s ability to dispose of particular issues when necessary to meet its liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer.  The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities also may make it more difficult for a Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing its portfolio and calculating its net asset value.  See also “Foreign Investments” above.

 

STRIPPED SECURITIES RISK.  Stripped securities are created when the issuer separates the interest and principal components of an instrument and sells them as separate securities. In general, one security is entitled to receive the interest payments on the underlying assets (the interest only or “IO” security) and the other to receive the principal payments (the principal only or “PO” security). Some stripped securities may receive a combination of interest and principal payments. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are sensitive to the expected or anticipated rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying assets, and principal payments may have a material effect on yield to maturity. If the underlying assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if

 

38



 

the underlying assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be adversely affected. Stripped securities may be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and rates of prepayment. The market for stripped securities may be limited, making it difficult for a Fund to sell its holdings at an acceptable price.

 

STRUCTURED SECURITIES.  Structured securities and other related instruments purchased by a Fund are generally privately negotiated debt obligations where the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a specific asset, benchmark asset, market or interest rate.  Depending on the terms of the particular instrument and the nature of the underlying instrument, structured securities may be subject to equity market risk, commodity market risk, currency market risk or interest rate risk. Structured securities that do not involve any type of credit enhancement are subject to credit risk that generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments.  Credit enhanced securities will be subject to the credit risk associated with the provider of the enhancement.  The Funds are permitted to invest in classes of structured securities that are either subordinated or unsubordinated with respect to the right to payment of another class.  Subordinated structured securities typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated structured securities.  Structured securities are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for structured securities.  Certain issuers of such securities may be deemed to be “investment companies” as defined in the 1940 Act; therefore, a Fund’s investment in structured securities may be limited by certain investment restrictions contained therein. Structured securities may be leveraged, increasing the volatility of each structured security’s value relative to the change in the reference measure. Structured securities may also be more difficult to price accurately than less complex securities and instruments or more traditional debt securities.

 

TO BE ANNOUNCED (TBA) TRANSACTIONS RISK.  TBA investments include when-issued and delayed delivery securities and forward commitments.  A Fund is permitted to purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis.  When-issued or delayed-delivery transactions arise when securities are purchased or sold with payment and delivery taking place in the future in order to secure what is considered to be an advantageous price and yield at the time of entering into the transaction.  A Fund may sell the securities before the settlement date if the sub-adviser deems it advisable.  Distributions attributable to any gains realized on such a sale are taxable to shareholders.  When-issued and delayed delivery securities and forward commitments involve the risk that the security a Fund buys will lose value prior to its delivery.  A Fund is subject to this risk whether or not the Fund takes delivery of the securities on the settlement date for a transaction. There also is the risk that the security will not be issued or that the other party to the transaction will not meet its obligation. If this occurs, the Fund loses both the investment opportunity for the assets it set aside to pay for the security and any gain in the security’s price. A Fund may also take a short position in a TBA investment when it owns or has the right to obtain, at no added cost, identical securities. If a Fund takes such a short position, it may reduce the risk of a loss if the price of the securities declines in the future, but will lose the opportunity to profit if the price rises.  A Fund may purchase or sell undrawn or delayed draw loans.

 

Short Sales of TBA Investments Risk.  The Funds may also engage in shorting of TBAs. When a Fund enters into a short sale of a TBA investment it effectively agrees to sell at a future price and date a security it does not own.  Although most TBA short sales transactions are closed before a Fund would be required to deliver the security, if the Fund does not close the position, such Fund may have to purchase the securities needed to settle the short sale at a higher price than anticipated, which would cause the Fund to lose money.  A Fund may not always be able to purchase the securities required to settle a short sale at a particular time or at an attractive price.  A Fund may incur increased transaction costs associated with selling TBA securities short. In addition, taking short positions in TBA securities results in a form of leverage, which could increase the volatility of the Fund’s returns.

 

USE AS UNDERLYING FUND RISK. Each Fund may be an investment (an “Underlying Fund”) of a fund that pursues its investment goal by investing primarily in other funds (“fund of funds structure”).  A fund of funds structure could increase or decrease gains and could affect the timing, amount and character of distributions you receive from the Underlying Fund for investments you make directly in the Underlying Fund.  An Underlying Fund may experience relatively large redemptions or investments as the fund that uses a fund of funds structure periodically reallocates or rebalances its assets. These transactions, to the extent they are effected on a cash basis, may cause the Underlying Fund to sell portfolio securities to meet such redemptions, or to invest cash from such investments, at times it would not otherwise do so, and may as a result increase transaction costs and adversely affect underlying fund performance.

 

U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES RISK.  Treasury obligations may differ in their interest rates, maturities, times of issuance and other characteristics.  Securities backed by the U.S. Treasury or the full faith and credit of the United States are guaranteed only as to the timely payment of interest and principal when held to maturity. Accordingly, the current market values for these securities will fluctuate with changes in interest rates.  Obligations of U.S. Government agencies and authorities are supported by varying degrees of credit but generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.  No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies and authorities if it is not obligated by law to do so.  In addition, the value of U.S. Government securities may be affected by changes in the credit rating of the U.S. Government.  U.S. Government securities are also subject to default risk, that is the risk that the U.S. Treasury will be unable to meet its payment obligations.  The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government securities held by the Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury.  It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

 

Treasury Inflation-Protection Securities. Treasury inflation-protection securities (“TIPS”) are U.S. Treasury securities designed to protect against inflation. The interest rate paid on TIPS is fixed. The principal value rises or falls semi-annually based on published changes to the Consumer Price Index. If inflation occurs, the principal amount will be adjusted upwards, resulting in increased interest payments. If deflation occurs, the principal amount will be adjusted downwards, resulting in lower interest

 

39



 

payments. The principal amount payable at maturity will be the greater of the adjusted principal amount and the original principal amount. While U.S. Treasury securities are generally considered to have relatively little credit risk, they are subject to price fluctuations from changes in interest rates prior to their maturity.

 

VOLATILITY RISK.  Share price, yield and total return may fluctuate more than with funds that use a different investment strategy.

 

WARRANTS AND RIGHTS RISK.  Warrants are instruments giving holders the right, but not the obligation, to buy equity or fixed income securities of a company at a specific price during a specified period.  Rights are similar to warrants but normally have a short life span to expiration.  The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that a Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the right’s or warrant’s expiration.  Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.  Buying a warrant does not make the Fund a shareholder of the underlying stock. The warrant holder has no voting or dividend rights with respect to the underlying stock. A warrant does not carry any right to assets of the issuer, and for this reason investment in warrants may be more speculative than other equity-based investments. The market for warrants may be limited and it may be difficult for a Fund to sell a warrant promptly at an advantageous price.

 

ZERO COUPON SECURITIES.  Zero-coupon securities pay no interest prior to their maturity date or another specified date in the future but are issued and traded at a discount to their face value.  The discount varies as the securities approach their maturity date (or the date on which interest payments are scheduled to begin).  While interest payments are not made on such securities, holders of such securities are deemed to have received income (“phantom income”) annually, notwithstanding that cash may not be received currently.  As with other fixed income securities, zero coupon bonds are subject to interest rate and credit risk.  Some of these securities may be subject to substantially greater price fluctuations during periods of changing market rates than comparable securities that pay interest currently.  Longer term zero coupon bonds have greater interest rate risk than shorter term zero coupon bonds.

 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

DAILY DISCLOSURE

 

On each day the NYSE Arca is open, which excludes weekends and the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (a “Business Day”), before commencement of trading in shares on a national securities exchange (as defined by Section 2(a)(26) of the 1940 Act), HFMC will disclose each Fund’s iNAV Basket (as defined above). To provide greater transparency, each Fund may disclose its portfolio holdings on each Business Day through financial reporting and news services, including publicly accessible Internet websites. Additionally, on each Business Day, before commencement of trading in shares on a national securities exchange (as defined by Section 2(a)(26) of the 1940 Act), each Fund will disclose on its website the identities and quantities of the Fund’s portfolio holdings that will form the basis for the Fund’s calculation of NAV at the end of the Business Day.

 

Each Fund may disclose portfolio holdings on a more frequent basis if (1) public disclosure of such holdings is made and both the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and the Funds’ Chief Legal Officer approve the disclosure in accordance with the Fund’s disclosure policy; or (2) the nonpublic disclosure is made to a third party that (i) has been approved by the CCO and at least one other Fund officer, based on a finding that the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for the arrangement or practice and that it is in the interest of Fund shareholders, and (ii) is subject to an agreement with the appropriate confidentiality and/or non-trading provisions as determined by the CCO.  This requirement does not apply to portfolio holdings disclosure to the Funds’ service providers such as the custodian, transfer agent, sub-transfer agent, administrator, sub-administrator, independent registered public accounting firm, counsel, financial printer, proxy voting agent, lenders, and other entities that provide systems or software support in connection with Fund operations, including accounting, compliance support and pricing (together, “Service Providers”), provided that the Service Provider is otherwise subject to the duty of confidentiality, imposed by law and/or contract.   The portfolio holdings information may be provided to the Service Providers as soon as the information is available.

 

In addition to Service Providers, a Fund’s investment manager or sub-adviser may disclose the Fund’s portfolio holdings to third-party vendors that provide analytical systems services to the Fund’s investment manager or sub-adviser on behalf of the Fund and to certain third party industry information vendors, institutional investment consultants, and asset allocation service providers.  With respect to each of these entities, portfolio holdings information will be released only in accordance with the Fund’s disclosure policy.

 

From time to time, a Fund may disclose portfolio holdings to other parties to the extent necessary in connection with actual or threatened litigation.

 

The “Hartford Funds” consist of the series of The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc., The Hartford Mutual Funds II, Inc., Hartford Series Fund, Inc., Hartford HLS Series Fund II, Inc., Hartford Funds Master Fund, Hartford Funds NextShares Trust and the Trust.  One or more of the Hartford Funds have entered into ongoing arrangements to disclose portfolio holdings to the following entities:

 

Bloomberg LP

 

40



 

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

Class Action Claims Management

Cognizant Technology Solutions

Confluence Technologies

Copal Partners (UK) Limited

FactSet Research Systems Inc.

Glass Lewis & Company, LLC

Broadridge Financial Services, Inc.

Markit WSO Corporation

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

MSCI, Inc.

State Street Investment Management Solutions

State Street Bank and Trust Company

Syntel Inc.

Synthesis Technology

Wolters Kluwer Financial Service

 

Portfolio holdings are disclosed at various times to Broadridge Financial Services, Inc. (on a monthly basis with a lag time of two days) in order to fulfill its obligations to the Hartford Funds.  Portfolio holdings are disclosed on a daily basis to Bloomberg LP, Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Copal Partners (UK) Limited, FactSet Research Systems Inc., Glass Lewis & Company, and  Markit WSO Corporation (for certain Hartford Funds), MSCI, Inc., State Street Investment Management Solutions and Syntel Inc.  Portfolio holdings are disclosed to Class Action Claims Management, Synthesis Technology and Wolters Kluwer Financial Services on a monthly basis, with lag times of one day, two days, five days, and two days, respectively.  Portfolio holdings are disclosed to Confluence Technologies, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Synthesis Technology on a quarterly basis, with lag times of three, two and twelve business days, respectively. Portfolio holdings are disclosed to Cognizant Technology Solutions as needed, with no delay.  When purchasing and selling portfolio securities through broker-dealers, requesting bids on securities, or obtaining price quotations on securities, the Hartford Funds may disclose one or more of their portfolio securities to the party effecting the transaction or providing the information.

 

Additionally, each Fund and the Fund’s investment manager (collectively, “Hartford”) or the sub-adviser may provide oral or written information (“portfolio commentary”) about the Fund, including, but not limited to, how the Fund’s investments are divided among (i) various sectors, industries and countries, (ii) value and growth investments and small, mid and large-cap investments, (iii) stocks, bonds, currencies and cash and, as applicable, (iv) types of bonds, bond maturities, bond coupons and bond credit quality ratings.  This portfolio commentary may also include information on factors that contributed to Fund performance, including these relative weightings.  Hartford or the sub-adviser may also provide oral or written information (“statistical information”) about various financial characteristics of a Fund or its underlying portfolio securities including, but not limited to, beta, duration, maturity, Sharpe ratio, earnings growth, payout ratio, price/book value, projected earnings growth, return on equity, tracking error, weighted average quality, market capitalization, percent debt to equity, dividend yield or growth, default rate, portfolio turnover, risk and style characteristics or other similar information.  This portfolio commentary and statistical information about a Fund may be based on the Fund’s most recent quarter-end portfolio, month-end or on some other interim period.  Portfolio commentary and statistical information may be available on the Hartford Funds’ website or may be provided to members of the press, financial intermediaries, fiduciaries of a 401(k) plan or a trust and their advisers, or current or potential shareholders in a Fund or their representatives.  The content and nature of the information provided to each of these persons may differ.

 

In no event will Hartford or the sub-adviser or any affiliate thereof be permitted to receive compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of Fund portfolio holdings.

 

The CCO is responsible for addressing conflicts of interest between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and the interests of the Funds’ investment manager, investment sub-adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund, its investment manager, investment sub-adviser, or its principal underwriter, on the other.  Every violation of the portfolio holdings disclosure policy must be reported to the Funds’ CCO.

 

The CCO is responsible for maintaining records under the Policy and will provide periodic reporting to the Board.

 

41



 

FUND MANAGEMENT

 

BOARD RESPONSIBILITIES. The management and affairs of the Trust and its series, including the Funds described in this SAI, are overseen by the Trustees. The Board has approved contracts, as described in this SAI, under which certain companies provide essential management services to the Trust.

 

Like most investment companies, the day-to-day business of the Trust, including the management of risk, is performed by third party service providers, such as the investment manager, sub-adviser and principal underwriter. The Trustees are responsible for overseeing the Trust’s service providers and, thus, have oversight responsibility with respect to risk management performed by those service providers. Risk management seeks to identify and address risks, i.e., events or circumstances that could have material adverse effects on the business, operations, shareholder services, investment performance or reputation of a Fund. The Funds and their service providers employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various of those possible events or circumstances, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur. Each service provider is responsible for one or more discrete aspects of the Trust’s business (e.g., the sub-adviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio investments) and, consequently, for managing the risks associated with that business. The Board has emphasized to the Funds’ service providers the importance of maintaining vigorous risk management.

 

The Trustees’ role in risk oversight begins before the inception of a Fund, at which time the Fund’s investment manager presents the Board with information concerning the investment objectives, strategies and risks of the Fund, as well as proposed investment limitations for the Fund. Additionally, the Fund’s investment manager provides the Board with an overview of, among other things, their investment philosophies, brokerage practices and compliance infrastructures. Thereafter, the Board continues its oversight function as various personnel, including the Trust’s CCO, as well as personnel of the investment manager and other service providers, such as the Fund’s independent accountants, make periodic reports to the Audit Committee or to the Board with respect to various aspects of risk management. The Board and the Audit Committee oversee efforts by management and service providers to manage risks to which a Fund may be exposed.

 

The Board is responsible for overseeing the nature, extent and quality of the services provided to the Funds by the investment manager and sub-adviser and receives information about those services at its regular meetings. In addition, on an annual basis, in connection with its consideration of whether to renew the Investment Management Agreement with the investment manager, Sub-Advisory Agreement with the sub-adviser, the Board meets with the investment manager and sub-adviser to review such services. Among other things, the Board regularly considers the investment manager’s adherence to the Fund’s investment restrictions and compliance with various Fund policies and procedures and with applicable securities regulations. The Board also reviews information about each Fund’s investments.

 

The Trust’s CCO reports regularly to the Board to review and discuss compliance issues. At least annually, the Trust’s CCO provides the Board with a report reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Trust’s policies and procedures and those of its service providers, including the investment manager and sub-adviser. The report addresses the operation of the policies and procedures of the Trust and each service provider since the date of the last report; any material changes to the policies and procedures since the date of the last report; any recommendations for material changes to the policies and procedures; and any material compliance matters since the date of the last report.

 

The Board receives reports from the Funds’ service providers regarding operational risks and risks related to the valuation and liquidity of portfolio securities. Regular reports are made to the Board concerning investments for which market quotations are not readily available. Annually, the independent registered public accounting firm reviews with the Audit Committee its audit of each Fund’s financial statements, focusing on major areas of risk encountered by the Funds and noting any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the Fund’s internal controls. Additionally, in connection with its oversight function, the Board oversees Fund management’s implementation of disclosure controls and procedures, which are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Trust in its periodic reports with the SEC are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the required time periods. The Board also oversees the Trust’s internal controls over financial reporting, which comprise policies and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Trust’s financial reporting and the preparation of the Trust’s financial statements.

 

From their review of these reports and discussions with the investment manager, sub-adviser, CCO, independent registered public accounting firm and other service providers, the Board and the Audit Committee learn in detail about the material risks of each Fund, thereby facilitating a dialogue about how management and service providers identify and mitigate those risks.

 

The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect a Fund can be identified and/or quantified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve a Fund’s goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Trustees as to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information. Most of the Funds’ investment management and business affairs are carried out by or through the Funds’ investment manager, sub-adviser and other service providers, each of which has an independent interest in risk management but whose policies and the methods by which one or more risk management functions are carried out may differ from the Funds’ and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Board’s ability to monitor and manage risk, as a practical matter, is subject to limitations.

 

42



 

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS. There are four members of the Board of Trustees, three of whom are not interested persons of the Trust, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act (“Independent Trustees”). Theodore Lucas, an Interested Trustee, serves as Chairman of the Board to act as liaison with the investment manager, other service providers, counsel and other Trustees generally between meetings. Naozer Dadachanji, an Independent Trustee, serves as the Lead Independent Trustee to act as the liaison with the investment manager, the Chairman of the Board, counsel and other Independent Trustees between meetings. The Board has determined its leadership structure is appropriate given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the Trust. The Board made this determination in consideration of, among other things, the fact that the Independent Trustees constitute a super-majority (75 percent) of the Board, the fact that the chairperson of each Committee of the Board is an Independent Trustee, the amount of assets under management in the Trust, and the number of funds (and classes of shares) overseen by the Board. The Board also believes that its leadership structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Trustees from fund management.

 

The Board of Trustees has two standing committees: the Audit Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee. The Audit Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee are each chaired by an Independent Trustee and composed of all of the Independent Trustees.

 

Set forth below are the names, year of birth, position with the Trust, length of term of office, and the principal occupations during the last five years and other directorships held of each of the persons currently serving as a Trustee or Officer of the Trust.

 

NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES

 

NAME, YEAR OF
BIRTH AND
ADDRESS*

 

POSITION
HELD WITH
THE TRUST

 

TERM OF
OFFICE**
AND
LENGTH OF
TIME
SERVED

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING
PAST 5 YEARS

 

NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS
IN FUND
COMPLEX
OVERSEEN
BY
TRUSTEE

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
FOR PUBLIC COMPANIES AND OTHER
REGISTERED INVESTMENT
COMPANIES HELD BY TRUSTEE

Robin Christine Beery
(1967)

 

Trustee and Chairperson of the Nominating and Governance Committee

 

Served as Trustee: since December 2016

 

Consultant, Arrowpoint Partners (2015 to Present); Executive Vice President of U.S. Distribution, Janus Capital Group (1994 to 2014)

 

9

 

Director, Like-a-Pro LLC (sports marketing) (2014 to Present); Director, UMB Holding Company (banking) (2015 to Present); Trustee, Lattice Strategies Trust (2014 to Present)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Naozer Dadachanji
(1962)

 

Trustee and Lead Independent Trustee

 

Served as Trustee: since December 2016

 

Partner and Board Member, CamberView Partners (2012 to Present) (investment adviser); Managing Director, BlackRock (including Barclays Global Investors acquired by BlackRock) (2003 to 2012)

 

9

 

Board Member, Hounds Labs (technology start-up) (2015 to Present); Board Member, Bridge Athletic (information technology) (2014 to Present); Trustee, Lattice Strategies Trust (2014 to Present)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Sung
(1953)

 

Trustee and Chairman of the Audit Committee

 

Served as Trustee: since December 2016

 

Retired (2014); Asset Management Market Leader for the West – United States, Ernst & Young LLP (2010 to 2014); Asset Management Practice Co-Leader for the Asia Pacific Region, Ernst & Young LLP (2007 to 2010); Partner, Alternative Asset Management Practice, Ernst & Young LLP (1995 to 2007); Audit Partner, Coopers and Lybrand (1990 to 1995); Partner, Spice and Oppenheimer (1979 to 1990)

 

9

 

Director, Valiant Capital (private investment funds) (January 2016 to Present); Director, 3D Opportunity Fund (private investment funds) (January 2016 to Present); Trustee, Ironwood Institutional Multi-Strategy Fund LLC and Ironwood Multi-strategy Fund LLC (October 2015 to Present); Director, Hayman Offshore Management, Inc. (private investment funds) (2014 to Present); Advisory Board Member, ValueAct (private investment funds) (2015 to Present); Advisory Board Member Bull Capital (investment funds) (2014 to Present); and Independent Non-Executive Director, Nippon Wealth Bank (banking) (2015 to Present); Trustee, Lattice Strategies Trust (2014 to Present)

 

*            The address for each Trustee is c/o Hartford Funds 5 Radnor Corporate Center, 100 Matsonford Road, Suite 300, Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087. On or about April 24, 2017, the address of each Trustee will be c/o Hartford Funds 690 Lee Road, Wayne, PA 19087.

**        Each Trustee holds an indefinite term until the earlier of (i) the election and qualification of his or her successor or (ii) when the Trustee turns 75 years of age.

 

43



 

OFFICERS AND INTERESTED TRUSTEES

 

NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH
AND ADDRESS*

 

POSITION
HELD WITH
THE TRUST

 

TERM OF
OFFICE** AND
LENGTH OF
TIME SERVED

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING
PAST 5 YEARS

 

NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS
IN FUND
COMPLEX
OVERSEEN
BY
TRUSTEE

 

OTHER
DIRECTORSHIPS
HELD BY TRUSTEE

Theodore James Lucas***

(1966)

 

Trustee and Chairman

 

Served as Trustee: since December 2016

 

Managing Partner, Lattice Strategies LLC (2003 to Present)

 

9

 

Trustee and Chairman, Lattice Strategies Trust (December 2014 to Present)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Darek Wojnar

(1965)

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Served as President and Chief Executive Officer: since December 2016

 

Head of Exchange-Traded Funds, Hartford Funds (2016 to Present); Managing Director, Lattice Strategies LLC (2014 to 2016); Managing Director, BlackRock (including Barclays Global Investors acquired by BlackRock) (2005 - 2013).

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph G. Melcher

(1973)

 

Chief Compliance Officer and Vice President

 

Served as Chief Compliance Officer and Vice President: since December 2016

 

Mr. Melcher currently serves as Executive Vice President of Hartford Funds Distributors, LLC (“HFD”), Hartford Funds Management Group, Inc. (“HFMG”) and Hartford Administrative Services Company (“HASCO”).  Mr. Melcher also currently serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of HFMC, Lattice Strategies, LLC and the Hartford Exchange-Traded Trust. Mr. Melcher has served in various positions within The Hartford and its subsidiaries in connection with the operation of the Hartford Funds since joining The Hartford in 2012. Prior to joining The Hartford, Mr. Melcher worked at Touchstone Investments, a member of the Western & Southern Financial Group, where he held the position of Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer from 2010 through 2012 and Assistant Vice President, Compliance from 2005 to 2010.

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Walter F. Garger

(1965)

 

Chief Legal Officer and Vice President

 

Served as Chief Legal Officer and Vice President: since December 2016

 

Mr. Garger currently serves as Secretary, Managing Director and General Counsel of HFD, HASCO, HFMC and HFMG. Mr. Garger also serves as Secretary and General Counsel of Lattice Strategies LLC effective July 30, 2016.  Mr. Garger has served in various positions within The Hartford and its subsidiaries in connection with the operation of the Hartford Funds. Mr. Garger joined The Hartford in 1995.

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew S. Decker

(1963)

 

AML Compliance Officer

 

Served as AML Compliance Officer: since December 2016

 

Mr. Decker currently serves as Chief Compliance Officer and AML Compliance Officer of HASCO and as AML Officer of HFD.  Prior to joining The Hartford, Mr. Decker served as Vice President and AML Officer at Janney Montgomery Scott (a broker dealer) from April 2011 to January 2015.  Mr. Decker served as AML Compliance and Sanctions Enforcement Officer at SEI Investments from December 2007 to April 2011.

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Albert Y. Lee

(1979)

 

Treasurer, Chief Financial

 

Served as Treasurer,

 

Head of Systemic Strategies and ETF Operations (2016 to Present); Managing

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

44



 

NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH
AND ADDRESS*

 

POSITION
HELD WITH
THE TRUST

 

TERM OF
OFFICE** AND
LENGTH OF
TIME SERVED

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING
PAST 5 YEARS

 

NUMBER OF
PORTFOLIOS
IN FUND
COMPLEX
OVERSEEN
BY
TRUSTEE

 

OTHER
DIRECTORSHIPS
HELD BY TRUSTEE

 

 

Officer and Vice President

 

Chief Financial Officer and Vice President: since December 2016

 

Director & Chief Operating Officer, Lattice Strategies LLC (2009-2016); Chief Operating Officer, Avicenna Capital Management (2007-2009); Chief Financial Officer, Steeple Capital LP (2005-2007).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alice A. Pellegrino

(1960)

 

Secretary and Vice President

 

Served as Secretary and Vice President: since December 2016

 

Ms. Pellegrino currently serves as Vice President of Hartford Life Insurance Company (“HLIC”) and HFMG.  Ms. Pellegrino is a Senior Counsel and has served in various positions within The Hartford and its subsidiaries in connection with the operation of the Hartford Funds. Ms. Pellegrino joined The Hartford in 2007.

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vernon J. Meyer

(1964)

 

Vice President

 

Served as Vice President: since December 2016

 

Mr. Meyer currently serves as Senior Vice President of HLIC. He also currently serves as Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer of HFMC and Managing Director of HFMG. Mr. Meyer has served in various positions within The Hartford and its subsidiaries in connection with the operation of the Hartford Funds. Mr. Meyer joined The Hartford in 2004.

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Laura S. Quade

(1969)

 

Vice President

 

Served as Vice President: since December 2016

 

Ms. Quade currently serves as Vice President of HASCO, HFD and HFMG. She is the Head of Operations of HASCO and formerly served as Director, Enterprise Operations of HLIC. Ms. Quade has served in various positions within The Hartford and its subsidiaries in connection with the operation of the Hartford Funds. Ms. Quade joined The Hartford in 2001.

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

*                    The address for each officer and Trustee is c/o Hartford Funds 5 Radnor Corporate Center, 100 Matsonford Road, Suite 300, Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087. On or about April 24, 2017, the address of each officer and Trustee will be c/o Hartford Funds 690 Lee Road, Wayne, PA 19087.

**                Each Trustee holds an indefinite term until the earlier of (i) the election and qualification of his or her successor or (ii) when the Trustee turns 75 years of age.

***            “Interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, of the Trust because of the person’s affiliation with, or equity ownership of HFMC or affiliated companies.

 

INDIVIDUAL TRUSTEE QUALIFICATIONS. The Board has concluded that each of the Trustees should serve on the Board because of his or her ability to review and understand information about the Funds provided to him or her by management, to identify and request other information he or she may deem relevant to the performance of his or her duties, to question management and other service providers regarding material factors bearing on the management and administration of the Funds, and to exercise his or her business judgment in a manner that serves the best interests of each Fund’s shareholders. The Board has concluded that each of the Trustees should serve as a Trustee based on his or her own experience, qualifications, attributes and skills as described below.

 

Ms. Robin Beery is an experienced business executive with over 20 years of experience in the financial services industry including extensive experience related to the distribution of mutual funds for a large investment adviser.

 

Mr. Naozer Dadachanji is an experienced business executive with over 20 years of experience in the financial services industry, including over 11 years of mutual fund and ETF product development for a very large investment adviser.

 

Mr. David Sung is an experienced financial services and auditing professional with over 37 years of experience of investment vehicles.

 

Mr. Theodore Lucas is an experienced business executive with over 24 years of experience in the financial services industry. Mr. Lucas is the Managing Partner of Lattice Strategies LLC and possesses significant experience regarding Lattice Strategies’ operations and history.

 

45


 


 

References to the experience, attributes and skills of Trustees above are pursuant to requirements of the SEC and do not constitute holding out of the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.

 

In its periodic assessment of the effectiveness of the Board, the Board considers the complementary individual skills and experience of the individual Trustees primarily in the broader context of the Board’s overall composition so that the Board, as a body, possesses the appropriate (and appropriately diverse) skills and experience to oversee the business of the Funds.

 

REMUNERATION OF THE TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS. No officer, director or employee of HFMC, its parent or subsidiaries receives any compensation from the Trust for serving as an officer or Trustee of the Trust. As of January 1, 2017, each Independent Trustee receives for his or her services to the Lattice Strategies Trust and the Trust, a $32,000 annual base retainer paid by Lattice Strategies LLC, an affiliate of HFMC. Prior to January 1, 2017, the Lattice Strategies Trust paid, in the aggregate, each Independent Trustee an annual fee of $20,000. For special meetings in addition to the four regularly scheduled Board meetings, Independent Trustee will receive $1,000 for special in-person meetings and $500 for each special telephonic or video conference meeting attended. The Lead Independent Trustee of the Board receives an additional annual fee of $1,000 and the Chairmen of the Audit Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee each receive an additional annual fee of $1,000. Trustee fees are allocated between the Funds in such a manner as deemed equitable, taking into consideration the relative net assets of the series.

 

46



 

 

Trustee Compensation Table

For The Fiscal Year Ended July 31, 2016

Name of Person,
Position

Aggregate
Compensation From
the Trust

Pension Or
Retirement
Benefits
Accrued As
Part of Fund
Expenses

Total Compensation From the
Fund Complex Paid To Trustees*

Theodore James Lucas, Interested Trustee

None

None

$0

Robin Christine Beery, Independent Trustee

None

None

$21,000

Naozer Dadachanji, Independent Trustee

None

None

$21,000

David Sung, Independent Trustee

None

None

$21,000

 

*         As of July 31, 2016, Lattice Strategies Trust, an investment company currently in the fund complex, paid compensation to the Trustees.

 

STANDING COMMITTEES

 

The Board has an Audit Committee consisting of all Independent Trustees. Mr. Sung serves as Chair. The Audit Committee meets with the Trust’s independent auditors to review and approve the scope and results of their professional services; to review the procedures for evaluating the adequacy of the Trust’s accounting controls; to consider the range of audit fees; and to make recommendations to the Board regarding the engagement of the Trust’s independent auditors.

 

The Board has established a Nominating and Governance Committee consisting of all Independent Trustees. Ms. Beery serves as Chairperson. The responsibilities of the Nominating and Governance Committee are to: (1) nominate Independent Trustees; (2) review on a periodic basis the governance structures and procedures of the Funds; (3) periodically review Trustee compensation, (4) annually review committee and committee chair assignments, (5) annually review the responsibilities and charter of each committee, (6) to plan and administer the Board’s annual self-evaluation, (7) annually consider the structure, operations and effectiveness of the Nominating and Governance Committee, and (8) at least annually evaluate the independence of counsel to the Independent Trustees.

 

The Trustees adopted the following procedures with respect to the consideration of nominees recommended by security holders.

 

1.     The shareholder must submit any such recommendation (a “Shareholder Recommendation”) in writing to the Trust, to the attention of the Trust’s Secretary, at the address of the principal executive offices of the Trust.

 

2.          The Shareholder Recommendation must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Trust not less than sixty (60) calendar days nor more than ninety (90) calendar days prior to the date of the Board or shareholder meeting at which the nominee candidate would be considered for election. Shareholder Recommendations will be kept on file for two years after receipt of the Shareholder Recommendation. A Shareholder Recommendation considered by the Committee in connection with the Committee’s nomination of any candidate(s) for appointment or election as an independent Trustee need not be considered again by the Committee in connection with any subsequent nomination(s).

 

3.          The Shareholder Recommendation must include: (i) a statement in writing setting forth (A) the name, age, date of birth, business address, residence address and nationality of the person recommended by the shareholder (the “candidate”), and the names and addresses of at least three professional references; (B) the number of all shares of the Trust (including the series and class, if applicable) owned of record or beneficially by the candidate, the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition(s), as reported to such shareholder by the candidate; (C) any other information regarding the candidate called for with respect to director nominees by paragraphs (a), (d), (e) and (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K or paragraph (b) of Item 22 of Rule 14a-101 (Schedule 14A) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), adopted by the SEC (or the corresponding provisions of any applicable regulation or rule subsequently adopted by the SEC or any successor agency with jurisdiction related to the Trust); (D) any other information regarding the candidate that would be required to be disclosed if the candidate were a nominee in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or any other applicable law or regulation; and (E) whether the recommending shareholder believes that the candidate is or will be an “interested person” of the Trust (as defined in the 1940 Act) and, if not an “interested person,” information regarding the candidate

 

47



 

that will be sufficient, in the discretion of the Board or the Committee, for the Trust to make such determination; (ii) the written and signed consent of the candidate to be named as a nominee and to serve as a Trustee if elected; (iii) the recommending shareholder’s name as it appears on the Trust’s books; (iv) the number of all shares of the Trust (including the series and class, if applicable) owned beneficially and of record by the recommending shareholder; (v) a complete description of all arrangements or understandings between the recommending shareholder and the candidate and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made by the recommending shareholder including, without limitation, all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings between the candidate and recommending shareholder during the past three years, and (vi) a brief description of the candidate’s relevant background and experience for membership on the Board, such as qualification as an audit committee financial expert.

 

4.     The Committee may require the recommending shareholder to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require or deem necessary to verify any information furnished pursuant to paragraph 3 above or to determine the eligibility of the candidate to serve as a Trustee of the Trust or to satisfy applicable law. If the recommending shareholder fails to provide such other information in writing within seven days of receipt of a written request from the Committee, the recommendation of such candidate as a nominee will be deemed not properly submitted for consideration, and the Committee will not be required to consider such candidate.

 

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. As of December 31, 2016, neither the Independent Trustees nor their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities in the investment manager, principal underwriter, or any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment manager or principal underwriter.

 

The following table shows as of December 31, 2016, the amount of equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustees in the Trust:

 

NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES

 

NAME OF TRUSTEE

DOLLAR RANGE OF EQUITY
SECURITIES
IN THE FUNDS*

AGGREGATE DOLLAR RANGE
OF EQUITY SECURITIES IN
ALL REGISTERED INVESTMENT
COMPANIES OVERSEEN
BY TRUSTEE IN FAMILY OF
INVESTMENT COMPANIES

Robin Christine Beery

N/A

None

Naozer Dadachanji

N/A

None

David Sung

N/A

None

 

INTERESTED TRUSTEE

 

NAME OF TRUSTEE

DOLLAR RANGE OF EQUITY SECURITIES
IN THE FUNDS*

AGGREGATE DOLLAR RANGE
OF EQUITY SECURITIES IN
ALL REGISTERED INVESTMENT
COMPANIES OVERSEEN
BY TRUSTEE IN FAMILY OF
INVESTMENT COMPANIES

Theodore James Lucas

N/A

Over $100,000

 

* The Funds had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI.

 

48



 

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SECURITY HOLDERS

 

As of February 27, 2017, the Funds had not commenced operations, and, therefore, the officers and trustees of the Trust as a group beneficially owned no shares of a Fund and, as of that date, no person held an interest in a Fund equal to 5% or more of outstanding shares of the Fund.

 

Control is defined by the 1940 Act as the beneficial ownership, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, of more than 25% of the voting securities of a fund.  A control person may be able to take actions regarding a fund it controls without the consent or approval of other shareholders.  As of February 27, 2017, the Funds had not commenced operations, and, therefore, there were no control persons of a Fund.

 

49



 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS

 

The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has entered into an investment management agreement with HFMC.  The investment management agreement provides that HFMC, subject to the supervision and approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, is responsible for the management of the Funds.  In addition, HFMC, its affiliate(s) or certain third-party service providers provide administrative services to the Trust, including personnel, services, equipment and facilities and office space for proper operation of the Trust.

 

With respect to the Funds, HFMC has entered into an investment sub-advisory agreement with Wellington Management.  Under the investment sub-advisory agreement, Wellington Management subject to the general supervision of the Trust’s Board of Trustees and HFMC, is responsible for (among other things) the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Funds and furnishing the Funds with advice and recommendations with respect to investments and the purchase and sale of appropriate securities for the Funds.

 

As provided by the investment management agreement, each Fund pays HFMC an investment management fee which is accrued daily and paid monthly, equal on an annual basis to a stated percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets.  With respect to each Fund, HFMC (not the Fund) pays the sub-advisory fees to the sub-adviser.

 

MANAGEMENT FEES

 

Each Fund pays a monthly management fee to HFMC based on a stated percentage of the Fund’s average daily net asset value as follows:

 

AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSETS

 

ANNUAL RATE

 

 

 

Corporate Bond ETF

 

0.44%

Quality Bond ETF

 

0.39%

 

 

Under the investment management agreement, HFMC shall pay all expenses of the Trust, except for: (i) interest and taxes; (ii) brokerage commissions and other expenses (such as stamp taxes) connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; (iii) expenses incident to the creation and redemption of its shares; (iv) legal fees in connection with any arbitration, litigation or pending or threatened arbitration or litigation, including any settlements in connection therewith and any obligation which the Trust may have to indemnify its officers and Trustees with respect thereto; (v) distribution fees and expenses paid by the Trust under any distribution plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act; (vi) such extraordinary non-recurring expenses as may arise; and (vii) acquired fund fees and expenses.

 

ADVISORY FEE PAYMENT HISTORY

 

Because the Funds had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, there is no advisory fee or sub-advisory fee payment information available for the Funds.

 

Pursuant to the investment management agreement and investment sub-advisory agreement, neither HFMC nor the sub-adviser is liable to the Funds or their shareholders for an error of judgment or mistake of law or for a loss suffered by a Fund in connection with the matters to which their respective agreements relate, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of HFMC or the sub-adviser in the performance of their duties or from their reckless disregard of the obligations and duties under the applicable agreement.  The sub-adviser has agreed to indemnify HFMC to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all loss, damage, judgment, fines, or awards paid in settlement and attorneys’ fees incurred by HFMC, which result in whole or in part from the sub-adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its duties as specifically set forth in the sub-advisory agreements.

 

HFMC, whose business address is 5 Radnor Corporate Center, 100 Matsonford Road, Suite 300, Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087, was organized in 2012.  On or about April 24, 2017, HFMC’s principal business address will change to 690 Lee Road, Wayne, PA 19087.  Excluding affiliated funds of funds, as of December 31, 2016, HFMC had approximately $97.4 billion (or approximately $81.5 billion additionally excluding certain annuity products) in discretionary and non-discretionary assets under management.

 

Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington”)  is a Delaware limited liability partnership with principal offices at 280 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210.  Wellington Management is a professional investment counseling firm which provides investment services to investment companies, employee benefit plans, endowments, foundations and other institutions.  Wellington Management and its predecessor organizations have provided investment advisory services for over 80 years.  Wellington Management is owned by the partners of Wellington Management Group LLP, a Massachusetts limited liability partnership.  As of December 31, 2016, Wellington Management and its investment advisory affiliates had investment management authority with respect to approximately $979 billion in assets.

 

The Trust has entered into an agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company for certain accounting and administrative service functions. The costs and expenses of such services are borne by HFMC, not by the Funds.

 

50



 

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

 

OTHER ACCOUNTS SUB-ADVISED OR MANAGED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

 

The following table lists the number and types of other accounts sub-advised or managed by the Fund’s portfolio manager and assets under management in those accounts as of December 31, 2016:

 

 

PORTFOLIO MANAGER

 

REGISTERED
INVESTMENT
COMPANY
ACCOUNTS

 

ASSETS
MANAGED
(in millions)

 

OTHER
POOLED
INVESTMENT
VEHICLES

 

ASSETS
MANAGED
(in millions)

 

OTHER
ACCOUNTS

 

ASSETS
MANAGED
(in millions)

Craig A. Gainey1

 

0

 

0

 

3

 

$93

 

0

 

$0

Michael F. Garrett2

 

13

 

$29,400

 

13

 

$1,974

 

19

 

$7,887

Val Petrov2

 

13

 

$29,400

 

13

 

$1,974

 

19

 

$7,887

Brian Conroy2

 

13

 

$29,400

 

13

 

$1,974

 

19

 

$7,887

 


1 The advisory fee for one of these pooled investment vehicles is based upon performance. Assets under management in the pooled investment vehicle total approximately $39 million.

2 The advisory fee for one of these other pooled investment vehicles and one of these other accounts is based upon performance.  Assets under management in the other pooled investment vehicle and the other account total approximately $350.9 million and $1.534 billion, respectively.

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST BETWEEN THE FUND SUB-ADVISED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND OTHER ACCOUNTS

 

Individual investment professionals at Wellington Management manage multiple accounts for multiple clients. These accounts may include mutual funds, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions, such as pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, or separately managed account programs sponsored by financial intermediaries), bank common trust accounts, and hedge funds. The portfolio managers listed in the prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Funds (“Investment Professionals”) generally manage accounts in several different investment styles. These accounts may have investment objectives, strategies, time horizons, tax considerations and risk profiles that differ from those of the Funds. The Investment Professionals make investment decisions for each account, including the Funds, based on the investment objectives, policies, practices, benchmarks, cash flows, tax and other relevant investment considerations applicable to that account. Consequently, the Investment Professionals may purchase or sell securities, including IPOs, for one account and not another account, and the performance of securities purchased for one account may vary from the performance of securities purchased for other accounts. Alternatively, these accounts may be managed in a similar fashion to the relevant Fund and thus the accounts may have similar, and in some cases nearly identical, objectives, strategies and/or holdings to that of the relevant Fund.

 

An Investment Professional or other investment professionals at Wellington Management may place transactions on behalf of other accounts that are directly or indirectly contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of the relevant Fund, or make investment decisions that are similar to those made for the relevant Fund, both of which have the potential to adversely impact the relevant Fund depending on market conditions. For example, an investment professional may purchase a security in one account while appropriately selling that same security in another account. Similarly, an Investment Professional may purchase the same security for the relevant Fund and one or more other accounts at or about the same time.  In those instances other accounts will have access to their respective holdings prior to the public disclosure of the relevant Fund’s holdings. In addition, some of these accounts have fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher, in some cases significantly higher, than the fees Wellington Management receives for managing the Funds. The Investment Professionals may also manage accounts which pay performance allocations to Wellington Management or its affiliates (as indicated in the notes to the chart above entitled “Other Accounts Sub-Advised or Managed by Wellington Management Portfolio Managers). Because incentive payments paid by Wellington Management to the Investment Professionals are tied to revenues earned by Wellington Management, and, where noted, to the performance achieved by the manager in each account, the incentives associated with any given account may be significantly higher or lower than those associated with other accounts managed by a given Investment Professional. Finally, the Investment Professionals may hold shares or investments in the other pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts identified above.

 

Wellington Management’s goal is to meet its fiduciary obligation to treat all clients fairly and provide high quality investment services to all of its clients. Wellington Management has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, which it believes address the conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple clients. In addition, Wellington Management monitors a variety of areas, including compliance with primary account guidelines, the allocation of IPOs, and compliance with the firm’s Code of Ethics, and places additional investment restrictions on investment professionals who manage hedge funds and certain other accounts. Furthermore, senior investment and business personnel at Wellington Management periodically review the performance of Wellington Management’s investment professionals. Although Wellington Management does not track the time an investment professional spends on a single account, Wellington Management does periodically assess whether an investment professional has adequate time and resources to effectively manage the investment professional’s various client mandates.

 

51



 

COMPENSATION OF WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

 

Wellington Management receives a fee based on the assets under management of each Fund as set forth in the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Wellington Management and HFMC on behalf of each Fund. Wellington Management pays its investment professionals out of its total revenues, including the advisory fees earned with respect to each Fund. The following information relates to the one-year period ended December 31, 2016.

 

Wellington Management’s compensation structure is designed to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals necessary to deliver high quality investment management services to its clients. Wellington Management’s compensation of the Investment Professionals includes a base salary and incentive components.  The base salary for each Investment Professional who is a partner (“Partner”) of Wellington Management Group LLP, the ultimate holding company of Wellington Management, is generally a fixed amount that is determined by the managing partners of Wellington Management Group LLP. The base salaries for the other Investment Professionals are determined by the Investment Professionals’ experience and performance in their roles as Investment Professionals. Base salaries for Wellington Management’s employees are reviewed annually and may be adjusted based on the recommendation of an Investment Professional’s manager, using guidelines established by Wellington Management’s Compensation Committee, which has final oversight responsibility for base salaries of employees of the firm.  Each Investment Professional managing a Fund is eligible to receive an incentive payment based on the revenues earned by Wellington Management from the relevant Fund managed by the Investment Professional and generally each other account managed by such Investment Professional. Most Investment Professionals’ incentive payment relating to the relevant Fund is linked to the gross pre-tax performance of the portion of the Fund managed by the Investment Professional compared to the benchmark index and/or peer group identified below over one and three year periods, with an emphasis on three year results. Wellington Management began placing increased emphasis on long-term performance and phasing in a five-year performance comparison period, which was fully implemented by December 31, 2016.  Wellington Management applies similar incentive compensation structures (although the benchmarks or peer groups, time periods and rates may differ) to other accounts managed by these Investment Professionals, including accounts with performance fees.

 

Portfolio-based incentives across all accounts managed by an investment professional can, and typically do, represent a significant portion of an investment professional’s overall compensation; incentive compensation varies significantly by individual and can vary significantly from year to year. The Investment Professionals may also be eligible for bonus payments based on their overall contribution to Wellington Management’s business operations. Senior management at Wellington Management may reward individuals as it deems appropriate based on other factors. Each Partner is eligible to participate in a Partner-funded tax qualified retirement plan, the contributions to which are made pursuant to an actuarial formula.  The following individuals are Partners as of January 1, 2017:

 

Kenneth L. Abrams

Ian R. Link

Steven C. Angeli

Mark T. Lynch

Mario E. Abularach

Dan Maguire

Matthew G. Baker

Joseph F. Marvan

John A. Boselli

Kirk J. Mayer*

Edward P. Bousa

James N. Mordy

Michael T. Carmen

Stephen Mortimer

Mammen Chally

David Palmer

David Chang

Saul J. Pannell*

Nicolas M. Choumenkovitch

W. Michael Reckmeyer, III

Andrew Corry

Philip W. Ruedi

Robert L. Deresiewicz

James H. Shakin

David J. Elliott

Timothy E. Smith

Scott M. Elliott

Scott I. St. John

Craig Gainey

Michael E. Stack

Ann C. Gallo

Kent M. Stahl

Michael Garrett

Tara C. Stilwell

Brian M. Garvey

Mark H. Sullivan

Campe Goodman

Gregg R. Thomas

Stephen A. Gorman

Simon H. Thomas

Karen H. Grimes

Donald S. Tunnell

Timothy D. Haney

James W. Valone

Jean M. Hynes

Mark A. Whitaker

Christopher A. Jones

 

 

52



 

* Messrs. Mayer and Pannell announced their plan to withdraw from the partnership of Wellington Management Group LLP, the ultimate holding company of Wellington Management.

 

Wellington Management’s incentive payments to the Investment Professionals are based on comparisons of each Investment Professional’s performance relative to the following benchmark and/or relevant peer group as of December 31, 2016, which are used to measure one, three and five year performance:

 

 

 

FUND

BENCHMARK(S) / PEER GROUPS FOR INCENTIVE PERIOD

Corporate Bond ETF

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Bond Index

Quality Bond ETF

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (50%) and Barclays U.S. MBS Fixed Rate Index (50%)

 

EQUITY SECURITIES BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

 

Because each Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, the Fund’s portfolio managers did not own any equity securities in the Fund as of that date.

 

53


 


 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

 

The Trust has no obligation to deal with any dealer or group of dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities.

 

Subject to any policy established by the Trust’s Board of Trustees and HFMC, the sub-adviser is primarily responsible for the investment decisions of each Fund and the placing of its portfolio transactions.  In placing brokerage orders, it is the policy of the Funds to obtain the most favorable net results, taking into account various factors, including price, dealer spread or commission, if any, size of the transaction and difficulty of execution.  While the sub-adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Funds do not necessarily pay the lowest possible spread or commission.  HFMC may instruct the sub-adviser to direct certain brokerage transactions, using best efforts, subject to obtaining best execution, to broker/dealers in connection with a commission recapture program used to defray fund expenses for a Fund.

 

The sub-adviser generally deals directly with the dealers who make a market in the securities involved (unless better prices and execution are available elsewhere) if the securities are traded primarily in the over-the-counter market.  Such dealers usually act as principals for their own account.  On occasion, securities may be purchased directly from the issuer.  In addition, the sub-adviser may effect certain “riskless principal” transactions through certain dealers in the over-the-counter market under which “commissions” are paid on such transactions.  Bonds and money market securities are generally traded on a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes.

 

While the sub-adviser seeks to obtain the most favorable net results in effecting transactions in a Fund’s portfolio securities, broker-dealers who provide investment research to the sub-adviser may receive orders for transactions from the sub-adviser.  Such research services ordinarily consist of assessments and analyses of or affecting the business or prospects of a company, industry, economic sector or financial market.  To the extent consistent with Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), the sub-adviser may cause a Fund to pay a broker-dealer that provides “brokerage and research services” (as defined in the 1934 Act) to the sub-adviser an amount in respect of securities transactions for the Fund in excess of the amount that another broker-dealer would have charged in respect of that transaction. See “Soft Dollar Practices” below.

 

To the extent that accounts managed by the sub-adviser are simultaneously engaged in the purchase of the same security as a Fund, then, as authorized by the Trust’s Board of Trustees, available securities may be allocated to the Fund and another client account and may be averaged as to price in a manner determined by the sub-adviser to be fair and equitable.  Such allocation and pricing may affect the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Fund.  In some cases, this system might adversely affect the price paid by a Fund (for example, during periods of rapidly rising or falling interest rates) or limit the size of the position obtainable for the Fund (for example, in the case of a small issue).

 

Accounts managed by the sub-adviser (or its affiliates) may hold securities also held by the Fund.  Because of different investment objectives or other factors, a particular security may be purchased by the sub-adviser for one client when one or more other clients are selling the same security.

 

Because the Funds had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, no information regarding brokerage commissions paid is available.

 

Commission rates are established by country and trade method used to execute a given order.

 

SOFT DOLLAR PRACTICES. The sub-adviser is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management activities of each Fund, including effecting securities transactions. As noted above, to the extent consistent with Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, the sub-adviser may obtain “soft dollar” benefits in connection with the execution of transactions for a Fund. The sub-adviser may cause a Fund to pay a broker-dealer an amount in excess of the amount that another broker-dealer would have charged for the same transaction, in exchange for “brokerage and research services” (as defined in the 1934 Act). Information so received is in addition to and not in lieu of the services that the sub-adviser is required to perform under the applicable investment sub-advisory agreement.  In circumstances where two or more broker-dealers are equally capable of providing best execution, the sub-adviser may, but is under no obligation to, choose the broker-dealer that provides superior research or analysis as determined by the sub-adviser in its sole discretion.  Neither the management fees nor the subadvisory fees paid by a Fund are reduced because the sub-adviser or its affiliates receive these services even though the sub-adviser or its affiliates might otherwise be required to purchase some of these services for cash.  Some of these services are of value to the sub-adviser or its affiliates in advising various of their clients (including the Funds), although not all of these services are necessarily useful and of value in managing a Fund.  These products and services may include research reports, access to management personnel, financial newsletters and trade journals, seminar and conference fees, quantitative analytical software, data services, communication services relating to (or incidental to) the execution, clearing and settlement of securities transactions, post-trade services relating to functions incidental to trade execution, and other products and services that are permitted under Section 28(e), as interpreted by the SEC from time to time. In certain instances, these products and services may have additional uses that are not related to brokerage or research. For such “mixed use” items, in accordance with SEC guidance, the sub-adviser will make a reasonable allocation of the cost of the item according to its expected use, and will pay for that portion of the item that does not have a brokerage or research-related component out of its own pocket.

 

Because the Funds had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, no information regarding brokerage commissions paid to firms selected in recognition of research services is available.

 

54



 

Because the Funds had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, no information regarding the Fund’s regular brokers or dealers (as defined under Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act) is available.

 

55



 

FUND EXPENSES

 

HFMC shall pay all expenses of the Trust, except for: (i) interest and taxes; (ii) brokerage commissions and other expenses (such as stamp taxes) connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; (iii) expenses incident to the creation and redemption of its shares; (iv) legal fees in connection with any arbitration, litigation or pending or threatened arbitration or litigation, including any settlements in connection therewith and any obligation which the Trust may have to indemnify its officers and Trustees with respect thereto; (v) distribution fees and expenses paid by the Trust under any distribution plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act; (vi) such extraordinary non-recurring expenses as may arise; and (vii) acquired fund fees and expenses.

 

56



 

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

 

GENERAL

 

ALPS serves as the principal underwriter and distributor for the Funds pursuant to a Distribution Agreement initially approved by the Trust’s Board of Trustees. ALPS is a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).  The Distribution Agreement continues in effect for two years from initial approval and for successive one-year periods thereafter, provided that each such continuance is specifically approved (1) by the vote of a majority of the trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the Distribution Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust, or (2) by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund.  ALPS will not distribute Shares in less than Creation Units, and it does not maintain a secondary market in the Shares. ALPS may enter into selected dealer agreements with other broker-dealers or other qualified financial institutions for the sale of Shares.

 

ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES.  As stated in the prospectus under Payments to Financial Intermediaries and Other Entities, HFMC and/or its affiliates may make additional compensation payments out of their own assets and not as an expense to or out of the assets of the Funds to Financial Intermediaries to support the sale of the Funds’ shares (“Additional Payments”).  These Additional Payments, which would be in addition to commissions, , administrative fees and other servicing payments , and which may be paid to such Financial Intermediary in its capacity as a dervicing intermediary, may create an incentive for your Financial Intermediary to sell and recommend the Funds over other products for which it may receive less compensation.  You may contact your Financial Intermediary if you want information regarding the payments it receives.

 

COMMISSIONS TO DEALERS

 

Because the Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, there is no information regarding the aggregate dollar amount of commissions received by ALPS for the sale of Fund shares.

 

ALPS’ principal business address is 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203.

 

DISTRIBUTION PLAN

 

The Board has approved the adoption of a distribution plan (a “Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for shares of each Fund. However, no 12b-1 Plan fee is currently charged to the Funds, and there are no plans in place to impose a 12b-1 Plan fee. Pursuant to the Plan, each Fund may pay ALPS a fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets attributable to shares for distribution financing activities and shareholder account servicing activities.  The entire amount of the fee may be used for shareholder servicing expenses and/or distribution expenses.

 

The 12b-1 Plan fee may only be imposed or increased when the Board of Trustees determines that it is in the best interests of shareholders to do so.  Because these fees are paid out of a Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, to the extent that a fee is authorized, over time it will increase the cost of an investment in the Fund. The 12b-1 Plan fee may cost an investor more than other types of sales charges.

 

GENERAL.  Distribution fees paid to ALPS, if authorized by the Board in the future, may be spent on any activities or expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of a Fund’s shares including, but not limited to:  (a) payment of initial and ongoing commissions and other compensation payments to brokers, dealers, financial institutions or others who sell the Fund’s shares; (b) compensation to employees of ALPS; (c) compensation to and expenses, including overhead such as communications and telephone, training, supplies, photocopying and similar types of expenses, of ALPS incurred in the printing and mailing or other dissemination of all prospectuses and statements of additional information; and (d) the costs of preparation, printing and mailing reports used for sales literature and related expenses, advertisements and other distribution related expenses (including personnel of ALPS). Service fees paid under the Plan are payments for the provision of personal service and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The Plan is considered a compensation type plan, which means that a Fund pays ALPS the entire fee, if authorized by the Board in the future, regardless of ALPS’ expenditures. Even if ALPS’ actual expenditures exceed the fee payable to ALPS, if authorized by the Board in the future, at any given time, the Fund will not be obligated to pay more than that fee.  If ALPS’ actual expenditures are less than the fee payable to ALPS, if authorized by the Board in the future, at any given time, ALPS may realize a profit from the arrangement.

 

The Plan was adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including at least a majority of trustees who are not, and were not at the time they voted, interested persons of a Fund as defined in the 1940 Act and do not and did not have any direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan.  In approving the Plan, the trustees identified and considered a number of potential benefits that the Plan may provide to a Fund and its shareholders. Under its terms, the Plan remains in effect from year to year provided such continuance is approved annually by vote of the trustees of the Trust in the manner described above.  The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for distribution without approval of the shareholders of a Fund affected by the increase, and material amendments to the Plan must also be approved by the Board of Trustees in the manner described above.  The Plan may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of the majority of the trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons of a Fund and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operations of the Plan, or by a vote of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund.  The Plan will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

 

57


 


 

CREATION AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

 

The Trust will issue and sell shares of the Funds only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without a sales load, at the NAV next determined after receipt of an order in proper form as described in the Participant Agreement (as defined below), on any Business Day (as defined below). The number of shares of each Fund that will constitute a Creation Unit is 50,000.

 

In its discretion, HFMC reserves the right to increase or decrease the number of a Fund’s shares that constitute a Creation Unit. The Board reserves the right to declare a split or a consolidation in the number of shares outstanding of a Fund, and to make a corresponding change in the number of shares constituting a Creation Unit, in the event that the per share price in the secondary market rises (or declines) to an amount that falls outside the range deemed desirable by the Board.

 

A “Business Day” with respect to the Funds is each day the New York Stock Exchange is open. Orders from Authorized Participants to create or redeem Creation Units will only be accepted on a Business Day.

 

The time at which transactions and shares are priced and the time by which orders must be received may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange is stopped at a time other than its regularly scheduled closing time. The Trust reserves the right to reprocess creation and redemption transactions that were initially processed at a NAV other than a Fund’s official closing NAV (as the same may be subsequently adjusted), and to recover amounts from (or distribute amounts to) Authorized Participants based on the official closing NAV. The Trust reserves the right to advance the time by which creation and redemption orders must be received for same business day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC.

 

FUND DEPOSIT

 

The consideration for purchase of Creation Units will generally consist of Deposit Securities and the Cash Component, which will generally correspond pro rata, to the extent practicable, to a Fund’s securities, or, as permitted or required by the Fund, of cash. Together, the Deposit Securities and Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of a Fund. The portfolio of securities required may, in certain limited circumstances, be different than the portfolio of securities a Fund will deliver upon redemption of Fund shares. Due to various legal and operational constraints in certain countries in which each Fund invests, Creation Units of the Fund may be issued partially for cash.

 

The function of the Cash Component is to compensate for any differences between the NAV per Creation Unit and the Deposit Amount (as defined below). The Cash Component would be an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares (per Creation Unit) and the “Deposit Amount,” which is an amount equal to the market value of the Deposit Securities. If the Cash Component is a positive number (the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the Deposit Amount), the Authorized Participant will deliver the Cash Component. If the Cash Component is a negative number (the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the Deposit Amount), the Authorized Participant will receive the Cash Component. Computation of the Cash Component excludes any stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities, which shall be the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant. The Cash Component may also include a “Dividend Equivalent Payment,” which enables each Fund to make a complete distribution of dividends on the next dividend payment date, and is an amount equal, on a per Creation Unit basis, to the dividends on all the securities held by the Fund with ex-dividend dates within the accumulation period for such distribution (the “Accumulation Period”), net of expenses and liabilities for such period, as if all of the securities had been held by the Trust for the entire Accumulation Period. The Accumulation Period begins on the ex-dividend date for a Fund and ends on the next ex-dividend date.

 

The State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “Transfer Agent”), through the NSCC, makes available on each Business Day, prior to the opening of business (subject to amendments) on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), the identity and the required number of each Deposit Security and the amount of the Cash Component to be included in the current Fund Deposit (based on information at the end of the previous Business Day).

 

The Deposit Securities and Cash Component are subject to any adjustments, as described below, in order to effect purchases of Creation Units of a Fund until such time as the next-announced composition of the Deposit Securities and Cash Component is made available.

 

The Trust may require the substitution of an amount of cash (a “cash-in-lieu” amount) to replace any Deposit Security of a Fund that is a non-deliverable instrument. The amount of cash contributed will be equivalent to the price of the instrument listed as a Deposit Security. The Trust reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of a “cash-in-lieu” amount to be added to replace any Deposit Security that is a to-be-announced (“TBA”) transaction, that may not be available in sufficient quantity for delivery, that may not be eligible for trading by a Participating Party (defined below), that may not be permitted to be re-registered in the name of the Trust as a result of an in-kind creation order pursuant to local law or market convention, or that may not be eligible for transfer through the systems of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or the Clearing Process (as discussed below), or the Federal Reserve System for U.S. Treasury securities. The Trust also reserves the right to permit or require a “cash-in-lieu” amount where the delivery of Deposit Securities by the Authorized Participant (as described below) would be restricted under the securities laws or where the delivery of Deposit Securities from an investor to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of Deposit Securities by the Authorized Participant becoming restricted under the securities laws, and in certain other situations. The Trust may permit a “cash-in-lieu” amount for any reason at the Trust’s sole discretion but is not required to do so. With respect to

 

58



 

each Fund, the adjustments to the proportions of Deposit Securities described above will reflect changes known to HFMC on the date of announcement to be in effect by the time of delivery of the Fund Deposit or from stock splits and other corporate actions.

 

PROCEDURES FOR CREATING CREATION UNITS

 

To be eligible to place orders with the Distributor and to create a Creation Unit of a Fund, an entity must be: (i) a “Participating Party,” i.e. a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC (the “Clearing Process”), a clearing agency that is registered with the SEC; or (ii) a participant of DTC (“DTC Participant”) and must have executed an agreement with the Distributor (and accepted by the Transfer Agent), with respect to creations and redemptions of Creation Units (“Participant Agreement”) (discussed below). A Participating Party or DTC Participant who has executed a Participant Agreement is referred to as an “Authorized Participant.” All shares of a Fund, however created, will be entered on the records of DTC in the name of its nominee for the account of a DTC Participant.

 

Except as described below, and in all cases subject to the terms of the applicable Participant Agreement, all orders to create Creation Units of a Fund must be received by the Transfer Agent no later than the closing time of the regular trading session of the Exchange (“Order Cutoff Time”) (ordinarily 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) in each case on the date such order is placed for creation of Creation Units to be effected based on the NAV of shares of a Fund as next determined after receipt of an order in proper form. Orders requesting substitution of a “cash-in-lieu” amount or a cash creation (collectively, “Non-Standard Orders”), must be received by the Transfer Agent no later than 3:00 p.m., Eastern time. On days when the Exchange closes earlier than normal (such as the day before a holiday), a Fund will require standard orders to create Creation Units to be placed by the earlier closing time and Non-Standard Orders to create Creation Units must be received no later than one hour prior to the earlier closing time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust may, but is not required to, permit Non-Standard Orders until 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, or until the market close (in the event the Exchange closes early). The date on which an order to create Creation Units (or an order to redeem Creation Units, as discussed below) is placed is referred to as the “Transmittal Date.” Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant through the Transfer Agent’s electronic order system or by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Transfer Agent pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure may impede the ability to reach the Transfer Agent, Distributor or an Authorized Participant.

 

All investor orders to create Creation Units shall be placed with an Authorized Participant in the form required by such Authorized Participant. In addition, an Authorized Participant may request that an investor make certain representations or enter into agreements with respect to an order (to provide for payments of cash). Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed a Participant Agreement and, therefore, orders to create Creation Units of a Fund will have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an Authorized Participant. In such cases, there may be additional charges to such investor. A limited number of broker-dealers are expected to execute a Participant Agreement and only a small number of such Authorized Participants are expected to have international capabilities.

 

Creation Units may be created in advance of the receipt by the Trust of all or a portion of the Fund Deposit. In such cases, the Authorized Participant will remain liable for the full deposit of the missing portion(s) of the Fund Deposit and will be required to post collateral with the Trust consisting of cash at least equal to a percentage of the marked-to-market value of such missing portion(s) that is specified in the Participant Agreement. The Trust may use such collateral to buy the missing portion(s) of the Fund Deposit at any time and will subject such Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Trust of purchasing such securities and the value of such collateral. The Trust will have no liability for any such shortfall. The Trust will return any unused portion of the collateral to the Authorized Participant once the entire Fund Deposit has been properly received by the Transfer Agent and deposited into the Trust.

 

Orders for Creation Units that are effected outside the Clearing Process are likely to require transmittal by the DTC Participant earlier on the Transmittal Date than orders effected using the Clearing Process. Those persons placing orders outside the Clearing Process should ascertain the deadlines applicable to DTC and the Federal Reserve Bank wire system by contacting the operations department of the broker or depository institution effectuating such transfer of Deposit Securities and Cash Component.

 

Orders to create Creation Units of a Fund may be placed through the Clearing Process utilizing procedures applicable to domestic funds for domestic securities (“Domestic Funds”) (see “Placement of Creation Orders Using Clearing Process”) or outside the Clearing Process utilizing the procedures applicable to either Domestic Funds or foreign funds for foreign securities (“Foreign Funds”) (see “—Placement of Creation Orders Outside Clearing Process—Domestic Funds” and “—Placement of Creation Orders Outside Clearing Process—Foreign Funds”). In the event that the Fund includes both domestic and foreign securities, the time for submitting orders is as stated in the “Placement of Creation Orders Outside Clearing Process—Foreign Funds” and “Placement of Redemption Orders Outside Clearing Process—Foreign Funds” sections below shall operate.

 

PLACEMENT OF CREATION ORDERS USING CLEARING PROCESS

 

Fund Deposits created through the Clearing Process, if available, must be delivered through a Participating Party that has executed a Participant Agreement.

 

The Participant Agreement authorizes the Transfer Agent to transmit to NSCC on behalf of the Participating Party such trade instructions as are necessary to effect the Participating Party’s creation order. Pursuant to such trade instructions from the Transfer Agent to NSCC, the Participating Party agrees to transfer the requisite Deposit Securities (or contracts to purchase such Deposit Securities that are expected to be delivered in a “regular way” manner by the third (3rd) Business Day) and the Cash Component to

 

59



 

the Trust, together with such additional information as may be required by the Transfer Agent and the Distributor as set forth in the Participant Agreement. An order to create Creation Units of a Fund through the Clearing Process is deemed received by the Transfer Agent on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Transfer Agent not later than the Order Cutoff Time on such Transmittal Date and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed. All orders are subject to acceptance by the Distributor.

 

PLACEMENT OF CREATION ORDERS OUTSIDE CLEARING PROCESSDOMESTIC FUNDS

 

Fund Deposits created outside the Clearing Process must be delivered through a DTC Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement. A DTC Participant who wishes to place an order creating Creation Units of a Fund to be effected outside the Clearing Process need not be a Participating Party, but such orders must state that the DTC Participant is not using the Clearing Process and that the creation of Creation Units will instead be effected through a transfer of securities and cash. The Fund Deposit transfer must be ordered by the DTC Participant in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities through DTC to the account of the Trust no later than 11:00 a.m. Eastern time, of the next Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date. All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities to be delivered, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities, will be determined by the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding. The cash equal to the Cash Component must be transferred directly to the Transfer Agent through the Federal Reserve wire system in a timely manner so as to be received by the Transfer Agent no later than 2:00 p.m. Eastern time on the next Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date. An order to create Creation Units of a Fund outside the Clearing Process will be deemed received by the Transfer Agent on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Transfer Agent not later than the Order Cutoff Time on such Transmittal Date; and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed. However, if the Transfer Agent does not receive both the requisite Deposit Securities and the Cash Component in a timely fashion on the next Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date, such order will be cancelled. Upon written notice to the Transfer Agent, such cancelled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using the Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the current NAV of a Fund. The delivery of Creation Units so created will occur no later than the third (3rd) Business Day following the day on which the creation order is deemed received by the Transfer Agent.

 

Additional transaction fees may be imposed with respect to transactions effected outside the Clearing Process (through a DTC participant) and in circumstances in which any cash can be used in lieu of Deposit Securities to create Creation Units. (See “Creation Transaction Fee” section below.)

 

PLACEMENT OF CREATION ORDERS OUTSIDE CLEARING PROCESS—FOREIGN FUNDS

 

The Transfer Agent will inform the Distributor, HFMC and State Street Bank and Trust Company (“the Custodian”) upon receipt of a Creation Order. The Custodian will then provide such information to the appropriate subcustodian. For the Funds, the Custodian will cause the subcustodian of the Funds to maintain an account into which the Deposit Securities (or the cash value of all or part of such securities, in the case of a permitted or required cash purchase or “cash-in-lieu” amount) will be delivered. Deposit Securities must be delivered to an account maintained at the applicable local custodian. The Trust must also receive, on or before the contractual settlement date, immediately available or same day funds estimated by the Custodian to be sufficient to pay the Cash Component next determined after receipt in proper form of the purchase order, together with the creation transaction fee described below.

 

Once the Transfer Agent has accepted a creation order, the Transfer Agent will confirm the issuance of a Creation Unit of a Fund against receipt of payment, at such NAV as will have been calculated after receipt in proper form of such order. The Transfer Agent will then transmit a confirmation of acceptance of such order.

 

Creation Units will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the Trust of the Deposit Securities and the payment of the Cash Component and applicable transaction fee have been completed. When the subcustodian has confirmed to the Custodian that the required Deposit Securities (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant subcustodian, the Distributor and HFMC will be notified of such delivery and the Transfer Agent will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Units.

 

ACCEPTANCE OF CREATION ORDERS

 

The Trust and the Distributor reserve the absolute right to reject or revoke acceptance of a creation order transmitted to it in respect to a Fund, for example if: (i) the order is not in proper form; (ii) the investor(s), upon obtaining the shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding shares of the Fund; (iii) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would have certain adverse tax consequences to the Fund; (iv) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (v) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would otherwise, in the discretion of the Trust or HFMC, have an adverse effect on the Trust or the rights of beneficial owners of the Fund; or (vi) in the event that circumstances outside the control of the Trust, the Transfer Agent, the Distributor or HFMC make it for all practical purposes impossible to process creation orders. Examples of such circumstances include acts of God; public service or utility problems such as fires, floods, extreme weather conditions and power outages resulting in telephone, facsimile and computer failures; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures involving computer or other information systems affecting the Trust, HFMC, the Distributor, DTC, the Clearing Process, Federal Reserve, the Transfer Agent or any other participant in the creation process, and other extraordinary events. The Distributor shall notify the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of the creator of a Creation Unit of its rejection of the order of such person. Neither the

 

60



 

Trust, the Transfer Agent, the Distributor nor HFMC are under any duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall any of them incur any liability for the failure to give any such notification.

 

All questions as to the number of shares of Deposit Securities and the validity, form, eligibility, and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered and the amount and form of the Cash Component, as applicable, shall be determined by the Trust, and the Trust’s determination shall be final and binding.

 

CREATION TRANSACTION FEE

 

A creation transaction fee payable to the Custodian is imposed on each creation transaction regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased in the transaction, as described in the table below. Where the Trust permits or specifies cash creations, an Authorized Participant submitting a cash creation order may also be assessed a variable transaction fee on the cash portion of its order up to a maximum amount as indicated in the table below.

 

 

FUND

STANDARD TRANSACTION
FEE*

MAXIMUM TRANSACTION
FEE*

MAXIMUM VARIABLE
TRANSACTION FEE**

Corporate Bond ETF

$ 100

$ 1,000

3%

Quality Bond ETF

$ 100

$ 1,000

3%

 

* From time to time, the Fund may waive all or a portion of its applicable transaction fee(s). An additional charge of up to the maximum transaction fee may be charged to the extent a transaction is outside of the clearing process.

** The Fund may charge an additional variable transaction fee for creations in cash to offset brokerage and impact expenses associated with the cash transaction. The variable transaction fee will be calculated based on historical transaction cost data and HFMC’s view of current market conditions; however, the actual variable fee charged for a given transaction may be lower or higher than the trading expenses incurred by the Fund with respect to that transaction.

 

In the case of cash creations or where the Trust permits or requires a creator to substitute cash in lieu of depositing a portion of the Deposit Securities, the creator may be assessed an additional variable transaction fee to compensate a Fund for the costs associated with purchasing the applicable securities as disclosed in the table above. (See “Fund Deposit” section above.) As a result, in order to seek to replicate the in-kind creation order process, the Trust expects to purchase, in the secondary market or otherwise gain exposure to, the portfolio securities that could have been delivered as a result of an in-kind creation order pursuant to local law or market convention, or for other reasons (“Market Purchases”). In such cases where the Trust makes Market Purchases, the Authorized Participant will reimburse the Trust for, among other things, any difference between the market value at which the securities and/or financial instruments were purchased by the Trust and the cash in lieu amount (which amount, at HFMC’s discretion, may be capped), applicable registration fees, brokerage commissions and certain taxes. HFMC may adjust the transaction fee to the extent the composition of the creation securities changes or cash in lieu is added to the Cash Component to protect ongoing shareholders. Creators of Creation Units are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Deposit Securities to the account of the Trust. See “Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage” for additional information regarding certain cash creation transactions.

 

REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS

 

Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form on a Business Day and only through a Participating Party or DTC Participant who has executed a Participant Agreement. The Funds will not redeem shares in amounts less than Creation Units (except each Fund may redeem shares in amounts less than a Creation Unit in the event the Fund is being liquidated). Beneficial owners must accumulate enough shares in the secondary market to constitute a Creation Unit in order to have such shares redeemed by the Trust. There can be no assurance, however, that there will be sufficient liquidity in the public trading market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Authorized Participants should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of shares to constitute a redeemable Creation Unit. All redemptions are subject to the procedures contained in the applicable Participant Agreement.

 

With respect to each Fund, the Transfer Agent, through the NSCC, makes available immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time) on each Business Day, the identity of the Fund’s securities and/or an amount of cash that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as described below) on that day. All orders are subject to acceptance by the Distributor. Each Fund’s securities received on redemption will generally correspond pro rata, to the extent practicable, to the Fund’s securities. Each Fund’s securities received on redemption (“Fund Securities”) may not be identical to Deposit Securities that are applicable to creations of Creation Units.

 

Unless cash only redemptions are available or specified for a Fund, the redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit will generally consist of Fund Securities as announced on the Business Day of the request for a redemption order received in proper form plus cash in an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares being redeemed, as next determined after a receipt of a request in proper form, and the value of the Fund Securities, less the redemption transaction fee and variable fees described below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust will substitute a “cash-in-lieu” amount to replace any Fund Security that is a non-deliverable instrument. The Trust may permit a “cash-in-lieu” amount for any reason at the Trust’s sole discretion but is not required to do so. The amount of cash paid out in such cases will be equivalent to the value of the instrument listed as a Fund Security. In the event that the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the difference is required to be made by an Authorized Participant.

 

          Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws, and each Fund reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Trust could not lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws. An Authorized Participant, or a beneficial owner of shares for which it is acting, subject to a legal restriction with respect to a particular security included in the redemption of a Creation Unit may be paid an equivalent amount of cash. This would specifically prohibit delivery of Fund Securities that are not registered in reliance upon Rule 144A under the 1933 Act to a redeeming beneficial owner of shares that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the 1933 Act. The Authorized Participant may request the redeeming beneficial owner of the shares to complete an order form or to enter into agreements with respect to such matters as compensating cash payment.

 

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with respect to each Fund: (i) for any period during which the Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (ii) for any period during which trading on the Exchange is suspended or restricted; (iii) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal by

 

61



 

the Fund of securities it owns or determination of the Fund’s NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (iv) in such other circumstances as permitted by the SEC.

 

If the Trust determines, based on information available to the Trust when a redemption request is submitted by an Authorized Participant, that (i) the short interest of a Fund in the marketplace is greater than or equal to 100% and (ii) the orders in the aggregate from all Authorized Participants redeeming Fund shares on a Business Day represent 25% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund, such Authorized Participant will be required to verify to the Trust the accuracy of its representations that are deemed to have been made by submitting a request for redemption. If, after receiving notice of the verification requirement, the Authorized Participant does not verify the accuracy of its representations that are deemed to have been made by submitting a request for redemption in accordance with this requirement, its redemption request will be considered not to have been received in proper form.

 

REDEMPTION TRANSACTION FEE

 

A redemption transaction fee payable to the Custodian is imposed on each redemption transaction regardless of the number of Creation Units redeemed in the transaction, as described in the table below. Where the Trust permits or specifies cash redemptions, an Authorized Participant submitting a cash redemption order may also be assessed a variable transaction fee on the cash portion of its order up to a maximum amount as indicated in the table below.

 

FUND

STANDARD TRANSACTION
FEE*

MAXIMUM TRANSACTION
FEE*

MAXIMUM VARIABLE
TRANSACTION FEE**

Corporate Bond ETF

$ 100

$ 1,000

2%

Quality Bond ETF

$ 100

$ 1,000

2%

 

* From time to time, the Fund may waive all or a portion of its applicable transaction fee(s). An additional charge of up to the maximum transaction fee may be charged to the extent a transaction is outside of the clearing process.

**The Fund may charge an additional variable transaction fee for redemptions in cash to offset brokerage and impact expenses associated with the cash transaction. The variable transaction fee will be calculated based on historical transaction cost data and HFMC’s view of current market conditions; however, the actual variable fee charged for a given transaction may be lower or higher than the trading expenses incurred by the Fund with respect to that transaction.

 

An additional variable transaction fee for cash redemptions or partial cash redemptions (when cash redemptions are permitted or required for a Fund) may be imposed to compensate the Fund for the costs associated with selling the applicable securities as disclosed in the table above. As a result, in order to seek to replicate the in-kind redemption order process, the Trust expects to sell, in the secondary market, the portfolio securities or settle any financial instruments that may not be permitted to be re-registered in the name of the Participating Party as a result of an in-kind redemption order pursuant to local law or market convention, or for other reasons (“Market Sales”). In such cases where the Trust makes Market Sales, the Authorized Participant will reimburse the Trust for, among other things, any difference between the market value at which the securities and/or financial instruments were sold or settled by the Trust and the cash in lieu amount (which amount, at HFMC’s discretion, may be capped), applicable registration fees, brokerage commissions and certain taxes (“Transaction Costs”). HFMC may adjust the transaction fee to the extent the composition of the redemption securities changes or cash in lieu is added to the Cash Component to protect ongoing shareholders. In no event will fees charged by a Fund in connection with a redemption exceed 2% of the value of each Creation Unit. Investors who use the services of a broker or other such intermediary may be charged a fee for such services. See “Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage” for additional information regarding certain cash redemption transactions. To the extent a Fund cannot recoup the amount of Transaction Costs incurred in connection with a redemption from the redeeming shareholder because of the 2% cap or otherwise, those Transaction Costs will be borne by the Fund’s remaining shareholders and negatively affect the Fund’s performance.

 

PLACEMENT OF REDEMPTION ORDERS USING CLEARING PROCESS

 

Orders to redeem Creation Units of a Fund through the Clearing Process, if available, must be delivered through a Participating Party that has executed the Participant Agreement. An order to redeem Creation Units of the Fund using the Clearing Process is deemed received on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Transfer Agent not later than 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on such Transmittal Date; and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed; such order will be effected based on the NAV of the Fund as next determined. An order to redeem Creation Units of a Fund using the Clearing Process made in proper form but received by the Fund after 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, will be deemed received on the next Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date. The requisite Fund Securities (or contracts to purchase such Fund Securities which are expected to be delivered in a “regular way” manner) and the applicable cash payment will be transferred by the third (3rd) Business Day following the date on which such request for redemption is deemed received.

 

PLACEMENT OF REDEMPTION ORDERS OUTSIDE CLEARING PROCESS—DOMESTIC FUNDS

 

Orders to redeem Creation Units of a Fund outside the Clearing Process must be delivered through a DTC Participant that has executed the Participant Agreement. A DTC Participant who wishes to place an order for redemption of Creation Units of a Fund to be effected outside the Clearing Process need not be a Participating Party, but such orders must state that the DTC Participant is not using the Clearing Process and that redemption of Creation Units of the Fund will instead be effected through transfer of Creation Units of the Fund directly through DTC. An order to redeem Creation Units of a Fund outside the Clearing Process is deemed received by the Transfer Agent on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Transfer Agent not later than 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on such Transmittal Date; (ii) such order is preceded or accompanied by the requisite number of shares of Creation Units specified in such order, which delivery must be made through DTC to the Transfer Agent no later than 11:00 a.m. Eastern time on such Transmittal Date; and (iii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed.

 

          After the Transfer Agent has deemed an order for redemption outside the Clearing Process received, the Transfer Agent will initiate procedures to transfer the requisite Fund Securities (or contracts to purchase such Fund Securities) which are expected to be delivered within three Business Days and the cash redemption payment to the redeeming Beneficial Owner by the third Business Day following the Transmittal Date on which such redemption order is deemed received by the Transfer Agent. Additional transaction fees may be imposed with respect to transactions effected outside the Clearing Process. (See “Redemption Transaction Fee” section above.)

 

PLACEMENT OF REDEMPTION ORDERS OUTSIDE CLEARING PROCESS—FOREIGN FUNDS

 

Arrangements satisfactory to the Trust must be in place for the Participating Party to transfer the Creation Units through DTC on or  before the settlement date. Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S.

 

62



 

federal and state securities laws and a Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits or requires cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Fund could not lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws.

 

In connection with taking delivery of shares for Fund Securities upon redemption of Creation Units, a redeeming shareholder or entity acting on behalf of a redeeming shareholder must maintain appropriate custody arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody providers in each jurisdiction in which any of the Fund Securities are customarily traded, to which account such Fund Securities will be delivered. If neither the redeeming shareholder nor the entity acting on behalf of a redeeming shareholder has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of the Fund Securities in the applicable foreign jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Fund Securities in such jurisdictions, the Trust may, in its discretion, exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the redeeming shareholder will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash.

 

REGULAR FOREIGN HOLIDAYS. Each Fund generally intends to effect deliveries of Creation Units and portfolio securities on a basis of “T” plus three Business Days (i.e., days on which the national securities exchange is open) (“T+3”). The Funds may effect deliveries of Creation Units and portfolio securities on a basis other than T + 3 in order to accommodate local holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates or under certain other circumstances. The ability of the Trust to effect in-kind creations and redemptions within three Business Days of receipt of an order in good form is subject, among other things, to the condition that, within the time period from the date of the order to the date of delivery of the securities, there are no days that are holidays in the applicable foreign market. For every occurrence of one or more intervening holidays in the applicable foreign market that are not holidays observed in the U.S. equity market, the redemption settlement cycle may be extended by the number of such intervening holidays. In addition to holidays, other unforeseeable closings in a foreign market due to emergencies may also prevent the Trust from delivering securities within normal settlement periods. The securities delivery cycles currently practicable for transferring portfolio securities to redeeming Authorized Participants, coupled  with foreign market holiday schedules, will require a delivery process longer than seven calendar days for the Funds, in certain circumstances. The holidays applicable to the Funds during such periods are listed below, as are instances where more than seven days will be needed to deliver redemption proceeds. Although certain holidays may occur on different dates in subsequent years, the number of days required to deliver redemption proceeds in any given year is not expected to exceed the maximum number of days listed below for the Funds. The proclamation of new holidays, the treatment by market participants of certain days as “informal holidays” (e.g., days on which no or limited securities transactions occur, as a result of substantially shortened trading hours), the elimination of existing holidays, or changes in local securities delivery practices, could affect the information set forth herein at some time in the future. Because the portfolio securities of each Fund may trade on days that the Funds’ Exchange is closed or on days that are not Business Days for the Fund, Authorized Participants may not be able to redeem their shares of the Fund, or to purchase and sell shares of the Fund on the Exchange, on days when the NAV of the Fund could be significantly affected by events in the relevant non-U.S. markets.

 

Listed below are the dates in calendar year 2017 in which the regular holidays in non-U.S. markets may impact Fund settlement. This list is based on information available to the Funds. The list may not be accurate or complete and is subject to change:

 

Calendar Year 2017

 

AUSTRALIA

 

 

 

January 2

April 17

August 7

December 26

January 26

April 25

October 2

 

April 14

June 12

December 24

 

 

 

 

 

AUSTRIA

 

 

 

January 1

May 25

October 26

December 26

January 6

June 5

November 1

 

April 17

June 15

December 8

 

May 1

August 15

December 25

 

 

 

 

 

BELGIUM

 

 

 

January 1

May 25

November 1

 

January 26

June 5

December 25

 

April 17

July 21

 

 

May 1

August 15

 

 

 

 

 

 

BRAZIL

 

 

 

January 1

April 14

June 15

November 2

February 27

April 21

September 7

November 15

February 28

May 1

October 12

December 25

 

63



 

CHILE

 

 

 

January 1

May 1

August 15

October 27

April 14

May 21

September 18

November 1

April 15

June 26

September 19

December 8

April 16

July 16

October 9

December 25

 

 

 

 

CHINA

 

 

 

January 1

January 30

May 30

October 4

January 27

January 31

October 1

October 5

January 28

April 5

October 2

October 6

January 29

May 1

October 3

 

 

 

 

 

COLOMBIA

 

 

 

January 1

May 1

July 20

November 13

January 9

May 29

August 7

December 8

March 20

June 19

August 21

December 25

April 13

June 26

October 16

 

April 14

July 3

November 6

 

 

 

 

 

CZECH REPUBLIC

 

 

 

January 1

May 1

July 6

December 24

April 14

May 8

October 28

December 25

April 17

June 28

November 17

December 26

 

 

 

 

DENMARK

 

 

 

January 1

April 17

June 5

December 31

April 13

May 12

December 24

 

April 14

May 25

December 25

 

April 16

May 26

December 26

 

 

 

 

 

EGYPT

 

 

 

January 7

April 25

July 1

September 2

January 25

May 1

July 23

September 21

April 16

June 25

August 31

October 6

April 17

June 26

September 1

December 1

The Egyptian market is closed every Friday.

 

 

 

 

 

FINLAND

 

 

 

January 1

May 1

December 6

December 31

January 6

May 25

December 24

 

April 14

June 23

December 25

 

April 17

June 24

December 26

 

 

 

 

 

FRANCE

 

 

 

March 26

October 29

December 25

December 26

May 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GERMANY

 

 

 

January 1

April 14

May 1

December 25

March 26

April 17

October 29

December 26

 

 

 

 

GREECE

 

 

 

January 6

April 17

August 15

 

February 27

May 1

December 25

 

April 14

June 5

December 26

 

 

 

 

 

HONG KONG

 

 

 

January 2

April 17

December 25

December 26

April 14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HUNGARY

 

 

 

January 1

March 15

August 20

October 23

 

64



 

INDIA

 

 

 

January 26

May 1

October 2

December 25

April 24

August 15

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDONESIA

 

 

 

January 1

August 17

December 25

 

 

 

 

 

IRELAND

 

 

 

August 7

October 30

December 25

December 26

 

 

 

 

ISRAEL

 

 

 

March 12

May 2

September 21

September 30

April 11

May 31

September 22

October 5

April 17

August 1

September 29

October 12

The Israeli market is closed every Friday

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITALY

 

 

 

January 1

April 17

December 25

December 26

April 14

May 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

JAPAN

 

 

 

January 1

March 20

July 17

November 3

January 2

April 29

August 11

November 23

January 3

May 3

September 18

December 23

January 9

May 4

September 23

 

February 11

May 5

October 9

 

 

 

 

 

MALAYSIA

 

 

 

January 1

May 1

September 16

December 25

February 1

August 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

MEXICO

 

 

 

January 1

April 13

September 16

December 12

February 6

April 15

November 2

December 25

March 20

May 1

November 20

 

 

 

 

 

NETHERLANDS

 

 

 

January 1

April 14

June 5

December 25

March 26

April 17

October 29

December 26

 

 

 

 

NEW ZEALAND

 

 

 

January 2

January 30

April 17

October 23

January 3

February 6

April 25

December 25

January 23

April 14

June 5

December 26

 

 

 

 

NORWAY

 

 

 

April 13

May 1

June 5

December 26

April 14

May 17

December 25

 

April 17

May 25

 

 

 

 

 

 

PERU

 

 

 

January 1

May 1

July 29

November 1

April 13

June 29

August 30

December 8

April 14

July 28

October 8

December 25

 

 

 

 

PHILIPPINES

 

 

 

January 1

April 14

August 28

December 25

April 9

May 1

November 1

December 30

April 13

June 12

November 30

December 31

 

 

 

 

POLAND

 

 

 

January 1

May 1

November 1

December 26

January 6

May 3

November 11

 

April 14

June 15

December 24

 

April 17

August 15

December 25

 

 

65



 

PORTUGAL

 

 

 

April 14

May 1

December 25

December 26

April 17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QATAR

 

 

 

January 1

June 26

September 2

December 18

March 5

June 27

September 3

 

June 25

September 1

September 4

 

The Qatari market is closed every Friday

 

 

 

 

 

RUSSIA

 

 

 

January 1

February 23

May 9

November 6

January 2

March 8

June 12

 

January 7

May 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

SINGAPORE

 

 

 

January 1

April 14

August 9

December 25

January 2

May 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOUTH AFRICA

 

 

 

January 1

April 17

August 9

December 25

January 2

April 27

September 24

December 26

March 21

May 1

September 25

 

April 14

June 16

December 16

 

 

 

 

 

SOUTH KOREA

 

 

 

January 1

March 1

August 15

October 9

January 27

May 1

October 3

December 20

January 28

May 3

October 4

December 25

January 29

May 5

October 5

 

January 30

June 6

October 6

 

 

 

 

 

SPAIN

 

 

 

April 13

June 15

October 12

December 25

April 14

July 25

November 1

 

May 1

August 15

December 8

 

 

 

 

 

SRI LANKA

 

 

 

January 12

April 14

June 26

October 18

February 10

May 1

August 7

November 3

February 24

May 10

September 1

December 1

April 10

May 11

September 5

December 25

April 13

June 8

October 5

 

 

 

 

 

SWEDEN

 

 

 

January 6

May 1

June 23

December 26

April 14

May 25

December 25

 

April 17

June 6

 

 

 

 

 

 

SWITZERLAND

 

 

 

January 2

April 17

June 5

December 25

April 14

May 25

August 1

December 26

 

 

 

 

TAIWAN

 

 

 

January 1

April 5

May 1

October 10

February 28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THAILAND

 

 

 

January 2

April 14

May 10

October 23

February 11

April 15

July 1

December 5

April 6

May 1

July 10

December 11

April 13

May 5

August 14

 

 

66



 

TURKEY

 

 

 

January 1

May 1

August 30

October 29

April 23

May 19

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

 

 

 

January 1

June 27

September 3

December 3

April 24

August 31

September 21

 

June 25

September 1

December 1

 

June 26

September 2

December 2

 

The United Arab Emirates markets are closed on Fridays

 

 

 

 

 

 

UKRAINE

 

 

 

January 2

March 8

May 9

October 16

January 3

May 1

June 28

 

January 9

May 2

August 24

 

March 8

May 8

August 25

 

 

 

 

 

UNITED KINGDOM

 

 

 

January 2

April 17

August 28

December 26

March 26

May 1

October 29

 

April 14

May 29

December 25

 

 

Redemptions. The longest redemption cycle for a Fund is a function of the longest redemption cycle among the countries whose securities comprise the Fund. In the calendar year 2017, the dates of regular holidays affecting the following securities markets present the worst-case (longest) redemption cycle* for the Funds as follows.

 

SETTLEMENT PERIODS GREATER THAN SEVEN DAYS FOR YEAR 2017

 

 

 

Beginning of
Settlement Period

 

End of Settlement
Period

 

Number of Days in
Settlement Period

Australia

 

12/19/2017

 

12/27/2017

 

8

 

 

12/20/2017

 

12/28/2017

 

8

 

 

12/21/2017

 

1/2/2018

 

12

China

 

1/24/2017

 

2/6/2017

 

13

 

 

1/25/2017

 

2/7/2017

 

13

 

 

1/26/2017

 

2/8/2017

 

13

 

 

3/29/2017

 

4/6/2017

 

8

 

 

3/30/2017

 

4/7/2017

 

8

 

 

3/31/2017

 

4/10/2017

 

10

 

 

9/27/2017

 

10/9/2017

 

12

 

 

9/28/2017

 

10/10/2017

 

12

 

 

9/29/2017

 

10/11/2017

 

12

Ireland

 

12/19/2017

 

12/27/2017

 

8

 

 

12/20/2017

 

12/28/2017

 

8

 

 

12/21/2017

 

1/2/2018

 

12

Israel

 

4/5/2017

 

4/18/2017

 

13

 

 

4/6/2017

 

4/19/2017

 

13

 

 

4/7/2017

 

4/20/2017

 

13

 

 

4/25/2017

 

5/3/2017

 

8

 

 

4/26/2017

 

5/4/2017

 

8

 

 

4/27/2017

 

5/5/2017

 

8

 

 

9/14/2017

 

9/25/2017

 

11

 

 

9/18/2017

 

9/26/2017

 

8

 

 

9/19/2017

 

9/27/2017

 

8

 

 

9/28/2017

 

10/16/2017

 

18

 

 

10/2/2017

 

10/17/2017

 

15

 

67



 

 

 

Beginning of
Settlement Period

 

End of Settlement
Period

 

Number of Days in
Settlement Period

 

 

10/3/2017

 

10/18/2017

 

15

 

 

12/7/2017

 

12/18/2017

 

11

 

 

12/11/2017

 

12/19/2017

 

8

Japan

 

4/28/2017

 

5/8/2017

 

10

 

 

5/1/2017

 

5/9/2017

 

8

 

 

5/2/2017

 

5/10/2017

 

8

Norway

 

4/7/2017

 

4/18/2017

 

11

 

 

4/10/2017

 

4/19/2017

 

9

 

 

4/11/2017

 

4/20/2017

 

9

South Africa

 

3/14/2017

 

3/22/2017

 

8

 

 

3/15/2017

 

3/23/2017

 

8

 

 

3/16/2017

 

3/24/2017

 

8

 

 

3/17/2017

 

3/27/2017

 

10

 

 

3/20/2017

 

3/28/2017

 

8

 

 

4/7/2017

 

4/18/2017

 

11

 

 

4/10/2017

 

4/19/2017

 

9

 

 

4/11/2017

 

4/20/2017

 

9

 

 

4/12/2017

 

4/21/2017

 

9

 

 

4/13/2017

 

4/24/2017

 

11

 

 

4/20/2017

 

4/28/2017

 

9

 

 

4/21/2017

 

5/2/2017

 

11

 

 

4/24/2017

 

5/3/2017

 

9

 

 

4/25/2017

 

5/4/2017

 

9

 

 

4/26/2017

 

5/5/2017

 

9

 

 

6/9/2017

 

6/19/2017

 

10

 

 

6/12/2017

 

6/20/2017

 

8

 

 

6/13/2017

 

6/21/2017

 

8

 

 

6/14/2017

 

6/22/2017

 

8

 

 

6/15/2017

 

6/23/2017

 

8

 

 

8/2/2017

 

8/10/2017

 

8

 

 

8/3/2017

 

8/11/2017

 

8

 

 

8/4/2017

 

8/14/2017

 

10

 

 

9/19/2017

 

9/27/2017

 

8

 

 

9/20/2017

 

9/28/2017

 

8

 

 

9/21/2017

 

9/29/2017

 

8

 

 

9/22/2017

 

10/2/2017

 

10

 

 

12/15/2017

 

12/27/2017

 

12

 

 

12/18/2017

 

12/28/2017

 

10

 

 

12/19/2017

 

1/2/2018

 

14

 

 

12/20/2017

 

1/3/2018

 

14

 

 

12/21/2017

 

1/4/2018

 

14

Sweden

 

4/10/2017

 

4/18/2017

 

8

 

 

4/11/2017

 

4/19/2017

 

8

 

 

4/12/2017

 

4/20/2017

 

8

United Arab Emirates

 

6/20/2017

 

6/28/2017

 

8

 

 

6/21/2017

 

6/29/2017

 

8

 

 

6/22/2017

 

7/3/2017

 

11

 

 

8/28/2017

 

9/5/2017

 

8

 

 

8/29/2017

 

9/6/2017

 

8

 

 

8/30/2017

 

9/7/2017

 

8

 


* These worst-case redemption cycles are based on information regarding regular holidays, which may be out of date. Based on changes in holidays, longer (worse) redemption cycles are possible

 

68


 


 

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

The NAV per share is determined for each Fund’s shares as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (typically 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, the “Valuation Time”) on each day that the NYSE is open (the “Valuation Date”).  The Funds are closed for business and do not price their shares on the following business holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and other holidays observed by the NYSE.  If the NYSE is closed due to weather or other extraordinary circumstances on a day it would typically be open for business, a Fund may treat such day as a typical business day and accept purchase and redemption orders and calculate the Fund’s NAV in accordance with applicable law.  The net asset value for the shares is determined by dividing the value of a Fund’s net assets by the number of shares outstanding.  Information that becomes known to a Fund after the NAV has been calculated on a particular day will not generally be used to retroactively adjust the NAV determined earlier that day.

 

CAPITALIZATION AND VOTING RIGHTS

 

The capitalization of the Trust consists solely of an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest. The Board of Trustees may establish additional series (with different investment objectives and fundamental policies) at any time in the future. Establishment and offering of additional series will not alter the rights of the Trust’s shareholders. When issued, shares are fully paid, non-assessable, redeemable and freely transferable. Shares do not have preemptive rights or subscription rights.

 

Under Delaware law, shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. In addition, the Trust Instrument disclaims liability of the shareholders, Trustees or officers of the Trust for acts or obligations of the Trust, which are binding only on the assets and property of the Trust, and requires that notice of the disclaimer be given in each contract or obligation entered into or executed by the Trust or the Trustees. The Trust Instrument also provides for indemnification out of Trust property for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, there is no certainty that the limited liability of shareholders of a Delaware statutory trust will be recognized in every state. Even in such a circumstance, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability would be limited to circumstances in which the contractual disclaimer against shareholder liability is inoperative or the Trust itself is unable to meet its obligations, and thus should be considered remote.

 

As an investment company formed in Delaware, the Trust is not required to hold routine annual shareholder meetings.  Meetings of shareholders will be called whenever one or more of the following, among other matters, is required to be acted upon by shareholders pursuant to the 1940 Act: (1) election of trustees or (2) approval of an investment management agreement or sub-advisory agreement.

 

Shares of common stock have equal voting rights (regardless of the net asset value per share). Shares do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of more than 50% of the shares of the Trust voting for the election of trustees can elect all of the trustees if they choose to do so, and in such an event, the holders of the remaining shares would not be able to elect any trustees. Although trustees are not elected annually, shareholders have the right to remove one or more trustees. When required by law, if the holders of one third or more of the Trust’s outstanding shares request it in writing, a meeting of the Trust’s shareholders will be held to approve or disapprove the removal of trustee or trustees.

 

Matters in which the interests of all the Funds of the Trust are substantially identical (such as the election of trustees or the ratification of the selection of the independent registered public accounting firm) are voted on by all shareholders of the Trust without regard to the separate Funds. Matters that affect all or several Funds, but where the interests of the Funds are not substantially identical (such as approval of an investment management agreement) are voted on separately by the shareholders of the Fund for their Fund. Matters that affect only one Fund (such as a change in its fundamental policies) are voted on separately for the Fund by the shareholders of that Fund. Likewise, matters that affect only one class of shares of a Fund (such as approval of a plan of distribution) are voted on separately for that class by the holders of shares of that class.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Participant Agreement, an Authorized Participant, to the extent that it is a beneficial or legal owner of Fund shares, will irrevocably appoint the Distributor as its agent and proxy with full authorization and power to vote (or abstain from voting) its beneficially or legally owned Fund shares. The Distributor intends to vote (or abstain from voting) the Authorized Participant’s beneficially or legally owned Fund shares in accordance with the Distributor’s proxy voting policies and procedures.

 

Shares entitle their holders to one vote per share (with proportionate voting for fractional shares). As used in the Prospectus or this Combined Statement of Additional Information, the phrase “vote of a majority of the outstanding shares” of a Fund (or the Trust) means the vote of the lesser of: (1) 67% of the shares of the Fund (or the Trust) present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy; or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund (or the Trust).

 

The Trust or a Fund may be terminated by a majority vote of the Board of Trustees or the affirmative vote of a supermajority of the holders of the Trust or the Fund entitled to vote on termination. Although the shares are not automatically redeemable upon the occurrence of any specific event, the Trust’s organizational documents provide that the Board will have the unrestricted power to alter the number of shares in a Creation Unit. In the event of a termination of the Trust or a Fund, the Board, in its sole discretion, could determine to permit the shares to be redeemable in aggregations smaller than Creation Units or to be individually redeemable. In such circumstance, the Trust may make redemptions in-kind, for cash or for a combination of cash or securities.

 

TAXES

 

FEDERAL TAX STATUS OF THE FUNDS

 

The following discussion of the federal tax status of the Funds is a general and abbreviated summary based on tax laws and regulations in effect on the date of this SAI.  Tax law is subject to change by legislative, administrative or judicial action.

 

69



 

Each Fund is treated as a separate taxpayer for federal income tax purposes.  Each Fund has elected or intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Code, and to qualify as a regulated investment company each taxable year.  If a Fund: (1) continues to qualify as a regulated investment company, and (2) distributes to its shareholders an amount at least equal to the sum of: (i) 90% of its investment company taxable income (including for this purpose its net ordinary investment income and net realized short-term capital gains) and (ii) 90% of its tax-exempt interest income (reduced by certain expenses) (the “90% distribution requirement”), which the Trust intends the Fund to do, then under the provisions of Subchapter M, the Fund would not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., net long-term capital gain in excess of short-term capital loss) it distributes to shareholders (or is treated as having been distributed to shareholders).

 

Each Fund must meet several requirements to maintain its status as a regulated investment company.  These requirements include the following: (1) at least 90% of the Fund’s gross income for each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to loaned securities, gains from the sale or disposition of securities (including gains from related investments in foreign currencies), or other income (including gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such securities or currencies, as well as net income from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships; and (2) at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets must consist of cash, cash items, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. Government securities and other securities which, with respect to any one issuer, do not represent more than 5% of all of the Fund’s assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) the Fund must not invest more than 25% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies), or of any two or more issuers that are controlled by the Fund and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

 

Each Fund generally will endeavor to distribute (or treat as deemed distributed) to its shareholders all of its investment company taxable income and its net capital gain, if any, for each taxable year so that it will not incur federal income or excise taxes on its earnings.

 

In addition, in order to avoid a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on certain of its undistributed income, each Fund generally must distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year, and (3) any income not distributed in prior years (the “excise tax avoidance requirements”).  For purposes of determining whether a Fund has met this distribution requirement, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income or gains on which it has been subject to U.S. federal income tax.

 

If for any taxable year a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company or fails to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement, all of its taxable income becomes subject to federal, and possibly state and local, income tax at regular corporate rates (without any deduction for distributions to its shareholders) and distributions to its shareholders constitute taxable dividend income (with such dividend income including dividends derived from interest on tax-exempt obligations) to the extent of the Fund’s available earnings and profits.

 

Investment income received from sources within foreign countries, or capital gains earned by a Fund from investing in securities of foreign issuers, may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source.  In this regard, withholding tax rates in countries with which the United States does not have a tax treaty are often as high as 35% or more.  The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries that may entitle a Fund to a reduced rate of tax or exemption from tax on this related income and gains.  The effective rate of foreign tax cannot be determined at this time since the amount of a Fund’s assets to be invested within various countries is not now known.  The Trust intends that the Funds will seek to operate so as to qualify for treaty-reduced rates of tax when applicable.

 

In addition, if a Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company under the Code, and if more than 50% of the Fund’s total assets at the close of the taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may elect, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to treat foreign income taxes paid by the Fund (including certain withholding taxes) that can be treated as income taxes under U.S. income tax principles as paid by its shareholders.  If a Fund makes such an election, an amount equal to the foreign income taxes paid by the Fund would be included in the income of its shareholders and the shareholders often are entitled to credit their portions of this amount against their U.S. tax liabilities, if any, or to deduct those portions from their U.S. taxable income, if any.  Shortly after any year for which it makes such an election, each Fund will report to its shareholders, in writing, the amount per share of foreign tax that must be included in each shareholder’s gross income and the amount that will be available as a deduction or credit.  Shareholders must itemize their deductions in order to deduct foreign taxes.  Certain limitations may apply that could limit the extent to which the credit or the deduction for foreign taxes may be claimed by a shareholder.

 

Each Fund’s transactions in options contracts and futures contracts are subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (that is, may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer losses of the Fund.  These rules (1) could affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders of each Fund, (2) could require the Fund to “mark to market” certain types of the positions in its portfolio (that is, treat them as if they were closed out) and (3) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and the excise tax avoidance requirements described above.  The Trust seeks to monitor transactions of each Fund, seeks to make the

 

70



 

appropriate tax elections on behalf of the Fund and seeks to make the appropriate entries in the Fund’s books and records when the Fund acquires any option, futures contract or hedged investment, to mitigate the effect of these rules.

 

Because the Funds had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, no information regarding capital loss carryforwards is available.

 

If a Fund acquires stock in certain foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, rents, royalties or capital gain) or hold at least 50% of their total assets in investments producing such passive income (“passive foreign investment companies”), the Fund could be subject to federal income tax and additional interest charges on “excess distributions” received from such companies or gain from the sale of stock in such companies, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders.  The Fund would not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such a tax.  Certain elections may, if available, ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but any such election may require the Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash.  Each Fund may limit and/or manage its holdings in passive foreign investment companies to minimize its tax liability.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving non-dollar debt securities, certain foreign currency futures contracts, foreign currency option contracts, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Code provisions which generally treat such gains and losses as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.  Any such transactions that are not directly related to the Fund’s investment in securities (possibly including speculative currency positions or currency derivatives not used for hedging purposes) could, under future Treasury regulations, produce income not among the types of “qualifying income” from which the Fund must derive at least 90% of its annual gross income.

 

Investments in below investment grade instruments may present special tax issues for the Funds. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when a Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Funds to the extent necessary in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income that it does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

 

Pay-in-kind instruments (“PIKs”) are securities that pay interest in either cash or additional securities, at the issuer’s option, for a specified period.  PIKs, like zero-coupon bonds, are designed to give an issuer flexibility in managing cash flow.  PIK bonds can be either senior or subordinated debt and trade flat (i.e., without accrued interest).  The price of PIK bonds is expected to reflect the market value of the underlying debt plus an amount representing accrued interest since the last payment.  PIKs are usually less volatile than zero-coupon bonds, but more volatile than cash pay securities.

 

Each Fund must accrue income on investments in certain PIKs, zero coupon securities or certain deferred interest securities (and, in general, any other securities with original issue discount or with market discount if the Fund elects to include market discount in current income) prior to the receipt of the corresponding cash.  However, because a Fund must meet the 90% distribution requirement to qualify as a regulated investment company, the Fund may have to dispose of its portfolio investments under disadvantageous circumstances to generate cash, or may have to leverage itself by borrowing the cash, to satisfy the applicable distribution requirements.

 

The tax treatment of income, gains and losses attributable to foreign currencies (and derivatives on such currencies), and various other special tax rules applicable to certain financial transactions and instruments could affect the amount, timing and character of a Fund’s distributions. In some cases, these tax rules could also result in a retroactive change in the tax character of prior distributions and may also possibly cause all, or a portion, of prior distributions to be reclassified as returns of capital for tax purposes.

 

The federal income tax rules applicable to interest rate swaps, caps and floors are unclear in certain respects, and a Fund may be required to account for these transactions in a manner that, in certain circumstances, may limit the degree to which it may utilize these transactions.

 

SHAREHOLDER TAXATION

 

The following discussion of certain federal income tax issues of shareholders of a Fund is a general and abbreviated summary based on tax laws and regulations in effect on the date of this SAI.  Tax law is subject to change by legislative, administrative or judicial action.  The following discussion relates solely to U.S. federal income tax law as applicable to U.S. taxpayers (e.g., U.S. citizens or residents and U.S. domestic corporations, trusts or estates). The discussion does not address special tax rules applicable to certain classes of investors, such as qualified retirement accounts or trusts, tax-exempt entities, insurance companies, entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, banks and other financial institutions or to non-U.S. taxpayers.  Dividends, capital gain distributions, and ownership of or gains realized on the sale or redemption of the shares of a Fund may also be subject to state and local taxes.  This summary does not address any federal estate tax issues that may arise from ownership of Fund shares.  Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers as to the federal, state and local tax consequences of ownership of shares of, and receipt of distributions from, the Fund in their particular circumstances.

 

71



 

In general, as described in the prospectus, distributions from a Fund are generally taxable to shareholders as ordinary income, qualified dividend income, or long-term capital gains.  Distributions of a Fund’s investment company taxable income (other than qualified dividend income) are taxable as ordinary income to shareholders to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares.  Distributions from net short-term capital gains are taxable to a shareholder as ordinary income.  Distributions of a Fund’s net capital gain properly designated by the Fund as “capital gain dividends” are taxable to a shareholder as long-term capital gain regardless of the shareholder’s holding period for his or her shares and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares.  To the extent that a Fund derives dividends from domestic corporations, a portion of the income distributions of the Fund may be eligible for the 70% deduction for dividends received by corporations.  Shareholders will be informed of the portion of dividends which so qualify.  The dividends-received deduction is reduced to the extent the shares held by a Fund with respect to which the dividends are received are treated as debt-financed under federal income tax law and is eliminated if either those shares or the shares of the Fund are deemed to have been held by the Fund or the shareholders, as the case may be, for less than 46 days during the 90-day period beginning 45 days before the shares become ex-dividend.  Properly reported distributions of qualified dividend income generally are taxable to individual shareholders at the same rates that apply to long-term capital gains, if certain holding period and other requirements are met.  Dividend distributions will not be eligible for the reduced rates applicable to qualified dividend income unless, among other things, the shares held by a Fund with respect to which dividends are paid and the shares of the Fund are deemed to have been held by the Fund and the shareholders, respectively, for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the shares become ex-dividend.  Distributions, if any, in excess of earnings and profits usually constitute a return of capital, which first reduces an investor’s tax basis in a Fund’s shares and thereafter (after such basis is reduced to zero) generally gives rise to capital gains.  For a summary of the tax rates applicable to capital gains, including capital gain dividends, see the discussion below.  Given the investment strategies of a Fund, it is not expected that a significant portion of the Fund’s dividends would be eligible to be designated as qualified dividend income or for the dividends-received deduction for corporations.

 

At the Trust’s option, the Trust may cause a Fund to retain some or all of its net capital gain for a tax year, but may designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, the Fund pays tax on the retained amount for the benefit of its shareholders, the shareholders are required to report their share of the deemed distribution on their tax returns as if it had been distributed to them, and the shareholders may report a credit for the tax paid thereon by the Fund.  The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax is added to the shareholder’s cost basis for his or her shares.  Since the Trust expects the Funds to pay tax on any retained net capital gain at its regular corporate capital gain tax rate, and since that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by individuals on long-term capital gain, the amount of tax that individual shareholders are treated as having paid will exceed the amount of tax that such shareholders would be required to pay on the retained net capital gain.  A shareholder that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or tax on long-term capital gain should be able to file a return on the appropriate form or a claim for refund that allows such shareholder to recover the taxes paid by a Fund on his or her behalf.  In the event that the Trust chooses this option on behalf of a Fund, the Trust must provide written notice to the shareholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant tax year.

 

Any dividend declared by a Fund in October, November, or December of any calendar year, payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, is treated as if it had been received by the shareholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

 

An investor should consider the tax implications of buying shares just prior to a distribution.  Even if the price of the shares includes the amount of the forthcoming distribution, the shareholder generally will be taxed upon receipt of the distribution and is not entitled to offset the distribution against the tax basis in his or her shares.  In addition, an investor should be aware that, at the time he or she purchases shares of a Fund, a portion of the purchase price is often attributable to realized or unrealized appreciation in the Fund’s portfolio or undistributed taxable income of the Fund.  Subsequent distributions from such appreciation or income may be taxable to such investor even if the net asset value of the investor’s shares is, as a result of the distributions, reduced below the investor’s cost for such shares, and the distributions in reality represent a return of a portion of the purchase price.

 

A shareholder generally recognizes taxable gain or loss on a sale or redemption of his or her shares.  The amount of the gain or loss is measured by the difference between the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her shares and the amount of the proceeds received in exchange for such shares.  Any gain or loss arising from (or, in the case of distributions in excess of earnings and profits, treated as arising from) the sale or redemption of shares generally is a capital gain or loss if such shares are held as capital assets.  This capital gain or loss normally is treated as a long-term capital gain or loss if the shareholder has held his or her shares for more than one year at the time of such sale or redemption; otherwise, it is classified as short-term capital gain or loss.  If, however, a shareholder receives a capital gain dividend with respect to any share of a Fund, and the share is sold before it has been held by the shareholder for at least six months, then any loss on the sale or exchange of the share, to the extent of the capital gain dividend, is treated as a long-term capital loss.  In addition, all or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares may be disallowed if other shares of the same Fund are purchased (including any purchase through a reinvestment of distributions from the Fund) within 30 days before or after the disposition.  In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.  If a Fund redeems a shareholder in-kind rather than in cash, the shareholder would realize the same gain or loss as if the shareholder had been redeemed in cash.  Further, the shareholder’s basis in the securities received in the in-kind redemption would be the securities’ fair market value on the date of the in-kind redemption.

 

IRS Regulations require reporting to the IRS and furnishing to shareholders the cost basis information and holding period for Fund shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012, and sold on or after that date.  Shareholders may elect from among several

 

72



 

cost basis methods accepted by the IRS, including average cost.  Fund shareholders should consult with their tax advisors to determine the best cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the cost basis reporting rules apply to them. Shareholders should contact their financial intermediaries with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for their accounts.

 

In general, non-corporate shareholders currently are subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of either 15% or 20% (depending on whether the shareholder’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts) on their net long-term capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) for a taxable year (including a long-term capital gain derived from an investment in the shares) and certain qualified dividend income, while other income may be taxed at rates as high as 39.6%.  Shareholders must satisfy a holding period of more than 60 days with respect to a distribution that is otherwise eligible to be treated as a qualified dividend during the 121-day period that begins 60 days before the ex-dividend date.  Corporate taxpayers currently are subject to federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 35% rate also applied to ordinary income.  Tax rates imposed by states and local jurisdictions on capital gain and ordinary income may differ.  Non-corporate shareholders with net capital losses for a year (i.e., capital losses in excess of capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate shareholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code.  Corporate shareholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

 

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of US individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.  Each Fund sends to each of its shareholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice detailing, on a per share and per distribution basis, the amounts includible in such shareholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain.  In addition, the federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally is reported to the IRS.  Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local, and foreign taxes depending on a shareholder’s particular situation.

 

As a result of U.S. federal income tax requirements, the Trust on behalf of each Fund, has the right to reject an order for a creation of shares if the creator (or group of creators) would, upon obtaining the shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund and if, pursuant to Section 351 of the Code, the Fund would have a basis in the Deposit Securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit.  The Trust also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination.  See “Creations and Redemptions.”

 

Dividends paid by a Fund to a non-U.S. shareholder generally are subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% (unless the tax is reduced or eliminated by an applicable treaty).  Certain properly designated dividends paid by the Fund, however, generally are not subject to this tax, to the extent paid from net capital gains.  In addition, under an exemption recently made permanent by Congress, a portion of each Fund’s distributions received by a non-U.S. investor may be exempt from U.S. withholding tax to the extent attributable to U.S. source interest income and short-term capital gains if such amounts are properly reported by the Fund.  However, depending on the circumstances, a Fund may designate all, some or none of the Fund’s potentially eligible dividends as eligible for the exemption, and a portion of the Fund’s distributions (e.g. interest from non-U.S. sources or any foreign currency gains) would be ineligible for this potential exemption from withholding.

 

Withholding of U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) is required on payments of dividends and (effective January 1, 2019) redemption proceeds and certain capital gain dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts.  Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to enable the applicable withholding agent to determine whether withholding is required.

 

Non-U.S. shareholders may also be subject to U.S. estate tax with respect to their shares of the Funds.

 

Shareholders may be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding (currently, at a rate of 28%)  (“backup withholding”) from all taxable distributions payable to (1) any shareholder who fails to furnish the Trust with its correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that the shareholder is exempt from backup withholding, and (2) any shareholder with respect to whom the IRS notifies the Trust that the shareholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect.  An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number.  The 28% backup withholding tax is not an additional tax and may be credited against a taxpayer’s regular federal income tax liability.

 

PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

 

ALPS serves as the principal underwriter to the Funds. ALPS is located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203.

 

SECURITIES DEPOSITORY FOR SHARES OF THE FUNDS

 

Shares of each Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

 

73



 

DTC, a limited-purpose trust company, was created to hold securities of its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among the DTC Participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities’ certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC. More specifically, DTC is owned by a number of its DTC Participants and by the NYSE and the FINRA. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (“Indirect Participants”).

 

Beneficial ownership of shares is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants and persons holding interests through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in shares (owners of such beneficial interests are referred to herein as “Beneficial Owners”) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC Participants). Beneficial Owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of shares.

 

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the shares of each Fund held by each DTC Participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

 

Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee as the registered holder of all shares of the Trust. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of a Fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

 

The Trust has no responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in such shares, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests, or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC Participants. DTC may decide to discontinue providing its service with respect to shares of the Trust at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Trust and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the Trust shall take action to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost.

 

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

 

Portfolio securities of the Funds are held pursuant to a Custodian Agreement between the Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company, 500 Pennsylvania Avenue, Kansas City, Missouri 64105. State Street Bank and Trust Company also serves as Transfer Agent for the Funds pursuant to a Transfer Agency and Service Agreement.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Ernst & Young LLP serves as the Trust’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2017.  Ernst & Young LLP is located at 5 Times Square, New York, New York 10036.

 

OTHER INFORMATION

 

The Hartford has granted the Trust the right to use the name “The Hartford” or “Hartford,” and has reserved the right to withdraw its consent to the use of such name by the Trust and the Funds at any time, or to grant the use of such name to any other company.

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

The Funds, HFMC and the sub-adviser have each adopted a code of ethics designed to protect the interests of each Fund’s shareholders. Under each code of ethics, investment personnel are permitted to trade securities for their own account, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund, subject to certain restrictions. Each code of ethics has been filed with the SEC and may be viewed by the public.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Trust’s audited financial statements for the Funds and related reports of Ernst & Young LLP, the Trust’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, will be available in the Funds’ annual reports once the Funds have completed its first annual fiscal period.

 

74



 

The Trust’s Annual Reports and Semi-Annual Reports will be available without charge by calling the Funds at 1-415-315-6600 or by visiting the Fund’s website at www.hartfordfunds.com or on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

Hartford Corporate Bond ETF and Hartford Quality Bond ETF

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

March 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hartford
Corporate Bond
ETF

 

Hartford Quality
Bond ETF

 

ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

50,000

 

$

50,000

 

Total Assets

 

50,000

 

50,000

 

LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

-

 

-

 

Net Assets

 

$

50,000

 

$

50,000

 

NET ASSETS CONSIST OF:

 

 

 

 

 

Paid-in capital (no par value, unlimited shares authorized)

 

50,000

 

50,000

 

Net Assets

 

$

50,000

 

$

50,000

 

Shares outstanding

 

1,000

 

1,000

 

Net Asset Value Per Outstanding Share

 

$

50.00

 

$

50.00

 

 

 

1. Organization

 

Hartford Corporate Bond ETF and Hartford Quality Bond ETF (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) are series of the Hartford Funds Exchange-Traded Trust (the “Trust”), which is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on September 20, 2010. The offering of the Funds shares (“Shares”) is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”). The investment objective of the Hartford Corporate Bond ETF is to seek to provide total return, with income as a secondary objective. The investment objective of the Hartford Quality Bond ETF is to seek to maximize total return while providing a high level of current income consistent with prudent investment risk.

 

The Funds have had no operations to date other than matters relating to the sale and issuance of 1,000 shares of each Fund to the Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (“HFMC”) for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000 on March 1, 2017.

 

Each Fund is a diversified open-end management investment company. Each Fund applies the specialized accounting and reporting under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946, “Financial Services – Investment Companies”.

 

All organizational and offering expenses of the Trust will be borne by HFMC and will not be subject to future recoupment.  As a result, organizational and offering expenses are not reflected in the Statement of Assets and Liabilities.

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies

 

The accompanying financial statements of each Fund are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and in accordance with ASC as set forth by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”). Each Fund maintains its financial records in U.S. dollars and follows the accrual basis of accounting. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Federal Income Taxes:

 

Each Fund intends to qualify and elect to be treated as a separate “regulated investment company” under Sub-chapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. To qualify and maintain its tax status as a regulated Investment Company, each Fund must meet annually certain income and asset diversification requirements and must distribute annually at least 90 percent of its “investment company taxable income” (which includes dividends, interest and net short-term capital gains).

 

As a regulated investment company, each Fund generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders. If a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company for any year, (subject to certain curative measures allowed by the Internal Revenue Code) the Fund will be subject to regular corporate-level income tax in that year on all of its taxable income, regardless of whether the Fund makes any distributions to its shareholders. In addition, distributions will be taxable to the Funds’ shareholders generally as ordinary dividends to the extent of each Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.

 

75



 

Other:

 

In the normal course of business, each Fund enters into contracts that may include agreements to indemnify another party under given circumstances.  Each Fund’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown as this would involve future claims that may be, but have not yet been, made against the Funds. However, based on experience, the risk of material loss from such claims is considered to be remote.

 

Distribution of Income and Gains:

 

Each Fund declares and pays dividends monthly from net investment income. Net realized gains, if any, are distributed at least annually. Distributions from net realized gains for book purposes may include short-term capital gains, which are included as ordinary income for tax purposes.

 

3.  Cash

 

Cash at March 1, 2017 is on deposit with State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), the Funds’ custodian.

 

4.  Investment Advisory Fee

 

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC (“HFMC” or “Adviser”) acts as investment adviser to the Trust and, subject to the supervision of the Board, is responsible for the investment management of the Fund. The Adviser serves as investment adviser to the Funds pursuant to an investment advisory agreement (“Investment Advisory Agreement”) between the Trust and the Adviser. The Adviser is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and providing continuous supervision of the investment portfolio of the Funds.

 

For the services provided to each Fund under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Funds pay the Adviser monthly fees based on a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets as follows:

 

Management Fee Rates

 

Hartford Corporate Bond ETF

0.44%

Hartford Quality Bond ETF

0.39%

 

Wellington Management Company LLP (“Sub-Adviser” or “Wellington Management”) serves as the investment sub-adviser for the Funds pursuant to an Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Adviser and Wellington Management (referred to as a “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). The Sub-Adviser is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and shall make investment decisions for each Fund, subject to the supervision by the Adviser. For its services, the Sub-Adviser is compensated by the Adviser.

 

5. Share Transactions

 

Each Fund will issue and redeem shares at Net Asset Value (NAV) only with certain authorized participants in large increments known as Creation Units.  Purchases of Creation Units are made by tendering a basket of designated securities to the Funds and redemption proceeds are paid with a basket of securities from the Funds’ portfolio with a balancing cash component to equate the market value of the basket securities delivered or redeemed to the NAV per Creation Unit on the transaction date.  Cash may be substituted equivalent to the value of certain securities generally when they are not available in sufficient quantity for delivery.  The Funds’ shares are available in smaller increments to individual investors in the secondary market at market prices and may be subject to commissions. Authorized participants pay a transaction fee to the shareholder servicing agent when purchasing and redeeming Creation Units of the Funds. The transaction fee is used to defray the costs associated with the issuance and redemption of Creation Units.

 

6. Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent

 

State Street serves as Administrator for the Trust pursuant to an administration agreement (“Administration Agreement”). Under the Administration Agreement, State Street is responsible for certain administrative services associated with day-to-day operations of each Fund. State Street also serves as Custodian for each Fund pursuant to a custodian agreement (“Custodian Agreement”). As Custodian, State Street holds each Fund’s assets and, as Fund Accounting Agent, calculates the net asset value of each Fund. The State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “Transfer Agent”) also serves as the Transfer Agent of each Fund pursuant to a transfer agency agreement. As the Transfer Agent, State Street maintains the records of each Authorized Participant’s ownership of each Fund and processes the purchases and redemptions of Creation Units.

 

7. Subsequent Events

 

Management has evaluated all subsequent transactions and events through the date on which this statement was issued and has determined that no additional items require adjustment to or disclosure in this financial statement.

 

76



 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Trustees and Shareholders of Hartford Funds Exchange-Traded Trust

 

We have audited the accompanying Statements of Assets and Liabilities of Hartford Funds Exchange-Traded Trust (comprising, respectively, the Hartford Corporate Bond ETF series and Hartford Quality Bond ETF series) (the “Trust”) as of March 1, 2017. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Trust’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Trust’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Trust’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of each of the respective series constituting the Hartford Funds Exchange-Traded Trust at March 1, 2017 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

New York, New York

March 10, 2017

 

77



 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Board of Trustees believes that the voting of proxies with respect to securities held by a Fund is an important element of the overall investment process.  Pursuant to the Funds’ Policy Related to Proxy Voting, as approved by the Funds’ Board of Trustees, HFMC has delegated to the sub-adviser the authority to vote all proxies relating to each Fund’s portfolio securities.  Each Fund’s exercise of this delegated proxy voting authority is subject to oversight by HFMC.  The sub-adviser has a duty to vote or not vote such proxies in the best interests of the sub-advised Fund and its shareholders, and to avoid the influence of conflicts of interest.

 

The policies and procedures used by the investment manager and the sub-adviser to determine how to vote certain proxies relating to portfolio securities are described below.  In addition to a summary description of such policies and procedures, included below are descriptions of how such policies and procedures apply to various topics.  However, the following are descriptions only and more complete information should be obtained by reviewing the sub-adviser’s policies and procedures, as well as a Fund’s voting records.  For a complete copy of the sub-adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures, as well as any separate guidelines it uses, please refer to www.hartfordfunds.com. Information on how a Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 is not available, but once available, can be obtained (1) without charge, upon request, by calling 1-415-315-6600 and (2) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

If a security has not been restricted from securities lending and the security is on loan over a record date, the Funds’ sub-adviser may not be able to vote any proxies for that security.  For more information about the impact of lending securities on proxy voting, see “Lending Portfolio Securities.”

 

78



 

Wellington Management Company LLP

 

Global Proxy Policy and Procedures

 

Introduction

 

Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”) has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interests of clients for whom it exercises proxy-voting discretion.

 

Wellington Management’s Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”) set forth broad guidelines and positions on common proxy issues that Wellington Management uses in voting on proxies. In addition, Wellington Management also considers each proposal in the context of the issuer, industry and country or countries in which the issuer’s business is conducted. The Guidelines are not rigid rules and the merits of a particular proposal may cause Wellington Management to enter a vote that differs from the Guidelines.

 

Statement of Policy

 

Wellington Management:

 

1.   Votes client proxies for which clients have affirmatively delegated proxy-voting authority, in writing, unless it determines that it is in the best interest of one or more clients to refrain from voting a given proxy.

 

2.   Votes all proxies in the best interests of the client for whom it is voting, i.e., to maximize economic value.

 

3.   Identifies and resolves all material proxy-related conflicts of interest between the firm and its clients in the best interests of the client .

 

Responsibility and Oversight

 

The Investment Research Group (“Investment Research”) monitors regulatory requirements with respect to proxy voting and works with the firm’s Legal and Compliance Group and the Corporate Governance Committee to develop practices that implement those requirements. Investment Research also acts as a resource for portfolio managers and research analysts on proxy matters, as needed. Day-to-day administration of the proxy voting process is the responsibility of Investment Research. The Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for oversight of the implementation of the Global Proxy Policy and Procedures, review and approval of the Guidelines and for providing advice and guidance on specific proxy votes for individual issuers.

 

Procedures

 

Use of Third-Party Voting Agent

 

Wellington Management uses the services of a third-party voting agent to manage the administrative aspects of proxy voting. The voting agent processes proxies for client accounts, casts votes based on the Guidelines and maintains records of proxies voted.

 

Receipt of Proxy

 

If a client requests that Wellington Management votes proxies on its behalf, the client must instruct its custodian bank to deliver all relevant voting material to Wellington Management or its voting agent.

 

Reconciliation

 

Each public security proxy received by electronic means is matched to the securities eligible to be voted and a reminder is sent to any custodian or trustee that has not forwarded the proxies as due. Although proxies received for private securities, as well as those received in non-electronic format, are voted as received, Wellington Management is not able to reconcile these proxies to holdings, nor does it notify custodians of non-receipt..

 

Research

 

In addition to proprietary investment research undertaken by Wellington Management investment professionals, Investment Research conducts proxy research internally, and uses the resources of a number of

 

79



 

external sources to keep abreast of developments in corporate governance and of current practices of specific companies.

 

Proxy Voting

 

Following the reconciliation process, each proxy is compared against the Guidelines and handled as follows:

 

·     Generally, issues for which explicit proxy voting guidance is provided in the Guidelines (i.e., “For”, “Against”, “Abstain”) are reviewed by Investment Research and voted in accordance with the Guidelines.

 

·     Issues identified as “case-by-case” in the Guidelines are further reviewed by Investment Research.  In certain circumstances, further input is needed, so the issues are forwarded to the relevant research analyst and/or portfolio manager(s) for their input.

 

·     Absent a material conflict of interest, the portfolio manager has the authority to decide the final vote.  Different portfolio managers holding the same securities may arrive at different voting conclusions for their clients’ proxies.

 

Wellington Management reviews regularly the voting record to ensure that proxies are voted in accordance with these Global Proxy Policy and Procedures and the Guidelines; and ensures that documentation and reports, for clients and for internal purposes, relating to the voting of proxies are promptly and properly prepared and disseminated.

 

Material Conflict of Interest Identification and Resolution Processes

 

Wellington Management’s broadly diversified client base and functional lines of responsibility serve to minimize the number of, but not prevent, material conflicts of interest it faces in voting proxies. Annually, the Corporate Governance Committee sets standards for identifying material conflicts based on client, vendor, and lender relationships, and publishes those standards to individuals involved in the proxy voting process. In addition, the Corporate Governance Committee encourages all personnel to contact Investment Research about apparent conflicts of interest, even if the apparent conflict does not meet the published materiality criteria. Apparent conflicts are reviewed by designated members of the Corporate Governance Committee to determine if there is a conflict and if so whether the conflict is material.

 

If a proxy is identified as presenting a material conflict of interest, the matter must be reviewed by designated members of the Corporate Governance Committee, who will resolve the conflict and direct the vote. In certain circumstances, the designated members may determine that the full Corporate Governance Committee should convene.

 

Other Considerations

 

In certain instances, Wellington Management may be unable to vote or may determine not to vote a proxy on behalf of one or more clients.  While not exhaustive, the following are potential instances in which a proxy vote might not be entered.

 

Securities Lending

 

In general, Wellington Management does not know when securities have been lent out pursuant to a client’s securities lending program and are therefore unavailable to be voted. Efforts to recall loaned securities are not always effective, but, in rare circumstances, Wellington Management may recommend that a client attempt to have its custodian recall the security to permit voting of related proxies.

 

Share Blocking and Re-registration

 

Certain countries impose trading restrictions or requirements regarding re-registration of securities held in omnibus accounts in order for shareholders to vote a proxy. The potential impact of such requirements is evaluated when determining whether to vote such proxies.

 

Lack of Adequate Information, Untimely Receipt of Proxy Materials, or Excessive Costs

 

Wellington Management may abstain from voting a proxy when the proxy statement or other available information is inadequate to allow for an informed vote, when the proxy materials are not delivered in a timely

 

80



 

fashion or when, in Wellington Management’s judgment, the costs exceed the expected benefits to clients (such as when powers of attorney or consularization are required).

 

Additional Information

 

Wellington Management maintains records related to proxies pursuant to Rule 204-2 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and other applicable laws.

 

Wellington Management provides clients with a copy of its Global Proxy Policy and Procedures, including the Guidelines, upon written request. In addition, Wellington Management will make specific client information relating to proxy voting available to a client upon reasonable written request.

 

November 1, 2016

 

81



 

Wellington Management Company, LLP

 

Global Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

Introduction

 

Upon a client’s written request, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”) votes securities that are held in the client’s account in response to proxies solicited by the issuers of such securities.  Wellington Management established these Global Proxy Voting Guidelines to document positions generally taken on common proxy issues voted on behalf of clients.

 

These guidelines are based on Wellington Management’s fiduciary obligation to act in the best economic interest of its clients as shareholders.  Hence, Wellington Management examines and seeks to vote each proposal so that the long-term effect of the vote will ultimately increase shareholder value for our clients. Because ethical considerations can have an impact on the long-term value of assets, our voting practices are also attentive to these issues and votes will be cast against unlawful and unethical activity. Further, Wellington Management’s experience in voting proposals has shown that similar proposals often have different consequences for different companies.  Moreover, while these Global Proxy Voting Guidelines are written to apply globally, differences in local practice and law make universal application impractical.  Therefore, each proposal is evaluated on its merits, taking into account its effects on the specific company in question, and on the company within its industry.  It should be noted that the following are guidelines, not rigid rules, and Wellington Management reserves the right in all cases to vote contrary to guidelines where doing so is judged to represent the best economic interest of its clients.

 

Following is a list of common proposals and the guidelines on how Wellington Management anticipates voting on these proposals. The “(SP)” after a proposal indicates that the proposal is usually presented as a shareholder proposal.

 

Voting Guidelines

 

Composition and Role of the Board of Directors

 

Elect Directors. Case-by-Case. Wellington Management believes that shareholders’ ability to elect directors annually is the most important right shareholders have. Wellington Management generally supports management nominees, but will withhold votes from any director who is demonstrated to have acted contrary to the best economic interest of shareholders. Wellington Management may also withhold votes from directors who failed to implement shareholder proposals that received majority support, implemented dead-hand or no-hand poison pills, or failed to attend at least 75% of scheduled board meetings.

 

Declassify Board of Directors. For.

 

Adopt Director Tenure/Retirement Age (SP). Against.

 

Adopt Director & Officer Indemnification. For. Wellington Management generally supports director and officer indemnification as critical to the attraction and retention of qualified candidates to the board. Such proposals must incorporate the duty of care.

 

82



 

Allow Special Interest Representation to Board (SP). Against.

 

Require Board Independence. For. Wellington Management believes that, in the absence of a compelling counter-argument or prevailing market norms, at least two-thirds of a board should be composed of independent directors, with independence defined by the local market regulatory authority.  Wellington Management’s support for this level of independence may include withholding approval for non-independent directors, as well as votes in support of shareholder proposals calling for independence.

 

Require Key Board Committees to be Independent. For. Key board committees are the Nominating, Audit, and Compensation Committees. Exceptions will be made, as above, with respect to local market conventions.

 

Require a Separation of Chair and CEO or Require a Lead Director (SP). Case-by-Case. Wellington Management will generally support management proposals to separate the chair and CEO or establish a lead director.

 

Approve Directors’ Fees. Case-by-Case .

 

Approve Bonuses for Retiring Directors. For.

 

Approve Board Size. For.

 

Elect Supervisory Board/Corporate Assembly/Statutory Auditors.  Case-by-Case. Companies in certain markets are governed by multitiered boards, with each tier having different powers and responsibilities. Wellington Management holds supervisory board members to similar standards described above under “Elect directors,” subject to prevailing local governance best practices.

 

Majority Vote on Election of Directors (SP). For. Wellington Management believes that the election of directors by a majority of votes cast is the appropriate standard for companies to adopt and therefore generally will support those proposals that seek to adopt such a standard. Wellington Management’s support for such proposals will extend typically to situations where the relevant company has an existing resignation policy in place for directors that receive a majority of “withhold” votes. Wellington Management believes that it is important for majority voting to be defined within the company’s charter and not simply within the company’s corporate governance policy.

 

Generally Wellington Management will not support proposals that fail to provide for the exceptional use of a plurality standard in the case of contested elections. Further, Wellington Management will not support proposals that seek to adopt a majority of votes outstanding (i.e., total votes eligible to be cast as opposed to actually cast) standard.

 

Adopt Proxy Access. For. Wellington Management generally supports proposals that allow significant and long-term shareholders the right to nominate director candidates on management’s proxy card. That being said, we may vote against a proxy access proposal if it is shareholder-sponsored and it requests that the company adopt proxy access without reasonable constraints or in a way that markedly differs from prevailing market norms.

 

Contested Director Election. Case-by-Case

 

Compensation

 

Adopt/Amend Stock Option Plans. Case-by-Case.

 

While Wellington Management believes equity compensation helps align plan participants’ and shareholders’ interests, Wellington Management will vote against plans that it finds excessively dilutive or costly. Additionally, Wellington Management will generally vote against plans that allow the company to reprice options without shareholder approval. Wellington Management will also vote against plans that allow the company to add shares to the plan without shareholder approval, otherwise known as an “evergreen” provision.

 

Adopt/Amend Employee Stock Purchase Plans. Case-by-Case. Wellington Management generally supports employee stock purchase plans, as they may align employees’ interests with the interests of shareholders. That being said, Wellington Management typically votes against plans that do not offer shares to a broad group of employees (i.e., only executives are allowed to participate) or plans that offer shares at a significant discount.

 

83



 

Approve/Amend Bonus Plans. Case-by-Case.

 

In the US, bonus plans are customarily presented for shareholder approval pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1992 (“OBRA”). OBRA stipulates that certain forms of compensation are not tax-deductible unless approved by shareholders and subject to performance criteria. Because OBRA does not prevent the payment of subject compensation, Wellington Management generally votes “for” these proposals. Nevertheless, occasionally these proposals are presented in a bundled form seeking 162 (m) approval and approval of a stock option plan. In such cases, failure of the proposal prevents the awards from being granted. Wellington Management will vote against these proposals where the grant portion of the proposal fails its guidelines for the evaluation of stock option plans.

 

Approve Remuneration Policy. Case-by-Case.

 

Approve Compensation Packages for Named Executive Officers: Case-by-case.

 

Determine Whether the Compensation Vote Will Occur Every One, Two, or Three years: One Year

 

Exchange Underwater Options. Case-by-Case.

 

Wellington Management may support value-neutral exchanges in which senior management is ineligible to participate.

 

Eliminate or Limit Severance Agreements (Golden Parachutes). Case-by-Case. Wellington Management will oppose excessively generous arrangements, but may support agreements structured to encourage management to negotiate in shareholders’ best economic interest.

 

Approve Golden Parachute Arrangements in Connection With Certain Corporate Transactions: Case-by-Case

 

Shareholder Approval of Future Severance Agreements Covering Senior Executives (SP). Case-by-Case. Wellington Management believes that severance arrangements require special scrutiny, and is generally supportive of proposals that call for shareholder ratification thereof. But, Wellington Management is also mindful of the board’s need for flexibility in recruitment and retention and will therefore oppose placing additional limitations on compensation where Wellington Management feels the board has already demonstrated reasonable respect for industry practice and overall levels of compensation have historically been sensible.

 

Adopt a Clawback Policy. Case-By-Case. Wellington Management believes that companies should have the ability to recoup incentive compensation from members of management who received awards based on fraudulent activities or an accounting misstatement. Consequently, Wellington Management may support shareholder proposals requesting that a company establish a clawback provision if the company’s existing policies do not cover these circumstances.

 

Reporting of Results

 

Approve Financial Statements. For.

 

Set Dividends and Allocate Profits. For.

 

Limit Non-Audit Services Provided by Auditors (SP). Case-by-Case. Wellington Management follows the guidelines established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding permissible levels of non-audit fees payable to auditors.

 

Ratify Selection of Auditors and Set Their Fees. Case-by-Case. Wellington Management will generally support management’s choice of auditors, unless the auditors have demonstrated failure to act in shareholders’ best economic interest.

 

Shareholder Approval of Auditors (SP). For.

 

Shareholder Voting Rights

 

Adopt Cumulative Voting (SP). Against.

 

As an exception, Wellington Management may support cumulative voting proposals at “controlled” companies (i.e., companies with a single majority shareholder) or at companies with two-tiered voting rights.

 

84



 

Shareholder Rights Plans. Case-by-Case.

 

Also known as Poison Pills, Wellington Management believes that these plans do not encourage strong corporate governance, since they can entrench management and restrict opportunities for takeovers. That being said, Wellington Management recognizes that limited poison pills can enable boards of directors to negotiate higher takeover prices on behalf of shareholders. Consequently, Wellington Management may support plans that include:

 

·     Shareholder approval requirement

 

·     Sunset provision

 

·     Permitted bid feature (i.e., bids that are made for all shares and demonstrate evidence of financing must be submitted to a shareholder vote).

 

Because boards generally have the authority to adopt shareholder rights plans without shareholder approval, Wellington Management is equally vigilant in its assessment of requests for authorization of blank check preferred shares (see below).

 

Authorize Blank Check Preferred Stock. Case-by-Case.

 

Wellington Management may support authorization requests that specifically proscribe the use of such shares for anti-takeover purposes.

 

Establish Right to Call a Special Meeting. For.

 

A reasonably high ownership threshold should be required to convene special meetings in order to ensure that they address broadly-supported shareholder interests.

 

Establish the right to act by written consent (SP). Case-by-Case. We will generally oppose written consent proposals when the company already offers the shareholders the right to call a special meeting.

 

Increase Supermajority Vote Requirement. Against.

 

Wellington Management likely will support shareholder and management proposals to remove existing supermajority vote requirements.

 

Adopt Anti-Greenmail Provision. For.

 

Adopt Confidential Voting (SP). Case-by-Case.

 

As an exception, Wellington Management requires such proposals to include a provision to suspend confidential voting during contested elections so that management is not subject to constraints that do not apply to dissidents.

 

Increase Authorized Common Stock. Case-by-Case.

 

Wellington Management generally supports requests for increases up to 100% of the shares currently authorized. Exceptions will be made when the company has clearly articulated a reasonable need for a greater increase. Conversely, at companies trading in less liquid markets, Wellington Management may impose a lower threshold.

 

Approve Merger or Acquisition. Case-by-Case.

 

Approve Technical Amendments to Charter. Case-by-Case.

 

Opt Out of State Takeover Statutes. For.

 

Eliminate Multiclass Voting Structure (SP). For. Wellington Management believes that shareholders’ voting power should be reflected by their economic stake in a company.

 

Capital Structure

 

Authorize Share Repurchase. For.

 

Approve Stock Splits. Case-by-Case.

 

85



 

Wellington Management approves stock splits and reverse stock splits that preserve the level of authorized but unissued shares.

 

Approve Recapitalization/Restructuring. Case-by-Case.

 

Issue Stock with or without Preemptive Rights. Case-by-Case.

 

Issue Debt Instruments. Case-by-Case.

 

Environmental and Social Issues. Case-by-Case

 

Environmental and social issues typically appear on ballots as shareholder-sponsored proposals. Wellington Management may support these proposals in situations where it believes that doing so will improve the prospects for long-term success of a company and investment returns. At a minimum, Wellington Management expects companies to comply with applicable laws and regulations with regards to environmental and social standards.

 

Miscellaneous

 

Approve Other Business. Against.

 

Approve Re-incorporation. Case-by-Case.

 

Approve Third-Party Transactions. Case-by-Case.

 

January 2016

 

86



 

APPENDIX A

 

The credit rating information which follows describes how the credit rating services mentioned presently rate the described securities or loans. No reliance is made upon the credit rating firms as “experts” as that term is defined for securities purposes. Rather, reliance on this information is on the basis that such ratings have become generally accepted in the investment business.

 

In the case of “split-rated” securities or loans (i.e., securities or loans assigned non-equivalent credit quality ratings, such as Baa by Moody’s but BB by S&P or Ba by Moody’s and BB by S&P but B by Fitch), the Sub-Adviser will determine whether a particular security or loan is considered investment grade or below-investment grade for each of the Fund’s portfolios as follows: (a) if all three credit rating agencies have rated a security or loan the median credit rating is used for this determination and (b) if only two credit rating agencies have rated a security, the lower (e.g., most conservative) credit rating is used.  In the case of intermediate ratings, they are included in the category of the primary rating.  For example, BBB- and BBB+ are included in BBB and Baa includes Baa1, Baa2 and Baa3.

 

LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS

 

MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. (“MOODY’S”)

 

Aaa – – Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

 

Aa – – Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

 

A – – Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

 

Baa – – Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

 

Ba – – Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

 

B – – Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

 

Caa – – Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

 

Ca – – Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

 

C – – Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

 

Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms. By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

 

STANDARD & POOR’S RATINGS SERVICES (“STANDARD & POOR’S”)

 

AAA – – An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

AA – – An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

 

A – – An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

 

BBB – – An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

BB, B, CCC, CC, C – – Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

 

BB – – An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

87



 

B – – An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

CCC – – An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

CC – – An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but Standard & Poor’s expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

 

C – – An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher.

 

D – – An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

 

Plus (+) or minus (-)

 

The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

NR – – This indicates that no rating has been requested, or that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

 

SHORT-TERM CREDIT RATINGS

 

MOODY’S

 

·     P-1 - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations

 

·     P-2 - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations

 

·     P-3 - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

 

·     NP - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

STANDARD & POOR’S

 

A-1 – – A short-term obligation rated “A–1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A-2 – – A short-term obligation rated “A–2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-3 – – A short-term obligation rated “A–3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B – – A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

 

C – – A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

D – – A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

 

NR – – An issuer designated NR is not rated.

 

88



 

RATING OF MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

 

STANDARD & POOR’S - MUNICIPAL NOTES.

 

A Standard & Poor’s municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poor’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poor’s analysis will review the following considerations: (1) Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and (2) Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

 

Note rating symbols are as follows:

 

SP-1 - Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

 

SP-2 - Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

 

SP-3 - Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

 

MOODY’S.

 

SHORT-TERM OBLIGATIONS RATINGS

 

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels — MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

 

MIG 1. This designation denotes superior quality.

 

Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

 

MIG 2. This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

 

MIG 3. This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

SG. This designation denotes speculative-grade quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

 

DEMAND OBLIGATION RATINGS

 

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.

 

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.

 

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

 

VMIG 1. This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand. VMIG 2. This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

VMIG 3. This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

SG. This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

89



 

DUAL RATINGS

 

STANDARD & POOR’S

 

Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’ or ‘A-1+/A-1’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).

 

INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS

 

FITCH, INC.

 

The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings.

 

INVESTMENT GRADE

 

AAA

 

Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

AA

 

Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

A

 

High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

BBB

 

Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

 

BB

 

Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.

 

B

 

Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

 

CCC

 

Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.

 

CC

 

Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

 

C

 

Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:

 

·     a. the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;

 

·     b. the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or

 

·     c. Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a distressed debt exchange.

 

RD

 

Restricted default. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include:

 

90



 

·     a. the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;

 

·     b. the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;

 

·     c. the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or

 

·     d. execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

 

D

 

Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.

 

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.

 

“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a distressed debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

 

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

 

Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below ‘B’.

 

INTERNATIONAL SHORT-TERM CREDIT RATINGS

 

FITCH, INC.

 

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

 

F1

 

Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

 

F2

 

Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

 

F3

 

Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

 

B

 

Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

C

 

High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

 

RD

 

Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

 

91



 

D

 

Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

 

 

 

AETFSAI-17

 

92